Aspen Physical Property System - Physical Property Models
Aspen Physical Property System - Physical Property Models
Aspen Physical Property System - Physical Property Models
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
<strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />
<strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Version Number: V7.2<br />
July 2010<br />
Copyright (c) 1981-2010 by <strong>Aspen</strong> Technology, Inc. All rights reserved.<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>, the aspen leaf logo and Plantelligence and Enterprise Optimization are trademarks<br />
or registered trademarks of <strong>Aspen</strong> Technology, Inc., Burlington, MA.<br />
All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.<br />
This document is intended as a guide to using <strong>Aspen</strong>Tech's software. This documentation contains <strong>Aspen</strong>Tech<br />
proprietary and confidential information and may not be disclosed, used, or copied without the prior consent of<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong>Tech or as set forth in the applicable license agreement. Users are solely responsible for the proper use of<br />
the software and the application of the results obtained.<br />
Although <strong>Aspen</strong>Tech has tested the software and reviewed the documentation, the sole warranty for the software<br />
may be found in the applicable license agreement between <strong>Aspen</strong>Tech and the user. ASPENTECH MAKES NO<br />
WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THIS DOCUMENTATION,<br />
ITS QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Technology, Inc.<br />
200 Wheeler Road<br />
Burlington, MA 01803-5501<br />
USA<br />
Phone: (1) (781) 221-6400<br />
Toll Free: (1) (888) 996-7001<br />
URL: http://www.aspentech.com
Contents<br />
Contents..................................................................................................................1<br />
1 Introduction .........................................................................................................5<br />
Units for Temperature-Dependent Parameters .....................................................6<br />
Pure Component Temperature-Dependent Properties............................................7<br />
Extrapolation Methods .................................................................................... 10<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> .......................................................................11<br />
Equation-of-State <strong>Models</strong> ................................................................................ 15<br />
ASME Steam Tables.............................................................................. 16<br />
BWR-Lee-Starling................................................................................. 16<br />
Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling ............................................................... 17<br />
GERG2008 Equation of State ................................................................. 20<br />
Hayden-O'Connell ................................................................................ 22<br />
HF Equation-of-State ............................................................................ 25<br />
IAPWS-95 Steam Tables ....................................................................... 29<br />
Ideal Gas ............................................................................................ 29<br />
Lee-Kesler........................................................................................... 29<br />
Lee-Kesler-Plöcker ............................................................................... 31<br />
NBS/NRC Steam Tables ........................................................................ 32<br />
Nothnagel ........................................................................................... 33<br />
Copolymer PC-SAFT EOS Model.............................................................. 35<br />
Peng-Robinson..................................................................................... 47<br />
Standard Peng-Robinson ....................................................................... 49<br />
Peng-Robinson-MHV2 ........................................................................... 50<br />
Predictive SRK (PSRK) .......................................................................... 51<br />
Peng-Robinson-Wong-Sandler................................................................ 51<br />
Redlich-Kwong..................................................................................... 51<br />
Redlich-Kwong-<strong>Aspen</strong> ........................................................................... 52<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave ........................................................................... 53<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave-Boston-Mathias .................................................... 55<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave-Wong-Sandler ...................................................... 56<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave-MHV2.................................................................. 57<br />
Schwartzentruber-Renon....................................................................... 57<br />
Soave-Redlich-Kwong ........................................................................... 59<br />
SRK-Kabadi-Danner.............................................................................. 61<br />
SRK-ML............................................................................................... 63<br />
VPA/IK-CAPE Equation-of-State ............................................................. 64<br />
Peng-Robinson Alpha Functions.............................................................. 69<br />
Huron-Vidal Mixing Rules ...................................................................... 79<br />
MHV2 Mixing Rules ............................................................................... 81<br />
Predictive Soave-Redlich-Kwong-Gmehling Mixing Rules ........................... 82<br />
Contents 1
Wong-Sandler Mixing Rules ................................................................... 84<br />
Activity Coefficient <strong>Models</strong> ............................................................................... 86<br />
Bromley-Pitzer Activity Coefficient Model................................................. 87<br />
Chien-Null ........................................................................................... 89<br />
Constant Activity Coefficient .................................................................. 91<br />
COSMO-SAC ........................................................................................ 91<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Activity Coefficient Model (GMENRTL) ............................. 94<br />
ENRTL-SAC ....................................................................................... 108<br />
Hansen ............................................................................................. 112<br />
Ideal Liquid ....................................................................................... 114<br />
NRTL (Non-Random Two-Liquid) .......................................................... 114<br />
NRTL-SAC Model ................................................................................ 115<br />
Pitzer Activity Coefficient Model............................................................ 135<br />
Polynomial Activity Coefficient ............................................................. 147<br />
Redlich-Kister .................................................................................... 148<br />
Scatchard-Hildebrand ......................................................................... 149<br />
Three-Suffix Margules......................................................................... 150<br />
Symmetric and Unsymmetric Electrolyte NRTL Activity Coefficient Model... 151<br />
UNIFAC Activity Coefficient Model......................................................... 172<br />
UNIFAC (Dortmund Modified)............................................................... 174<br />
UNIFAC (Lyngby Modified)................................................................... 175<br />
UNIQUAC Activity Coefficient Model ...................................................... 176<br />
Van Laar Activity Coefficient Model ....................................................... 178<br />
Wagner Interaction Parameter ............................................................. 179<br />
Wilson Activity Coefficient Model .......................................................... 179<br />
Wilson Model with Liquid Molar Volume ................................................. 181<br />
Vapor Pressure and Liquid Fugacity <strong>Models</strong>...................................................... 182<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Vapor Pressure ..................................... 182<br />
API Sour Model .................................................................................. 187<br />
Braun K-10 Model .............................................................................. 187<br />
Chao-Seader Pure Component Liquid Fugacity Model .............................. 188<br />
Grayson-Streed Pure Component Liquid Fugacity Model .......................... 188<br />
Kent-Eisenberg Liquid Fugacity Model ................................................... 189<br />
Maxwell-Bonnell Vapor Pressure Model.................................................. 190<br />
Solid Antoine Vapor Pressure Model...................................................... 190<br />
General Pure Component Heat of Vaporization ................................................. 191<br />
DIPPR Heat of Vaporization Equation .................................................... 191<br />
Watson Heat of Vaporization Equation .................................................. 191<br />
PPDS Heat of Vaporization Equation ..................................................... 192<br />
IK-CAPE Heat of Vaporization Equation ................................................. 193<br />
NIST TDE Watson Heat of Vaporization Equation .................................... 193<br />
Clausius-Clapeyron Equation ............................................................... 194<br />
Molar Volume and Density <strong>Models</strong> .................................................................. 194<br />
API Liquid Molar Volume ..................................................................... 194<br />
Brelvi-O'Connell ................................................................................. 196<br />
Clarke Aqueous Electrolyte Volume....................................................... 197<br />
COSTALD Liquid Volume ..................................................................... 199<br />
Debye-Hückel Volume......................................................................... 201<br />
Liquid Constant Molar Volume Model..................................................... 202<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Molar Volume ....................................... 202<br />
Rackett/Campbell-Thodos Mixture Liquid Volume ................................... 207<br />
Modified Rackett Liquid Molar Volume ................................................... 208<br />
Rackett Extrapolation Method .............................................................. 209<br />
2 Contents
General Pure Component Solid Molar Volume......................................... 211<br />
Liquid Volume Quadratic Mixing Rule .................................................... 213<br />
Heat Capacity <strong>Models</strong> ................................................................................... 213<br />
Aqueous Infinite Dilution Heat Capacity................................................. 213<br />
Criss-Cobble Aqueous Infinite Dilution Ionic Heat Capacity ...................... 214<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Heat Capacity....................................... 214<br />
General Pure Component Ideal Gas Heat Capacity.................................. 219<br />
General Pure Component Solid Heat Capacity ........................................ 223<br />
Solubility Correlations................................................................................... 225<br />
Henry's Constant................................................................................ 225<br />
Water Solubility ................................................................................. 226<br />
Hydrocarbon Solubility........................................................................ 227<br />
Other Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>........................................................... 228<br />
Cavett .............................................................................................. 228<br />
Barin Equations for Gibbs Energy, Enthalpy, Entropy, and Heat Capacity... 228<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Enthalpy Model (HMXENRTL) ....................................... 231<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Gibbs Free Energy Model (GMXENRTL) .......................... 233<br />
Liquid Enthalpy from Liquid Heat Capacity Correlation............................. 235<br />
Enthalpies Based on Different Reference States ..................................... 236<br />
Helgeson Equations of State ................................................................ 240<br />
Quadratic Mixing Rule ......................................................................... 243<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> ...............................................................................244<br />
Viscosity <strong>Models</strong>........................................................................................... 246<br />
Andrade Liquid Mixture Viscosity .......................................................... 247<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Viscosity .............................................. 248<br />
API Liquid Viscosity ............................................................................ 251<br />
API 1997 Liquid Viscosity .................................................................... 251<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Liquid Mixture Viscosity ............................................................. 252<br />
ASTM Liquid Mixture Viscosity.............................................................. 252<br />
General Pure Component Vapor Viscosity .............................................. 253<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Brokaw-Wilke Mixing Rule ......................................... 256<br />
Chung-Lee-Starling Low-Pressure Vapor Viscosity .................................. 258<br />
Chung-Lee-Starling Viscosity ............................................................... 260<br />
Dean-Stiel Pressure Correction ............................................................ 262<br />
IAPS Viscosity for Water...................................................................... 262<br />
Jones-Dole Electrolyte Correction ......................................................... 263<br />
Letsou-Stiel ....................................................................................... 265<br />
Lucas Vapor Viscosity ......................................................................... 265<br />
TRAPP Viscosity Model ........................................................................ 266<br />
Twu Liquid Viscosity ........................................................................... 267<br />
Viscosity Quadratic Mixing Rule............................................................ 269<br />
Thermal Conductivity <strong>Models</strong> ......................................................................... 269<br />
Chung-Lee-Starling Thermal Conductivity.............................................. 270<br />
IAPS Thermal Conductivity for Water .................................................... 271<br />
Li Mixing Rule .................................................................................... 272<br />
Riedel Electrolyte Correction ................................................................ 272<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Thermal Conductivity ............................ 273<br />
Solid Thermal Conductivity Polynomial.................................................. 276<br />
General Pure Component Vapor Thermal Conductivity............................. 276<br />
Stiel-Thodos Pressure Correction Model................................................. 279<br />
Vredeveld Mixing Rule......................................................................... 279<br />
Contents 3
TRAPP Thermal Conductivity Model....................................................... 280<br />
Wassiljewa-Mason-Saxena Mixing Rule ................................................. 281<br />
Diffusivity <strong>Models</strong> ......................................................................................... 281<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Wilke-Lee (Binary).................................................... 282<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Wilke-Lee (Mixture) .................................................. 283<br />
Dawson-Khoury-Kobayashi (Binary) ..................................................... 283<br />
Dawson-Khoury-Kobayashi (Mixture).................................................... 284<br />
Nernst-Hartley ................................................................................... 285<br />
Wilke-Chang (Binary) ......................................................................... 286<br />
Wilke-Chang (Mixture) ........................................................................ 287<br />
Surface Tension <strong>Models</strong>................................................................................. 287<br />
Liquid Mixture Surface Tension ............................................................ 288<br />
API Surface Tension ........................................................................... 288<br />
IAPS Surface Tension for Water ........................................................... 289<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Surface Tension .................................... 289<br />
Onsager-Samaras .............................................................................. 292<br />
Modified MacLeod-Sugden ................................................................... 293<br />
4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> ...........................................................295<br />
General Enthalpy and Density <strong>Models</strong> ............................................................. 295<br />
General Density Polynomial ................................................................. 295<br />
General Heat Capacity Polynomial ........................................................ 296<br />
Enthalpy and Density <strong>Models</strong> for Coal and Char................................................ 297<br />
General Coal Enthalpy Model ............................................................... 300<br />
IGT Coal Density Model....................................................................... 306<br />
IGT Char Density Model ...................................................................... 307<br />
5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option Codes ...........................................................................309<br />
Option Codes for Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> .................................................... 309<br />
Option Codes for Activity Coefficient <strong>Models</strong> .................................................... 310<br />
Option Codes for Equation of State <strong>Models</strong> ...................................................... 312<br />
Soave-Redlich-Kwong Option Codes ............................................................... 315<br />
Option Codes for K-Value <strong>Models</strong>.................................................................... 316<br />
Option Codes for Enthalpy <strong>Models</strong> .................................................................. 316<br />
Option Codes for Gibbs Free Energy <strong>Models</strong>..................................................... 318<br />
Option Codes for Liquid Volume <strong>Models</strong>........................................................... 320<br />
Index ..................................................................................................................321<br />
4 Contents
1 Introduction<br />
This manual describes the property models available in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> and defines the parameters used in each model. The<br />
description for each model lists the parameter names used to enter values on<br />
the Properties Parameters forms.<br />
This manual also lists the pure component temperature-dependent properties<br />
that the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> can calculate from a model that<br />
supports several equations or submodels. See Pure Component Temperature-<br />
Dependent Properties (below).<br />
Many parameters have default values indicated in the Default column. A dash<br />
(–) indicates that the parameter has no default value and you must provide a<br />
value. If a parameter is missing, calculations stop. The lower limit and upper<br />
limit for each parameter, when available, indicate the reasonable bounds for<br />
the parameter. The limits are used to detect grossly erroneous parameter<br />
values.<br />
The property models are divided into the following categories:<br />
� Thermodynamic property models<br />
� Transport property models<br />
� Nonconventional solid property models<br />
The property types for each category are discussed in separate sections. The<br />
following table (below) provides an organizational overview of this manual.<br />
The tables labeled Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>, Transport <strong>Property</strong><br />
<strong>Models</strong>, and Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> present detailed lists of<br />
models. These tables also list the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> model<br />
names, and their possible use in different phase types, for pure components<br />
and mixtures.<br />
Electrolyte and conventional solid property models are presented in<br />
Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>.<br />
1 Introduction 5
Categories of <strong>Models</strong><br />
Category Sections<br />
Thermodynamic<br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Transport <strong>Property</strong><br />
<strong>Models</strong><br />
Nonconventional Solid<br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
6 1 Introduction<br />
Equation-of-State <strong>Models</strong><br />
Activity Coefficient <strong>Models</strong> (Including Electrolyte <strong>Models</strong>)<br />
Vapor Pressure and Liquid Fugacity <strong>Models</strong><br />
Heat of Vaporization <strong>Models</strong><br />
Molar Volume and Density <strong>Models</strong><br />
Heat Capacity <strong>Models</strong><br />
Solubility Correlations<br />
Other<br />
Viscosity <strong>Models</strong><br />
Thermal Conductivity <strong>Models</strong><br />
Diffusivity <strong>Models</strong><br />
Surface Tension <strong>Models</strong><br />
General Enthalpy and Density <strong>Models</strong><br />
Enthalpy and Density <strong>Models</strong> for Coal and Char<br />
Units for Temperature-<br />
Dependent Parameters<br />
Some temperature-dependent parameters may be based on expressions<br />
which involve logarithmic or reciprocal temperature terms. When the<br />
coefficient of any such term is non-zero, in many cases the entire expression<br />
must be calculated assuming that all the coefficients are in absolute<br />
temperature units. In other cases, terms are independent from one another,<br />
and only certain terms may require calculation using absolute temperature<br />
units. Notes in the models containing such terms explain exactly which<br />
coefficients are affected by this treatment.<br />
When absolute temperature units are forced in this way, this affects the units<br />
for coefficients you have entered as input parameters. If your input<br />
temperature units are Fahrenheit (F), then Rankine (R) is used instead. If<br />
your input units are Celsius (C), then Kelvin (K) is used instead.<br />
If only constant and positive powers of temperature are present in the<br />
expression, then your specified input units are used.<br />
If the parameters include temperature limits, the limits are always interpreted<br />
in user input units even if the expression is forced to absolute units.<br />
Some equations may include a dimensionless parameter, the reduced<br />
temperature Tr = T / Tc. This reduced temperature is calculated using<br />
absolute temperature units. In most cases, input parameters associated with<br />
such equations do not have temperature units.
Pure Component Temperature-<br />
Dependent Properties<br />
The following table lists the pure component temperature-dependent<br />
properties that the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> can calculate from a<br />
general model that supports several equations or submodels.<br />
For example, the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> can calculate heat of<br />
vaporization using these equations:<br />
� Watson<br />
� DIPPR<br />
� PPDS<br />
� IK-CAPE<br />
� NIST TDE Watson<br />
Pure Component Temperature-Dependent Properties<br />
<strong>Property</strong><br />
1 Introduction 7<br />
Submodel-<br />
Selection<br />
Parameter<br />
Element<br />
Number Available Submodels<br />
Solid Volume THRSWT/1 <strong>Aspen</strong>, DIPPR, IK-CAPE, NIST 100<br />
Liquid Volume THRSWT/2 <strong>Aspen</strong> (Rackett), DIPPR, PPDS, IK-<br />
CAPE, NIST<br />
Liquid Vapor<br />
Pressure<br />
Heat of<br />
Vaporization<br />
Solid Heat<br />
Capacity<br />
Liquid Heat<br />
Capacity<br />
Ideal Gas Heat<br />
Capacity<br />
Second Virial<br />
Coefficient<br />
THRSWT/3 <strong>Aspen</strong> (Extended Antoine),<br />
Wagner, BARIN, PPDS, PML, IK-<br />
CAPE, NIST<br />
THRSWT/4 <strong>Aspen</strong> (Watson), DIPPR, PPDS, IK-<br />
CAPE, NIST<br />
THRSWT/5 <strong>Aspen</strong>, DIPPR, BARIN, IK-CAPE,<br />
NIST<br />
THRSWT/6 DIPPR, PPDS, BARIN, IK-CAPE,<br />
NIST<br />
THRSWT/7 <strong>Aspen</strong>, DIPPR, BARIN, PPDS, IK-<br />
CAPE, NIST<br />
DIPPR Equation<br />
Numbers<br />
(† = default)<br />
105 † , 116 for water<br />
only<br />
101<br />
106<br />
THRSWT/8 DIPPR 104<br />
Liquid Viscosity TRNSWT/1 <strong>Aspen</strong> (Andrade), DIPPR, PPDS,<br />
IK-CAPE, NIST<br />
Vapor Viscosity TRNSWT/2 <strong>Aspen</strong> (Chapman-Enskog-Brokaw), 102<br />
DIPPR, PPDS, IK-CAPE, NIST<br />
Liquid Thermal<br />
Conductivity<br />
Vapor Thermal<br />
Conductivity<br />
Liquid Surface<br />
Tension<br />
TRNSWT/3 <strong>Aspen</strong> (Sato-Riedel), DIPPR, PPDS, 100<br />
IK-CAPE, NIST<br />
TRNSWT/4 <strong>Aspen</strong> (Stiel-Thodos), DIPPR,<br />
PPDS, IK-CAPE, NIST<br />
TRNSWT/5 <strong>Aspen</strong> (Hakim-Steinberg-Stiel),<br />
DIPPR, PPDS, IK-CAPE, NIST<br />
100 † , 102<br />
100 † , 114<br />
107, 127 †<br />
101 † , 115<br />
102<br />
106
Which equation is actually used to calculate the property for a given<br />
component depends on which parameters are available. If parameters are<br />
available for more than one equation, the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />
uses the parameters that were entered or retrieved first from the databanks.<br />
The selection of submodels is driven by the data hierarchy, and controlled by<br />
the submodel-selection parameters.<br />
The thermodynamic properties use the THRSWT (thermo switch) submodelselection<br />
parameter, and the transport properties use the TRNSWT (transport<br />
switch) submodel-selection parameter.<br />
As the previous table shows, a property is associated with an element of the<br />
submodel-selection parameter. For example, THRSWT element 1 controls the<br />
submodel for solid volume.<br />
The following table shows the values for THRSWT or TRNSWT, and the<br />
corresponding submodels.<br />
Parameter Values<br />
(Equation Number) Submodel<br />
0 <strong>Aspen</strong><br />
1 to 127 DIPPR<br />
200 to 211 BARIN<br />
301 to 302 PPDS or property-specific methods<br />
400 PML<br />
401 to 404 IK-CAPE<br />
501 to 515 NIST<br />
All built-in databank components have model-selection parameters (THRSWT,<br />
TRNSWT) that are set to use the correct equations that are consistent with<br />
the available parameters. For example, suppose that parameters for the<br />
DIPPR equation 106 are available for liquid surface tension. For that<br />
component, TRNSWT element 5 is set to 106 in the databank. If you are<br />
retrieving data from an in-house or user databank, you should store the<br />
appropriate values for THRSWT and TRNSWT in the databank, using the<br />
appropriate equation number. Otherwise, the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong><br />
will search for the parameters needed for the <strong>Aspen</strong> form of the equations.<br />
If a component is available in more than one databank, the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> uses the data and equations based on the databank list<br />
order on the Components Specifications Selection sheet. For example,<br />
suppose the databank search order is ASPENPCD, then PURE10, and that the<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> cannot find the parameters for a particular<br />
submodel (equation) in the ASPENPCD databank. If the PURE10 databank<br />
contains parameters for another equation, the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong> will use that equation (most likely the DIPPR equation) to calculate<br />
the property for that component.<br />
If your calculation contains any temperature-dependent property parameters,<br />
(such as CPIGDP for DIPPR ideal gas heat capacity, entered on the Properties<br />
Parameters Pure Component form), the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> sets<br />
the corresponding THRSWT and TRNSWT elements for that component to the<br />
default values shown in the table above. This default setting might not always<br />
be correct. If you know the equation number, you should enter it directly on<br />
8 1 Introduction
the Properties Parameters Pure-Components form. For example, suppose you<br />
want to use the:<br />
� DIPPR equation form of heat of vaporization (DHVLDP) for a component<br />
� <strong>Aspen</strong> equations for the remaining temperature dependent properties<br />
Set the fourth element of the THRSWT parameter to 106, and the 1-3 and 5-8<br />
elements to 0. If you want to set the other temperature-dependent properties<br />
to use what is defined for that component in the databank, leave the element<br />
blank.<br />
The following table lists the available DIPPR equations and the corresponding<br />
equation (submodel) number.<br />
Available DIPPR Equations<br />
Equation<br />
Number Equation Form<br />
100<br />
101<br />
102<br />
103<br />
104<br />
105<br />
106<br />
107<br />
114<br />
115<br />
116<br />
127<br />
For equations 114 and 116, t = 1-Tr.<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
The following sections describe the <strong>Aspen</strong>, DIPPR, BARIN, IK-CAPE, PPDS, and<br />
NIST equations for each property. For descriptions of the the BARIN equations<br />
for heat capacity and enthalpy, see BARIN Equations for Gibbs Energy,<br />
Enthalpy, Entropy, and Heat Capacity.<br />
1 Introduction 9
Extrapolation Methods<br />
Many temperature dependent property models have upper and lower<br />
temperature limits. The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> usually extrapolates<br />
linearly beyond such limits. It calculates the slope of the property-versustemperature<br />
curve, or the ln(property)-versus-temperature curve for models<br />
expressed in logarithmic form, at the upper or lower temperature limit. For<br />
temperatures beyond the limit, it uses a linear model with this slope which<br />
meets the curve from the equation at the temperature limit. Thus the model<br />
is:<br />
For T beyond the upper or lower limit, where Tlim is that limit and Z is the<br />
property or ln(property) as appropriate. Some liquid molar volume models are<br />
actually molar density models which then return the reciprocal of the density<br />
as the liquid molar volume. In these models, the extrapolation occurs for the<br />
density calculation.<br />
There are certain exceptions, detailed below.<br />
Exception 1: Logarithmic Properties Based on Reciprocal<br />
Temperature<br />
This applies to property models expressed in the form (where a(T) includes<br />
any additional dependency on temperature):<br />
For these models, the extrapolation maintains the slope of ln(property) versus<br />
1/T. This applies to the Extended Antoine vapor pressure equation and the<br />
Andrade and DIPPR liquid viscosity equations. Note that the equation for<br />
Henry's Constant is extrapolated by ln(Henry) versus T.<br />
Exception 2: <strong>Aspen</strong> Ideal Gas Heat Capacity<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> Ideal Gas Heat Capacity model has an explicit equation for<br />
extrapolation at temperatures below the lower limit, which is described in the<br />
model. At high temperatures it follows the usual rule of extrapolating<br />
property-versus-temperature linearly.<br />
Exception 3: No Extrapolation<br />
The equations for certain models are used directly at all temperatures, so that<br />
no extrapolation is performed. These models are the Wagner vapor pressure<br />
equation, the Aly and Lee equation for the DIPPR Ideal Gas Heat Capacity<br />
(using the CPIGDP parameter), and the Water Solubility and Hydrocarbon<br />
Solubility models. The equations for temperature-dependent binary<br />
interaction parameters are also used directly at all temperatures with no<br />
extrapolation.<br />
10 1 Introduction
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong><br />
<strong>Models</strong><br />
This section describes the available thermodynamic property models in the<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>. The following table provides a list of<br />
available models, with corresponding <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> model<br />
names. The table provides phase types for which the model can be used and<br />
information on use of the model for pure components and mixtures.<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> thermodynamic property models include<br />
classical thermodynamic property models, such as activity coefficient models<br />
and equations of state, as well as solids and electrolyte models. The models<br />
are grouped according to the type of property they describe.<br />
Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Phases: V = Vapor; L = Liquid; S = Solid. An X indicates applicable to Pure or<br />
Mixture.<br />
Equation-of-State <strong>Models</strong><br />
A pure component equation of state model calculates PHIL, PHIV, DHL, DHV,<br />
DGL, DGV, DSL, DSV, VL, and VV. Most mixture equation of state models<br />
calculate PHILMX, PHIVMX, DHLMX, DHVMX, DGLMX, DGVMX, DSLMX,<br />
DSVMX, VLMX, and VVMX. Those marked with * only calculate DHLMX,<br />
DHVMX, DGLMX, DGVMX, DSLMX, DSVMX, VLMX, and VVMX. The alpha<br />
functions and mixing rules are options available in some of the models.<br />
<strong>Property</strong> Model Model Name(s) Phase(s)Pure Mixture<br />
ASME Steam Tables ESH2O0,ESH2O V L X —<br />
BWR-Lee-Starling ESBWR0, ESCSTBWR V L X X<br />
Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling ESBWRS, ESBWRS0 V L X X<br />
Hayden-O'Connell ESHOC0,ESHOC V X X<br />
HF equation-of-state ESHF0, ESHF V X X<br />
Ideal Gas ESIG0, ESIG V X X<br />
Lee-Kesler * ESLK V L — X<br />
Lee-Kesler-Plöcker ESLKP0,ESLKP V L X X<br />
NBS/NRC Steam Tables ESSTEAM0,ESSTEAM V L X —<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 11
<strong>Property</strong> Model Model Name(s) Phase(s)Pure Mixture<br />
Nothnagel ESNTH0,ESNTH V X X<br />
PC-SAFT ESPSAFT, ESPSAFT0 V L X X<br />
Peng-Robinson ESPR0, ESPR V L X X<br />
Standard Peng-Robinson ESPRSTD0,ESPRSTD V L X X<br />
Peng-Robinson-Wong-Sandler * ESPRWS0,ESPRWS V L X X<br />
Peng-Robinson-MHV2 * ESPRV20,ESPRV2 V L X X<br />
Predictive SRK * ESRKSV10, ESRKSV1 V L X X<br />
Redlich-Kwong ESRK0, ESRK V X X<br />
Redlich-Kwong-<strong>Aspen</strong> ESRKA0,ESRKA V L X X<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave ESRKSTD0,ESRKSTD V L X X<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave-Boston-<br />
Mathias<br />
12 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
ESRKS0, ESRKS V L X X<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave-MHV2 * ESRKSV20, ESRKSV2 V L X X<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave-Wong-<br />
Sandler *<br />
ESRKSWS0, ESRKSWS V L X X<br />
Schwartzentruber-Renon ESRKU0,ESRKU V L X X<br />
Soave-Redlich-Kwong ESSRK0, ESSRK V L X X<br />
SRK-Kabadi-Danner ESSRK0, ESSRK V L X X<br />
SRK-ML ESRKSML0, ESRKSML V L X X<br />
VPA/IK-CAPE equation-of-state ESVPA0, ESVPA V X X<br />
Peng-Robinson Alpha functions — V L X —<br />
RK-Soave Alpha functions — V L X —<br />
Huron-Vidal mixing rules — V L — X<br />
MHV2 mixing rules — V L — X<br />
PSRK mixing rules — V L — X<br />
Wong-Sandler mixing rules — V L — X<br />
Activity Coefficient <strong>Models</strong> (Including Electrolyte <strong>Models</strong>)<br />
These models calculate GAMMA.<br />
<strong>Property</strong> Model Model Name Phase(s)Pure Mixture<br />
Bromley-Pitzer GMPT2 L — X<br />
Chien-Null GMCHNULL L — X<br />
Constant Activity Coefficient GMCONS S — X<br />
COSMO-SAC COSMOSAC L — X<br />
Electrolyte NRTL GMENRTL, GMELC,<br />
GMENRHG<br />
L L1 L2 — X<br />
ENRTL-SAC (patent pending) ENRTLSAC L — X<br />
Hansen HANSEN L — X<br />
Ideal Liquid GMIDL L — X<br />
NRTL (Non-Random-Two-Liquid) GMRENON L L1 L2 — X<br />
NRTL-SAC (patent pending) NRTLSAC L — X<br />
Pitzer GMPT1 L — X<br />
Polynomial Activity Coefficient GMPOLY L S — X
<strong>Property</strong> Model Model Name Phase(s)Pure Mixture<br />
Redlich-Kister GMREDKIS L S — X<br />
Scatchard-Hildebrand GMXSH L — X<br />
Symmetric Electrolyte NRTL GMENRTLS L — X<br />
Three-Suffix Margules GMMARGUL L S — X<br />
UNIFAC GMUFAC L L1 L2 — X<br />
UNIFAC (Lyngby modified) GMUFLBY L L1 L2 — X<br />
UNIFAC (Dortmund modified) GMUFDMD L L1 L2 — X<br />
UNIQUAC GMUQUAC L L1 L2 — X<br />
Unsymmetric Electrolyte NRTL GMENRTLQ L — X<br />
van Laar GMVLAAR L — X<br />
Wagner interaction parameter GMWIP S — X<br />
Wilson GMWILSON L — X<br />
Wilson model with liquid molar<br />
volume<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 13<br />
GMWSNVOL L — X<br />
Vapor Pressure and Liquid Fugacity <strong>Models</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> Model Model<br />
Name<br />
General Pure Component Liquid<br />
Vapor Pressure<br />
<strong>Property</strong> Phase(s)Pure Mixture<br />
PL0XANT PL L L1 L2 X —<br />
API Sour SWEQ PHILMX L — X<br />
Braun K-10 BK10 PHILMX L — X<br />
Chao-Seader PHL0CS PHIL L X —<br />
Grayson-Streed PHL0GS PHIL L X —<br />
Kent-Eisenberg ESAMINE PHILMX,<br />
GLMX,<br />
HLMX,<br />
SLMX<br />
L — X<br />
Maxwell-Bonnell PL0MXBN PL L L1 L2 X —<br />
Solid Antoine PS0ANT PS S X —<br />
Heat of Vaporization <strong>Models</strong><br />
These models calculate DHVL.<br />
<strong>Property</strong> Model Model Name Phase(s)Pure Mixture<br />
General Pure Component Heat<br />
of Vaporization<br />
DHVLWTSN L X —<br />
Clausius-Clapeyron Equation DHVLCC L X —<br />
Molar Volume and Density <strong>Models</strong><br />
These models calculate VL (pure liquid), VLMX (liquid mixture), or VS (pure<br />
solid), except for Brelvi-O'Connell which calculates VLPM.<br />
<strong>Property</strong> Model Model Name Phase(s)Pure Mixture<br />
API Liquid Volume VL2API L — X<br />
Brelvi-O'Connell VL1BROC L — X
<strong>Property</strong> Model Model Name Phase(s)Pure Mixture<br />
Clarke Aqueous Electrolyte<br />
Volume<br />
14 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
VAQCLK L — X<br />
COSTALD Liquid Volume VL0CTD,VL2CTD L X X<br />
Debye-Hückel Volume VAQDH L — X<br />
Liquid Constant Molar Volume VL0CONS L X —<br />
General Pure Component Liquid<br />
Molar Volume<br />
Rackett/Campbell-Thodos<br />
Mixture Liquid Volume<br />
VL0RKT,VL2RKT L X —<br />
VL2RKT L X X<br />
Modified Rackett VL2MRK L X X<br />
General Pure Component Solid<br />
Molar Volume<br />
Liquid Volume Quadratic Mixing<br />
Rule<br />
Heat Capacity <strong>Models</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> Model Model<br />
Name<br />
Aqueous Infinite Dilution Heat<br />
Capacity Polynomial<br />
Criss-Cobble Aqueous Infinite<br />
Dilution Ionic Heat Capacity<br />
General Pure Component Liquid<br />
Heat Capacity<br />
General Pure Component Ideal<br />
Gas Heat Capacity<br />
General Pure Component Solid<br />
Heat Capacity<br />
Solubility Correlation <strong>Models</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> Model Model<br />
Name<br />
Henry's constant HENRY1 HNRY,<br />
WHNRY<br />
VS0POLY S X —<br />
VL2QUAD L — X<br />
<strong>Property</strong> Phase(s)Pure Mixture<br />
— — L — X<br />
— — L — X<br />
HL0DIP HL, DHL L X —<br />
— CPIG V X X<br />
HS0POLY HS S X —<br />
<strong>Property</strong> Phase(s)Pure Mixture<br />
L — X<br />
Water solubility — — L — X<br />
Hydrocarbon solubility — — L — X<br />
Other <strong>Models</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> Model Model<br />
Name<br />
Cavett Liquid Enthalpy DepartureDHL0CVT,<br />
DHL2CVT<br />
BARIN Equations for Gibbs<br />
Energy, Enthalpy, Entropy and<br />
Heat Capacity<br />
<strong>Property</strong> Phase(s)Pure Mixture<br />
DHL,<br />
DHLMX<br />
L X X<br />
— — S L V X —<br />
Bromley-Pitzer Enthalpy HAQPT2 HLMX L — X<br />
Bromley-Pitzer Gibbs Energy GAQPT2 GLMX L — X
<strong>Property</strong> Model Model<br />
Name<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 15<br />
<strong>Property</strong> Phase(s)Pure Mixture<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Enthalpy HMXENRTL, HLMX<br />
HAQELC,<br />
HMXELC,<br />
HMXENRHG<br />
L — X<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Gibbs Energy GMXENRTL, HLMX<br />
GAQELC,<br />
GMXELC,<br />
GMXENRHG<br />
L — X<br />
Liquid Enthalpy from Liquid Heat<br />
Capacity Correlation<br />
Enthalpies Based on Different<br />
Reference States<br />
DHL0DIP L X X<br />
DHL0HREF DHL L V X X<br />
Helgeson Equations of State — — L — X<br />
Pitzer Enthalpy HAQPT1 HLMX L — X<br />
Pitzer Gibbs Energy GAQPT1 GLMX L — X<br />
Quadratic Mixing Rule — — L V — X<br />
Equation-of-State <strong>Models</strong><br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has the following built-in equation-ofstate<br />
property models. This section describes the equation-of-state property<br />
models available.<br />
Model Type<br />
ASME Steam Tables Fundamental<br />
BWR-Lee-Starling Virial<br />
Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling Virial<br />
Hayden-O'Connell Virial and association<br />
HF Equation-of-State Ideal and association<br />
Huron-Vidal mixing rules Mixing rules<br />
Ideal Gas Ideal<br />
Lee-Kesler Virial<br />
Lee-Kesler-Plöcker Virial<br />
MHV2 mixing rules Mixing rules<br />
NBS/NRC Steam Tables Fundamental<br />
Nothnagel Ideal<br />
PC-SAFT Association<br />
Peng-Robinson Cubic<br />
Standard Peng-Robinson Cubic<br />
Peng-Robinson Alpha functions Alpha functions<br />
Peng-Robinson-MHV2 Cubic<br />
Peng-Robinson-Wong-Sandler Cubic<br />
Predictive SRK Cubic<br />
PSRK mixing rules Mixing rules<br />
Redlich-Kwong Cubic
Model Type<br />
Redlich-Kwong-<strong>Aspen</strong> Cubic<br />
Standard Redlich-Kwong-Soave Cubic<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave-Boston-Mathias Cubic<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave-MHV2 Cubic<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave-Wong-Sandler Cubic<br />
RK-Soave Alpha functions Alpha functions<br />
Schwartzentruber-Renon Cubic<br />
Soave-Redlich-Kwong Cubic<br />
SRK-Kabadi-Danner Cubic<br />
SRK-ML Cubic<br />
VPA/IK-CAPE equation-of-state Ideal and association<br />
Wong-Sandler mixing rules Mixing rules<br />
ASME Steam Tables<br />
The ASME steam tables are implemented like any other equation-of-state in<br />
the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>. The steam tables can calculate any<br />
thermodynamic property of water or steam and form the basis of the STEAM-<br />
TA property method. There are no parameter requirements. The ASME steam<br />
tables are less accurate than the NBS/NRC steam tables.<br />
References<br />
ASME Steam Tables, Thermodynamic and Transport Properties of Steam,<br />
(1967).<br />
K. V. Moore, Aerojet Nuclear Company, prepared for the U.S. Atomic Energy<br />
Commision, ASTEM - A Collection of FORTRAN Subroutines to Evaluate the<br />
1967 ASME equations of state for water/steam and derivatives of these<br />
equations.<br />
BWR-Lee-Starling<br />
The Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Lee-Starling equation-of-state is the basis of the<br />
BWR-LS property method. It is a generalization by Lee and Starling of the<br />
virial equation-of-state for pure fluids by Benedict, Webb and Rubin. The<br />
equation is used for non-polar components, and can manage hydrogencontaining<br />
systems.<br />
General Form:<br />
Where:<br />
Mixing Rules:<br />
16 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Where:<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 17<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCBWR T ci TC X 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
VCBWR V ci *<br />
BWRGMA � i<br />
BWRKV � ij<br />
BWRKT � ij<br />
VC X 0.001 3.5 MOLE-<br />
VOLUME<br />
OMEGA X -0.5 3.0 —<br />
0 X -5.0 1.0 —<br />
0 X -5.0 1.0 —<br />
Binary interaction parameters BWRKV and BWRKT are available in the <strong>Aspen</strong><br />
<strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> for a large number of components from Brulé et al.<br />
(1982) and from Watanasiri et al. (1982). (See <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> Data,<br />
Chapter 1).<br />
References<br />
M.R. Brulé, C.T. Lin, L.L. Lee, and K.E. Starling, AIChE J., Vol. 28, (1982) p.<br />
616.<br />
Brulé et al., Chem. Eng., (Nov., 1979) p. 155.<br />
Watanasiri et al., AIChE J., Vol. 28, (1982) p. 626.<br />
Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling<br />
The Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling equation-of-state is the basis of the BWRS<br />
property method. It is a modification by Han and Starling of the virial<br />
equation-of-state for pure fluids by Benedict, Webb and Rubin. This equationof-state<br />
can be used for hydrocarbon systems that include the common light<br />
gases, such as H2S, CO2 and N2.<br />
The form of the equation-of-state is:
Where:<br />
kij = kji<br />
In the mixing rules given above, A0i, B0i, C0i, D0i, E0i, ai, bi, ci, di, �i, �i are pure<br />
component constants which can be input by the user. For methane, ethane,<br />
propane, iso-butane, n-butane, iso-pentane, n-pentane, n-hexane, nheptane,<br />
n-octane, ethylene, propylene, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, and<br />
hydrogen sulfide, values of the parameters in the table below are available in<br />
the EOS-LIT databank in the <strong>Aspen</strong> Properties Enterprise Database.<br />
If the values of these parameters are not given, and not available from the<br />
databank, the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> will calculate them using the<br />
18 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
critical temperature, the critical volume (or critical density), the acentric<br />
factor and generalized correlations given by Han and Starling.<br />
When water is present, by default Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling uses the<br />
steam table to calculate the enthalpy, entropy, Gibbs energy, and molar<br />
volume of water. The total properties are mole-fraction averages of these<br />
values with the properties calculated by the equation of state for other<br />
components. Fugacity coefficient is not affected. An option code can disable<br />
this use of the steam table.<br />
For best results, the binary parameter kij must be regressed using phaseequilibrium<br />
data such as VLE data.<br />
Parameter SymbolDefault MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
BWRSTC T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
BWRSVC V ci VC x 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
BWRSOM � i OMEGA x –0.5 2.0 –<br />
BWRSA/1 B 0i fcn(� i ,V ci , T ci) x – – MOLE-VOLUME<br />
BWRSA/2 A 0i fcn(� i ,V ci , T ci) x – – PRESSURE * MOLE-<br />
VOL^2<br />
BWRSA/3 C 0i fcn(� i ,V ci , T ci) x – – PRESSURE *<br />
TEMPERATURE^2 *<br />
MOLE-VOLUME^2<br />
BWRSA/4 � i<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 19<br />
fcn(� i ,V ci , T ci) x – – MOLE-VOLUME^2<br />
BWRSA/5 b i fcn(� i ,V ci , T ci) x – – MOLE-VOLUME^2<br />
BWRSA/6 a i fcn(� i ,V ci , T ci) x – – PRESSURE * MOLE-<br />
VOL^3<br />
BWRSA/7 � i fcn(� i ,V ci , T ci) x – – MOLE-VOLUME^3<br />
BWRSA/8 c i fcn(� i ,V ci , T ci) x – – PRESSURE *<br />
TEMPERATURE^2 *<br />
MOLE-VOLUME^3<br />
BWRSA/9 D 0i fcn(� i ,V ci , T ci) x – – PRESSURE *<br />
TEMPERATURE^3 *<br />
MOLE-VOLUME^2<br />
BWRSA/10 d i fcn(� i ,V ci , T ci) x – – PRESSURE *<br />
TEMPERATURE * MOLE-<br />
VOLUME^3<br />
BWRSA/11 E 0i fcn(� i ,V ci , T ci) x – – PRESSURE *<br />
TEMPERATURE^4 *<br />
MOLE-VOLUME^2<br />
BWRAIJ k ij – x – – –<br />
Constants Used with the correlations of Han and Starling<br />
Parameter Methane Ethane Propane n-Butane<br />
B 0i 0.723251 0.826059 0.964762 1.56588<br />
A 0i 7520.29 13439.30 18634.70 32544.70<br />
C 0i<br />
2.71092x10 8<br />
2.95195x10 9<br />
7.96178x10 9<br />
1.37436x10 10<br />
D 0i 1.07737x10 10 2.57477x10 11 4.53708x10 11 3.33159x10 11<br />
E 0i 3.01122x10 10 1.46819x10 13 2.56053x10 13 2.30902x10 12
Parameter Methane Ethane Propane n-Butane<br />
b i 0.925404 3.112060 5.462480 9.140660<br />
a i 2574.89 22404.50 40066.40 71181.80<br />
d i 47489.1 702189.0 1.50520x10 7<br />
20 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
3.64238x10 7<br />
� i 0.468828 0.909681 2.014020 4.009850<br />
c i<br />
� i<br />
4.37222x10 8<br />
6.81826x10 9<br />
2.74461x10 10 7.00044x10 10<br />
1.48640 2.99656 4.56182 7.54122<br />
Parameter n-Pentane n-Hexane n-Heptane n-Octane<br />
B 0i 2.44417 2.66233 3.60493 4.86965<br />
A 0i 51108.20 45333.10 77826.90 81690.60<br />
C 0i 2.23931x10 10 5.26067x10 10 6.15662x10 10 9.96546x10 10<br />
D 0i 1.01769x10 12 5.52158x10 12 7.77123x10 12 7.90575x10 12<br />
E 0i 3.90860x10 13 6.26433x10 14 6.36251x10 12 3.46419x10 13<br />
b i 16.607000 29.498300 27.441500 10.590700<br />
a i 162185.00 434517.00 359087.00 131646.00<br />
d i<br />
3.88521x10 7<br />
3.27460x10 7<br />
8351150.0 1.85906x10 8<br />
� i 7.067020 9.702300 21.878200 34.512400<br />
c i 1.35286x10 11 3.18412x10 11 3.74876x10 11 6.42053x10 11<br />
� i<br />
References<br />
11.85930 14.87200 24.76040 21.98880<br />
M. Benedict, G. B. Webb, and L. C. Rubin, J. Chem. Phys., Vol. 8, (1940), p.<br />
334.<br />
M. S. Han, and K. E. Starling, "Thermo Data Refined for LPG. Part 14:<br />
Mixtures", Hydrocarbon Processing, Vol. 51, No. 5, (1972), p. 129.<br />
K. E. Starling, "Fluid Themodynamic Properties for Light Petroleum <strong>System</strong>s",<br />
Gulf Publishing Co., Houston, Texas (1973).<br />
References for Parameter Data<br />
K.E. Starling and M.S. Han, "Thermo data refined for LPG, part 14 Mixtures,"<br />
Hydrocarbon Processing, (May 1972), pp. 129-132.<br />
K.E. Starling and M.S. Han, "Thermo data refined for LPG, part 15 Industrial<br />
applications," Hydrocarbon Processing, (June 1972), pp. 107-115.<br />
K.E. Starling, "Fluid Thermodynamic Properties for Light Petroleum <strong>System</strong>s,"<br />
Gulf Publishing Co., Houston, Texas (1973).<br />
GERG2008 Equation of State<br />
The GERG2008 equation-of-state model is the basis for the GERG2008<br />
property method.<br />
The equation of state is based on a multi-fluid approximation explicit in the<br />
reduced Helmholtz free energy:
Where the ideal-gas contribution � o and residual contribution � r at a given<br />
mixture density, temperature, and molar composition are:<br />
Where the reduced mixture density � and inverse reduced mixture<br />
temperature � are:<br />
In eq. (2), the ideal-gas contribution of the reduced Helmholtz free energy for<br />
component i is given by:<br />
In eq. (3), the pure substance contribution to the residual part of the reduced<br />
Helmholtz free energy for component i is given by:<br />
In eq. (3), the mixture contribution to the residual part of the reduced<br />
Helmholtz free energy is given by:<br />
The reduced mixture density is given by:<br />
And the reduced mixture temperature is given by:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 21<br />
(1)<br />
(2)<br />
(3)<br />
(4)<br />
(6)<br />
(5)<br />
(8)<br />
(7)
Where:<br />
R = molar gas constant = 8.314472 J/mol-K.<br />
�c,i and Tc,i = critical density and critical temperature<br />
n o oi,k and � o oi,k = Coefficients and parameters of eq. (5) for pure components<br />
noi,k, doi,k, toi,k, and coi,k = coefficients and exponents of eq. (6) for pure<br />
components<br />
Fij = Composition dependent factor<br />
nij,k = Coefficients and dij,k, tij,k, �ij,k, �ij,k, �ij,k, and �ij,k = the exponents in eq.<br />
(7) for all binary specific and generalized departure functions<br />
�v,ij and �v,ij in eq. (8) and �T,ij and �T,ij in eq. (9) = Binary interaction<br />
parameters<br />
Reference<br />
"The GERG-2004 Wide-Range Equation of State for Natural Gases and Other<br />
Mixtures" O. Kunz, R. Klimeck, W. Wagner, M. Jaeschke; GERG TM15 2007;<br />
ISBN 978-3-18-355706-6; Published for GERG and printed in Germany by<br />
VDI Verlag GmbH (2007).<br />
Kunz, O., Wagner, W., "The new GERG-2004 XT08 wide-range equation of<br />
state for natural gases and other mixtures." To be submitted to Fluid Phase<br />
Equilibria (beginning of 2010).<br />
Hayden-O'Connell<br />
The Hayden-O'Connell equation-of-state calculates thermodynamic properties<br />
for the vapor phase. It is used in property methods NRTL-HOC, UNIF-HOC,<br />
UNIQ-HOC, VANL-HOC, and WILS-HOC, and is recommended for nonpolar,<br />
polar, and associating compounds. Hayden-O'Connell incorporates the<br />
chemical theory of dimerization. This model accounts for strong association<br />
and solvation effects, including those found in systems containing organic<br />
acids, such as acetic acid. The equation-of-state is:<br />
Where:<br />
� For nonpolar, non-associating species:<br />
22 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
, with<br />
(9)
, where<br />
� For polar, associating species:<br />
, where<br />
� For chemically bonding species:<br />
Cross-Interactions<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 23<br />
, with<br />
, and<br />
The previous equations are valid for dimerization and cross-dimerization if<br />
these mixing rules are applied:<br />
� = 0 unless a special solvation contribution can be justified (for example, i<br />
and j are in the same class of compounds). Many � values are present in the<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>.<br />
Chemical Theory<br />
When a compound with strong association is present in a mixture,<br />
the entire mixture is treated according to the chemical theory of dimerization.
The chemical reaction for the general case of a mixture of dimerizing<br />
components i and j is:<br />
Where i and j refer to the same component.<br />
The equation-of-state becomes:<br />
with<br />
In this case, molar volume is equal to V/n t .<br />
This represents true total volume over the true number of species n t .<br />
However, the reported molar volume is V/n a .<br />
This represents the true total volume over the apparent number of species n a .<br />
If dimerization does not occur, n a is defined as the number of species. V/n a<br />
reflects the apparently lower molar volume of an associating gas mixture.<br />
The chemical equilibrium constant for the dimerization reaction on pressure<br />
basis Kp, is related to the true mole fractions and fugacity coefficients:<br />
Where:<br />
yi and yj = True mole fractions of monomers<br />
yij = True mole fraction of dimer<br />
�i = True fugacity coefficient of component i<br />
Kij = Equilibrium constant for the dimerization of i and j, on a<br />
pressure basis<br />
24 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
=<br />
�ij = 1 for i=j<br />
= 0 for<br />
Apparent mole fractions yi a are reported, but in the calculation real mole<br />
fractions yi, yj, and yij are used.<br />
The heat of reaction due to each dimerization is calculated according to:<br />
The sum of the contributions of all dimerization reactions, corrected for the<br />
ratio of apparent and true number of moles is added to the molar enthalpy<br />
departure .
Parameter Name/<br />
Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 25<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PC p ci — — 10 5<br />
RGYR r i gyr<br />
— — 10 -11<br />
10 8<br />
5x10 -9<br />
MUP p i — — 0.0 5x10 -24<br />
HOCETA �� 0.0 X — — —<br />
PRESSURE<br />
LENGTH<br />
DIPOLEMOMENT<br />
The binary parameters HOCETA for many component pairs are available in the<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>. These parameters are retrieved<br />
automatically when you specify any of the following property methods: NRTL-<br />
HOC, UNIF-HOC, UNIQ-HOC, VANL-HOC, and WILS-HOC.<br />
References<br />
J.G. Hayden and J.P. O'Connell, "A Generalized Method for Predicting Second<br />
Virial Coefficients," Ind. Eng. Chem., Process Des. Dev., Vol. 14,No. 3,<br />
(1975), pp. 209 – 216.<br />
HF Equation-of-State<br />
HF forms oligomers in the vapor phase. The non-ideality in the vapor phase is<br />
found in important deviations from ideality in all thermodynamic properties.<br />
The HF equation accounts for the vapor phase nonidealities. The model is<br />
based on chemical theory and assumes the formation of hexamers.<br />
Species like HF that associate linearly behave as single species. For example,<br />
they have a vapor pressure curve, like pure components. The component on<br />
which a hypothetical unreacted system is based is often called the apparent<br />
(or parent) component. Apparent components react to the true species.<br />
Electrolyte Calculation in <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> Methods discusses apparent and<br />
true species. Abbott and van Ness (1992) provide details and basic<br />
thermodynamics of reactive systems.<br />
The temperature-dependent hexamerization equilibrium constant, can fit the<br />
experimentally determined association factors. The built-in functionality is:<br />
The constants C0 and C1 are from Long et al. (1943), and C2 and C3 are set to<br />
0. The correlation is valid between 270 and 330 K, and can be extrapolated to<br />
about 370 K (cf. sec. 4). Different sets of constants can be determined by<br />
experimental data regression.<br />
Molar Volume Calculation<br />
The non-ideality of HF is often expressed using the association factor, f,<br />
indicating the ratio of apparent number of species to the real number or<br />
species. Assuming the ideal gas law for all true species in terms of (p, V, T)<br />
behavior implies:<br />
(1)
Where the true number of species is given by 1/f. The association factor is<br />
easily determined from (p, V, T) experiments. For a critical evaluation of data<br />
refer to Vanderzee and Rodenburg (1970).<br />
If only one reaction is assumed for a mixture of HF and its associated species,<br />
(refer to Long et al., 1943), then:<br />
If p1 represents the true partial pressure of the HF monomer, and p6<br />
represents the true partial pressure of the hexamer, then the equilibrium<br />
constant is defined as:<br />
The true total pressure is:<br />
p = p1 + p6<br />
If all hexamer were dissociated, the apparent total pressure would be the<br />
hypothetical pressure where:<br />
p a = p1 + 6p6 = p + 5p6<br />
When physical ideality is assumed, partial pressures and mole fractions are<br />
proportional. The total pressure in equation 5 represents the true number of<br />
species. The apparent total pressure from equation 6 represents the apparent<br />
number of species:<br />
Note that the outcome of equation 7 is independent of the assumption of<br />
ideality. Equation 7 can be used to compute the number of true species 1/f<br />
for a mixture containing HF, but the association factor is defined differently.<br />
If p1 and p6 are known, the molar volume or density of a vapor containing HF<br />
can be calculated using equations 2 and 7. The molar volume calculated is the<br />
true molar volume for 1 apparent mole of HF. This is because the volume of 1<br />
mole of ideal gas (the true molar volume per true number of moles) is always<br />
equal to about 0.0224 m3/mol at 298.15 K.<br />
True Mole Fraction (Partial Pressure) Calculation<br />
If you assume the ideal gas law for a mixture containing HF, the apparent HF<br />
mole fraction is:<br />
26 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(2)<br />
(3)<br />
(4)<br />
(5)<br />
(6)<br />
(7)<br />
(8)
The denominator of equation 8 is given by equation 6. The numerator (the<br />
apparent partial pressure of HF) is the hypothetical partial pressure only if all<br />
of the hexamer was dissociated. If you substitute equation 4, then equation 8<br />
becomes:<br />
K is known from Long et al., or can be regressed from (p,V,T) data. The<br />
apparent mole fraction of HF, y a , is known to the user and the simulator, but<br />
p1, or y = p1/p must also be known in order to calculate the thermodynamic<br />
properties of the mixture. Equation 9 must be solved for p1.<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 27<br />
(9)<br />
Equation 9 can be written as a polynomial in p1 of degree 6:<br />
K(6 - 5y a )(p1) 6 + p1 - py a = 0 (9a)<br />
A second order Newton-Raphson technique is used to determine p1. Then p6<br />
can be calculated by equation 5, and f is known (equation 7).<br />
Gibbs Energy and Fugacity<br />
The apparent fugacity coefficient is related to the true fugacity coefficient and<br />
mole fractions:<br />
(10)<br />
Equation 10 represents a correction to the ideal mixing term of the fugacity.<br />
The ratio of the true number of species to the apparent number of species is<br />
similar to the correction applied in equation 2. Since the ideal gas law is<br />
assumed, the apparent fugacity coefficient is given by the equation. All<br />
variables on the right side are known.<br />
For pure HF, y a = 1:<br />
(11)<br />
From the fugacity coefficient, the Gibbs energy departure of the mixture or<br />
pure apparent components can be calculated:<br />
Enthalpy and Entropy<br />
(12)<br />
(12a)<br />
For the enthalpy departure, the heat of reaction is considered. For an<br />
arbitrary gas phase reaction:
28 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(13)<br />
(14)<br />
Where �i * is the pure component thermodynamic potential or molar Gibbs<br />
energy of a component. Equation 4 represents the first two terms of the<br />
general equation 14. The second or third equality relates the equilibrium<br />
constant to the Gibbs energy of reaction, which is thus related to the enthalpy<br />
of reaction:<br />
(15)<br />
All components are assumed to be ideal. The enthalpy departure is equal to<br />
the heat of reaction, per apparent number of moles:<br />
(16)<br />
(17)<br />
From the Gibbs energy departure and enthalpy departure, the entropy<br />
departure can be calculated:<br />
(18)<br />
Temperature derivatives for the thermodynamic properties can be obtained<br />
by straightforward differentiation.<br />
Usage<br />
The HF equation-of-state should only be used for vapor phase calculations. It<br />
is not suited for liquid phase calculations.<br />
The HF equation-of-state can be used with any activity coefficient model for<br />
nonelectrolyte VLE. Using the Electrolyte NRTL model and the data package<br />
MHF2 is strongly recommended for aqueous mixtures (de Leeuw and<br />
Watanasiri, 1993).<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
ESHFK/1 C 0 43.65 — — — —<br />
ESHFK/2 C 1 -8910 — — — —<br />
ESHFK/3 C 2 0 — — — —<br />
ESHFK/4 C 3 0 — — — —<br />
References<br />
Units<br />
M. M. Abbott and H. C. van Ness, "Thermodynamics of Solutions Containing<br />
Reactive Species, a Guide to Fundamentals and Applications," Fluid Phase Eq.,<br />
Vol. 77, (1992) pp. 53 – 119.
V. V. De Leeuw and S. Watanasiri, "Modelling Phase Equilibria and Enthalpies<br />
of the <strong>System</strong> Water and Hydroflouric Acid Using an HF Equation-of-state in<br />
Conjunction with the Electrolyte NRTL Activity Coefficient Model," Paper<br />
presented at the 13th European Seminar on Applied Thermodynamics, June 9<br />
– 12, Carry-le-Rouet, France, 1993.<br />
R. W. Long, J. H. Hildebrand, and W. E. Morrell, "The Polymerization of<br />
Gaseous Hydrogen and Deuterium Flourides," J. Am. Chem. Soc., Vol. 65,<br />
(1943), pp. 182 – 187.<br />
C. E. Vanderzee and W. WM. Rodenburg, "Gas Imperfections and<br />
Thermodynamic Excess Properties of Gaseous Hydrogen Fluoride," J. Chem.<br />
Thermodynamics, Vol. 2, (1970), pp. 461 – 478.<br />
IAPWS-95 Steam Tables<br />
The IAPWS-95 Steam Tables are implemented like any other equation-ofstate<br />
in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>. These steam tables can calculate<br />
any thermodynamic property of water. The tables form the basis of the<br />
IAPWS-95 property method. There are no parameter requirements. They are<br />
the most accurate steam tables in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>.<br />
References<br />
Wanger W. and A. Pruß, ”The IAPWS Formation 1995 for the Thermodynamic<br />
Properties of Ordinary Water Substance for General and Scientific Use,” J.<br />
Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 31(2), 387- 535, 2002.<br />
Ideal Gas<br />
The ideal gas law (ideal gas equation-of-state) combines the laws of Boyle<br />
and Gay-Lussac. It models a vapor as if it consisted of point masses without<br />
any interactions. The ideal gas law is used as a reference state for equationof-state<br />
calculations, and can be used to model gas mixtures at low pressures<br />
(without specific gas phase interactions).<br />
The equation is:<br />
p = RT / Vm<br />
Lee-Kesler<br />
This equation-of-state model is based on the work of Lee and Kesler (1975).<br />
In this equation, the volumetric and thermodynamic properties of fluids based<br />
on the Curl and Pitzer approach (1958) have been analytically represented by<br />
a modified Benedict-Webb-Rubin equation-of-state (1940). The model<br />
calculates the molar volume, enthalpy departure, Gibbs free energy<br />
departure, and entropy departure of a mixture at a given temperature,<br />
pressure, and composition for either a vapor or a liquid phase. Partial<br />
derivatives of these quantities with respect to temperature can also be<br />
calculated.<br />
Unlike the other equation-of-state models, this model does not calculate<br />
fugacity coefficients.<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 29
The compressibility factor and other derived thermodynamic functions of<br />
nonpolar and slightly polar fluids can be adequately represented, at constant<br />
reduced temperature and pressure, by a linear function of the acentric factor.<br />
In particular, the compressibility factor of a fluid whose acentric factor is �, is<br />
given by the following equation:<br />
Z = Z (0) + �Z (1)<br />
Where:<br />
Z (0)<br />
Z (1)<br />
= Compressibility factor of a simple fluid (� = 0)<br />
= Deviation of the compressibility factor of the real fluid from Z (0)<br />
Z (0) and Z (1) are assumed universal functions of the reduced temperature and<br />
pressure.<br />
Curl and Pitzer (1958) were quite successful in correlating thermodynamic<br />
and volumetric properties using the above approach. Their application<br />
employed tables of properties in terms of reduced temperature and pressure.<br />
A significant weakness of this method is that the various properties (for<br />
example, entropy departure and enthalpy departure) will not be exactly<br />
thermodynamically consistent with each other. Lee and Kesler (1975)<br />
overcame this drawback by an analytic representation of the tables with an<br />
equation-of-state. In addition, the range was extended by including new data.<br />
In the Lee-Kesler implementation, the compressibility factor of any fluid has<br />
been written in terms of a simple fluid and a reference as follows:<br />
In the above equation both Z (0) and Z (1) are represented as generalized<br />
equations of the BWR form in terms of reduced temperature and pressure.<br />
Thus,<br />
Equations for the enthalpy departure, Gibbs free energy departure, and<br />
entropy departure are obtained from the compressibility factor using standard<br />
thermodynamic relationships, thus ensuring thermodynamic consistency.<br />
In the case of mixtures, mixing rules (without any binary parameters) are<br />
used to obtain the mixture values of the critical temperature and pressure,<br />
and the acentric factor.<br />
This equation has been found to provide a good description of the volumetric<br />
and thermodynamic properties of mixtures containing nonpolar and slightly<br />
polar components.<br />
Symbol Parameter Name Default Definition<br />
T c TCLK TC Critical temperature<br />
P c PCLK PC Critical pressure<br />
�� OMGLK OMEGA Acentric factor<br />
30 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
References<br />
M. Benedict, G. B. Webb, and L. C. Rubin, J. Chem. Phys., Vol. 8, (1940), p.<br />
334.<br />
R. F. Curl and K.S. Pitzer, Ind. Eng. Chem., Vol. 50, (1958), p. 265.<br />
B. I. Lee and M.G. Kesler, AIChE J., Vol. 21, (1975), p. 510.<br />
Lee-Kesler-Plöcker<br />
The Lee-Kesler-Plöcker equation-of-state is the basis for the LK-PLOCK<br />
property method. This equation-of-state applies to hydrocarbon systems that<br />
include the common light gases, such as H2S and CO2. It can be used in gasprocessing,<br />
refinery, and petrochemical applications.<br />
The general form of the equation is:<br />
Where:<br />
The fo and fR parameters are functions of the BWR form. The fo parameter is<br />
for a simple fluid, and fR is for reference fluid n-octane.<br />
The mixing rules are:<br />
Vcm<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 31<br />
=<br />
=<br />
�� =<br />
Zm<br />
Where:<br />
Vcij<br />
Tcij<br />
Zci<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
kij = kji
The binary parameter kij is determined from phase-equilibrium data<br />
regression, such as VLE data. The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> stores the<br />
binary parameters for a large number of component pairs. These binary<br />
parameters are used automatically with the LK-PLOCK property method. If<br />
binary parameters for certain component pairs are not available, they can be<br />
estimated using built-in correlations. The correlations are designed for binary<br />
interactions among the components CO, CO2, N2, H2, CH4 alcohols and<br />
hydrocarbons. If a component is not CO, CO2, N2, H2, CH4 or an alcohol, it is<br />
assumed to be a hydrocarbon.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
32 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCLKP T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCLKP p ci PC x PRESSURE<br />
VCLKP V ci VC x 0.001 3.5 MOLE-<br />
VOLUME<br />
OMGLKP � I OMEGA x -0.5 2.0 —<br />
LKPZC Zci<br />
LKPKIJ kij<br />
fcn(�) (Method 1)<br />
fcn(p ci,V ci,T ci)<br />
(Method 2)<br />
x 0.1 0.5 —<br />
fcn(T ciV ci / T cjV cj) x 5.0 5.0 —<br />
Method 1 is the default for LKPZC; Method 2 can be invoked by setting the<br />
value of LKPZC equal to zero.<br />
Binary interaction parameters LKPKIJ are available for a large number of<br />
components in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>, from Knapp et al.<br />
References<br />
B.I. Lee and M.G. Kesler, AIChE J., Vol. 21, (1975) p. 510; errata: AIChE J.,<br />
Vol. 21, (1975) p. 1040.<br />
V. Plöcker, H. Knapp, and J.M. Prausnitz, Ind. Eng. Chem., Process Des. Dev.,<br />
Vol. 17, (1978), p. 324.<br />
H. Knapp, R. Döring, L. Oellrich, U. Plöcker, and J. M. Prausnitz. "Vapor-Liquid<br />
Equilibria for Mixtures of Low Boiling Substances." Dechema Chemistry Data<br />
Series, Vol. VI.<br />
NBS/NRC Steam Tables<br />
The NBS/NRC Steam Tables are implemented like any other equation-of-state<br />
in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>. These steam tables can calculate any<br />
thermodynamic property of water. The tables form the basis of the<br />
STEAMNBS and STMNBS2 property methods. There are no parameter<br />
requirements. The STMNBS2 model uses the same equations as STEAMNBS<br />
but with different root search method. The STEAMNBS method is<br />
recommended for use with the SRK, BWRS, MXBONNEL and GRAYSON2<br />
property methods.
References<br />
L. Haar, J.S. Gallagher, and J.H. Kell, "NBS/NRC Steam Tables," (Washington:<br />
Hemisphere Publishing Corporation, 1984).<br />
Nothnagel<br />
The Nothnagel equation-of-state calculates thermodynamic properties for the<br />
vapor phase. It is used in property methods NRTL-NTH, UNIQ-NTH, VANL-<br />
NTH, and WILS-NTH. It is recommended for systems that exhibit strong vapor<br />
phase association. The model incorporates the chemical theory of<br />
dimerization to account for strong association and solvation effects, such as<br />
those found in organic acids, like acetic acid. The equation-of-state is:<br />
Where:<br />
b =<br />
bij<br />
=<br />
nc = Number of components in the mixture<br />
The chemical reaction for the general case of a mixture of dimerizing<br />
components i and j is:<br />
The chemical equilibrium constant for the dimerization reaction on pressure<br />
basis Kp is related to the true mole fractions and fugacity coefficients:<br />
Where:<br />
yi and yj = True mole fractions of monomers<br />
yij = True mole fraction of dimer<br />
�i = True fugacity coefficient of component i<br />
Kij = Equilibrium constant for the dimerization of i and j, on a<br />
pressure basis<br />
When accounting for chemical reactions, the number of true species n t in the<br />
mixture changes. The true molar volume V/n t<br />
is calculated from the<br />
equation-of-state. Since both V and n t change in about the same proportion,<br />
this number does not change much. However, the reported molar volume is<br />
the total volume over the apparent number of species: V/n a . Since the<br />
apparent number of species is constant and the total volume decreases with<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 33
association, the quantity V/n a reflects the apparent contraction in an<br />
associating mixture.<br />
The heat of reaction due to each dimerization can be calculated:<br />
The heat of reaction for the mixed dimerization of components i and j is by<br />
default the arithmetic mean of the heats of reaction for the dimerizations of<br />
the individual components. Parameter is a small empirical correction<br />
factor to this value:<br />
The sum of the contributions of all dimerization reactions, corrected for the<br />
ratio of apparent and true number of moles, is added to the molar enthalpy<br />
departure:<br />
The equilibrium constants can be computed using either built-in calculations<br />
or parameters you entered.<br />
� Built-in correlations:<br />
The pure component parameters b, d, and p are stored in the <strong>Aspen</strong><br />
<strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> for many components.<br />
Parameters you entered:<br />
In this method, you enter Ai, Bi, Ci, and Di on the Properties Parameters<br />
Unary.T-Dependent form. The units for Kii is pressure -1 ; use absolute units for<br />
temperature. If you enter Kii and Kjj, then Kij is computed from<br />
If you enter Ai, Bi, Ci, and Di, the equilibrium constants are computed using<br />
the parameters you entered. Otherwise the equilibrium constants are<br />
computed using built-in correlations.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
34 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper Limit Units<br />
TC T ci — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
TB T bi — 4.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PC p ci — 10 5<br />
10 8<br />
PRESSURE<br />
NTHA/1 b i 0.199 RT ci / p ci 0.01 1.0 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
NTHA/2 d i 0.33 0.01 3.0 —<br />
NTHA/3 p i 0 0.0 1.0 —<br />
NTHK/1 A i — — — PRESSURE<br />
NTHK/2 B i 0 — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NTHK/3 C i 0 — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NTHK/4 D i 0 — — TEMPERATURE
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
NTHDDH 0 †<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 35<br />
Symbol Default Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper Limit Units<br />
— — MOLE-<br />
ENTHALPY<br />
† For the following systems, the values given in Nothnagel et al., 1973 are<br />
used by default:<br />
� Methyl chloride/acetone<br />
� Acetonitrile/acetaldehyde<br />
� Acetone/chloroform<br />
� Chloroform/diethyl amine<br />
� Acetone/benzene<br />
� Benzene/chloroform<br />
� Chloroform/diethyl ether<br />
� Chloroform/propyl formate<br />
� Chloroform/ethyl acetate<br />
� Chloroform/methyl acetate<br />
� Chloroform/methyl formate<br />
� Acetone/dichloro methane<br />
� n-Butane/n-perfluorobutane<br />
� n-Pentane/n-perfluoropentane<br />
� n-Pentane/n-perfluorohexane<br />
References<br />
K.-H. Nothnagel, D. S. Abrams, and J.M. Prausnitz, "Generalized Correlation<br />
for Fugacity Coefficients in Mixtures at Moderate Pressures," Ind. Eng. Chem.,<br />
Process Des. Dev., Vol. 12, No. 1 (1973), pp. 25 – 35.<br />
Copolymer PC-SAFT EOS Model<br />
This section describes the Copolymer Perturbed-Chain Statistical Associating<br />
Fluid Theory (PC-SAFT). This equation-of-state model is used through the PC-<br />
SAFT property method.<br />
The copolymer PC-SAFT represents the completed PC-SAFT EOS model<br />
developed by Sadowski and co-workers (Gross and Sadowski, 2001, 2002a,<br />
2002b; Gross et al., 2003; Becker et al., 2004; Kleiner et al., 2006). Unlike<br />
the PC-SAFT EOS model (POLYPCSF) in <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus, the copolymer PC-SAFT<br />
includes the association and polar terms and does not apply mixing rules to<br />
calculate the copolymer parameters from its segments. Its applicability covers<br />
fluid systems from small to large molecules, including normal fluids, water,<br />
alcohols, and ketones, polymers and copolymers and their mixtures.<br />
Copolymer PC-SAFT Fundamental Equations<br />
The copolymer PC-SAFT model is based on the perturbation theory. The<br />
underlying idea is to divide the total intermolecular forces into repulsive and<br />
attractive contributions. The model uses a hard-chain reference system to
account for the repulsive interactions. The attractive forces are further divided<br />
into different contributions, including dispersion, polar, and association.<br />
Using a generated function, �, the copolymer PC-SAFT model in general can<br />
be written as follows:<br />
where � hc , � disp , � assoc , and � polar are contributions due to hard-chain fluids,<br />
dispersion, association, and polarity, respectively.<br />
The generated function � is defined as follows:<br />
where a res is the molar residual Helmholtz energy of mixtures, R is the gas<br />
constant, T is the temperature, � is the molar density, and Zm is the<br />
compressibility factor; a res is defined as:<br />
where a is the Helmholtz energy of a mixture and a ig is the Helmholtz energy<br />
of a mixture of ideal gases at the same temperature, density and composition<br />
xi. Once � is known, any other thermodynamic function of interest can be<br />
easily derived. For instance, the fugacity coefficient �i is calculated as follows:<br />
with<br />
where is a partial derivative that is always done to the mole fraction<br />
stated in the denominator, while all other mole fractions are considered<br />
constant.<br />
Applying � to the departure equations, departure functions of enthalpy,<br />
entropy, and Gibbs free energy can be obtained as follows:<br />
Enthalpy departure:<br />
Entropy departure:<br />
36 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Gibbs free energy departure:<br />
The following thermodynamic conditions must be satisfied:<br />
Hard-chain Fluids and Chain Connectivity<br />
In PC-SAFT model, a molecule is modeled as a chain molecule by a series of<br />
freely-jointed tangent spheres. The contribution from hard-chain fluids as a<br />
reference system consists of two parts, a nonbonding contribution (i.e., hardsphere<br />
mixtures prior to bonding to form chains) and a bonding contribution<br />
due to chain formation:<br />
where is the mean segment in the mixture, � hs is the contribution from<br />
hard-sphere mixtures on a per-segment basis, and � chain is the contribution<br />
due to chain formation. Both and � hs are well-defined for mixtures<br />
containing polymers, including copolymers; they are given by the following<br />
equations:<br />
where mi�, �i�, and �i� are the segment number, the segment diameter, and<br />
the segment energy parameter of the segment type � in the copolymer<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 37
component i, respectively. The segment number mi� is calculated from the<br />
segment ratio parameter ri�:<br />
where Mi� is the total molecular weight of the segment type � in the<br />
copolymer component i and can be calculated from the segment weight<br />
fraction within the copolymer:<br />
where wi� is the weight fraction of the segment type � in the copolymer<br />
component i, and Mi is the molecular weight of the copolymer component i.<br />
Following Sadowski and co-worker’s work ( Gross et al., 2003; Becker et al.,<br />
2004), the contribution from the chain connectivity can be written as follows:<br />
with<br />
where Bi��i� is defined as the bonding fraction between the segment type �<br />
and the segment type � within the copolymer component i, � is the number of<br />
the segment types within the copolymer component i, and g hs i�,j�(di�,j�) is the<br />
radial distribution function of hard-sphere mixtures at contact.<br />
However, the calculation for Bi��i� depends on the type of copolymers. We<br />
start with a pure copolymer system which consists of only two different types<br />
of segments � and �; this gives:<br />
with<br />
We now apply these equations to three common types of copolymers; a)<br />
alternating, b) block, and c) random.<br />
For an alternating copolymer, m� = m�; there are no �� or �� adjacent<br />
sequences. Therefore:<br />
38 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
For a block copolymer, there is only one �� pair and the number of �� and<br />
�� pairs depend on the length of each block; therefore:<br />
For a random copolymer, the sequence is only known in a statistical sense. If<br />
the sequence is completely random, then the number of �� adjacent pairs is<br />
proportional to the product of the probabilities of finding a segment of type �<br />
and a segment of type � in the copolymer. The probability of finding a<br />
segment of type � is the fraction of segments z� in the copolymer:<br />
The bonding fraction of each pair of types can be written as follows:<br />
where C is a constant and can be determined by the normalization condition<br />
set by Equation 2.70; the value for C is unity. Therefore:<br />
A special case is the Sadowski’s model for random copolymer with two types<br />
of segments only ( Gross et al., 2003; Becker et al., 2004). In this model, the<br />
bonding fractions are calculated as follows:<br />
When z� < z�<br />
When z� < z�<br />
The generalization of three common types of copolymers from two types of<br />
different segments to multi types of different segments � within a copolymer<br />
is straightforward.<br />
For a generalized alternative copolymer, m� = m� = ... = mr = m/� ; there<br />
are no adjacent sequences for the same type of segments. Therefore,<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 39
For a generalized block copolymer, there is only one pair for each adjacent<br />
type of segment pairs (� � �) and the number of pairs for a same type<br />
depends on the length of the block; therefore:<br />
For a generalized random copolymer, the sequence is only known in a<br />
statistical sense. If the sequence is completely random, then the number of<br />
�� adjacent pairs is proportional to the product of the probabilities of finding<br />
a segment of type � and a segment of type � in the copolymer. The<br />
probability of finding a segment of type � is the fraction of � segments z� in<br />
the copolymer:<br />
The bonding fraction of each pair of types can be written as follows:<br />
where C is a constant and can be determined by the normalization condition.<br />
Therefore,<br />
That is,<br />
Put C into the equation above, we obtain:<br />
40 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Copolymer PC-SAFT Dispersion Term<br />
The equations for the dispersion term are given as follows:<br />
where �i�,j� and �i�,j� are the cross segment diameter and energy parameters,<br />
respectively; only one adjustable binary interaction parameter, �i�,j� is<br />
introduced to calculate them:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 41
In above equations, the model constants a1i, a2i, a3i, b1i, b2i, and b3i are fitted<br />
to pure-component vapor pressure and liquid density data of n-alkanes (<br />
Gross and Sadowski, 2001).<br />
Association Term for Copolymer Mixtures - 2B<br />
Model<br />
The association term in PC-SAFT model in general needs an iterative<br />
procedure to calculate the fraction of a species (solvent or segment) that are<br />
bounded to each association-site type. Only in pure or binary systems, the<br />
fraction can be derived explicitly for some specific models. We start with<br />
general expressions for the association contribution for copolymer systems as<br />
follows:<br />
where A is the association-site type index, is the association-site<br />
number of the association-site type A on the segment type � in the<br />
copolymer component i, and is the mole fraction of the segment type �<br />
in the copolymer component i that are not bonded with the association-site<br />
type A; it can be estimated as follows:<br />
with<br />
where is the cross effective association volume and is the<br />
cross association energy; they are estimated via simple combination rules:<br />
where and are the effective association volume and the<br />
association energy between the association-site types A and B, of the<br />
segment type � in the copolymer component i, respectively.<br />
42 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
The association-site number of the site type A on the segment type � in the<br />
copolymer component i is equal to the number of the segment type � in the<br />
copolymer component i,<br />
where Ni� is the number of the segment type � in the copolymer component i<br />
and M� is the molecular weight of the segment type �. In other words, the<br />
association-site number for each site type within a segment is the same;<br />
therefore, we can rewrite the equations above as follows:<br />
To calculate , this equation has to be solved iteratively for each<br />
association-site type associated with a species in a component. In practice,<br />
further assumption is needed for efficiency. The commonly used model is the<br />
so-called 2B model ( Huang and Radosz, 1990). It assumes that an<br />
associating species (solvent or segment) has two association sites, one is<br />
designed as the site type A and another as the site type B. Similarly to the<br />
hydrogen bonding, type A treats as a donor site with positive charge and type<br />
B as an acceptor site with negative charge; only the donor-acceptor<br />
association bonding is permitted and this concept applies to both pure<br />
systems (self-association such as water) and mixtures (both self-association<br />
and cross-association such as water-methanol). Therefore, we can rewrite<br />
these equations as follows:<br />
It is easy to show that<br />
Therefore<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 43
Polar Term for Copolymer PC-SAFT<br />
The equations for the polar term are given by Jog et al. (2001) as follows:<br />
In the above equations, I2(�) and I3(�) are the pure fluid integrals and �i�<br />
and (xp)i� are the dipole moment and dipolar fraction of the segment type �<br />
within the copolymer component i, respectively. Both and<br />
44 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
are dimensionless. In terms of them, we can have:<br />
Rushbrooke et al. (1973) have shown that
Then I2(�) and I3(�) are computed in terms of � by the expressions:<br />
Reference<br />
Jog, P. K., Sauer, S. G., Blaesing, J., & Chapman, W. G. (2001), Application<br />
of Dipolar Chain Theory to the Phase Behavior of Polar Fluids and Mixtures.<br />
Ind. Eng. Chem. Res., 40, 4641.<br />
Rushbrooke, G. S., & Stell, G., Hoye, J. S. (1973), Molec. Phys., 26, 1199.<br />
Copolymer PC-SAFT EOS Model Parameters<br />
Pure parameters<br />
Each non-association species (solvent or segment) must have a set of three<br />
pure-component parameter; two of them are the segment diameter � and the<br />
segment energy parameter �. The third parameter for a solvent is the<br />
segment number m and for a segment is the segment ratio parameter r. For<br />
an association species, two additional parameters are the effective association<br />
volume � (AB) and the association energy � (AB) . For a polar species, two<br />
additional parameters are the dipole moment � and the segment dipolar<br />
fraction xp.<br />
Binary parameters<br />
There are three types of binary interactions in copolymer systems: solventsolvent,<br />
solvent-segment, and segment-segment. The binary interaction<br />
parameter �i�,j� allows complex temperature dependence:<br />
with<br />
where Tref is a reference temperature and the default value is 298.15 K.<br />
The following table lists the copolymer PC-SAFT EOS model parameters<br />
implemented in <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 45
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Symbol Default Lower<br />
Limit<br />
46 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MDS Units Comments<br />
Keyword<br />
PCSFTM m — — — X — Unary<br />
PCSFTV � — — — X — Unary<br />
PCSFTU �/k — — — X TEMP Unary<br />
PCSFTR r — — — X — Unary<br />
PCSFAU � AB /k — — — X TEMP Unary<br />
PCSFAV � AB — — — X — Unary<br />
PCSFMU � — — — X — Unary<br />
PCSFXP x p — — — X — Unary<br />
PCSKIJ/1 ai�,j�<br />
PCSKIJ/2 bi�,j�<br />
PCSKIJ/3 ci�,j�<br />
PCSKIJ/4 di�,j�<br />
PCSKIJ/5 ei�,j�<br />
0.0 — — X — Binary,<br />
Symmetric<br />
0.0 — — X — Binary,<br />
Symmetric<br />
0.0 — — X — Binary,<br />
Symmetric<br />
0.0 — — X — Binary,<br />
Symmetric<br />
0.0 — — X — Binary,<br />
Symmetric<br />
PCSKIJ/6 T ref 298.15 — — X TEMP Binary,<br />
Symmetric<br />
Parameter Input and Regression for Copolymer<br />
PC-SAFT<br />
Since the copolymer PC-SAFT is built based on the segment concept, the<br />
unary (pure) parameters must be specified for a solvent or a segment.<br />
Specifying a unary parameter for a polymer component (homopolymer or<br />
copolymer) will be ignored by the simulation. For a non-association and nonpolar<br />
solvent, three unary parameters PCSFTM, PCSFTU, and PCSFTV must be<br />
specified. For a non-association and non-polar segment, these three unary<br />
parameters PCSFTR, PCSFTU, and PCSFTV must be specified. For an<br />
association species (solvent or segment), two additional unary parameters<br />
PCSFAU and PCSFAV must be specified. For a polar species (solvent or<br />
segment), two additional unary parameters PCSFMU and PCSFXP must be<br />
specified.<br />
Note that the SI units for the segment diameter � (PCSFTV) and dipole<br />
moment � (PCSFMU) are much too large to be practical. The implementation<br />
of PC-SAFT in <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus has the unit in Angstroms (Å) for the segment<br />
diameter and in Debye (D) for the dipole moment; these units are not allowed<br />
to be changed in PC-SAFT.<br />
The binary parameter PCSKIJ can be specified for each solvent-solvent pair,<br />
or each solvent-segment pair, or each segment-segment pair. By default, the<br />
binary parameter is set to be zero.
A databank called PC-SAFT contains both unary and binary PC-SAFT<br />
parameters available from literature; it must be used with the PC-SAFT<br />
property method. The unary parameters available for segments are stored in<br />
the SEGMENT databank. If unary parameters are not available for a species<br />
(solvent or segment) in a calculation, the user can perform an <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus<br />
Data Regression Run (DRS) to obtain unary parameters. For non-polymer<br />
components (mainly solvents), the unary parameters are usually obtained by<br />
fitting experimental vapor pressure and liquid molar volume data. To obtain<br />
unary parameters for a segment, experimental data on liquid density of the<br />
homopolymer that is built by the segment should be regressed. Once the<br />
unary parameters are available for a segment, the ideal-gas heat capacity<br />
parameter CPIG may be regressed for the same segment using experimental<br />
liquid heat capacity data for the same homopolymer. In addition to unary<br />
parameters, the binary parameter PCSKIJ for each solvent-solvent pair, or<br />
each solvent-segment pair, or each segment-segment pair, can be regressed<br />
using vapor-liquid equilibrium (VLE) data in the form of TPXY data in <strong>Aspen</strong><br />
Plus.<br />
Note: In Data Regression Run, a homopolymer must be defined as an<br />
OLIGOMER type, and the number of the segment that builds the oligomer<br />
must be specified.<br />
Peng-Robinson<br />
The Peng-Robinson equation-of-state is the basis for the PENG-ROB and PR-<br />
BM property methods. The model has been implemented with choices of<br />
different alpha functions (see Peng-Robinson Alpha Functions) and has been<br />
extended to include advanced asymmetric mixing rules.<br />
Note: You can choose any of the available alpha functions, but you cannot<br />
define multiple property methods based on this model using different alpha<br />
functions within the same run.<br />
By default, the PENG-ROB property method uses the literature version of the<br />
alpha function and mixing rules. The PR-BM property method uses the<br />
Boston-Mathias alpha function and standard mixing rules. These default<br />
property methods are recommended for hydrocarbon processing applications<br />
such as gas processing, refinery, and petrochemical processes. Their results<br />
are comparable to those of the property methods that use the standard<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave equation-of-state.<br />
When advanced alpha function and asymmetric mixing rules are used with<br />
appropriately obtained parameters, the Peng-Robinson model can be used to<br />
accurately model polar, non-ideal chemical systems. Similar capability is also<br />
available for the Soave-Redlich-Kwong model.<br />
The equation for the Peng-Robinson model is:<br />
Where:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 47
=<br />
c =<br />
a = a0+a1<br />
a0<br />
kij<br />
a1<br />
lij<br />
ai<br />
bi<br />
ci<br />
48 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
(the standard quadratic mixing term, where kij has<br />
been made temperature-dependent)<br />
kij = kji<br />
(an additional, asymmetric term used to model<br />
highly non-linear systems)<br />
In general, .<br />
For best results, the binary parameters kij and lij must be determined from<br />
regression of phase equilibrium data such as VLE data. The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> also has built-in kij and lij for a large number of component<br />
pairs in the EOS-LIT databank from Knapp et al. These parameters are used<br />
automatically with the PENG-ROB property method. Values in the databank<br />
can be different than those used with other models such as Soave-Redlich-<br />
Kwong or Redlich-Kwong-Soave, and this can produce different results.<br />
The model has option codes which can be used to customize the model, by<br />
selecting a different alpha function and other model options. See Peng-<br />
Robinson Alpha Functions for a description of the alpha functions. See Option<br />
Codes for Equation of State <strong>Models</strong> (under ESPR) for a list of the option<br />
codes.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
PRTC T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PRPC p ci PC x 10 5<br />
OMGPR � i<br />
10 8<br />
OMEGA x -0.5 2.0 —<br />
PRZRA z RA RKTZRA x — — —<br />
PRESSURE
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
PRKBV/1 k ij (1)<br />
PRKBV/2 k ij (2)<br />
PRKBV/3 k ij (3)<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 49<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
0 x — — —<br />
Units<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
PRKBV/4 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
PRKBV/5 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
PRLIJ/1 l ij (1)<br />
PRLIJ/2 l ij (2)<br />
PRLIJ/3 l ij (3)<br />
0 x — — —<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
PRLIJ/4 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
PRLIJ/5 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
D.-Y. Peng and D. B. Robinson, "A New Two-Constant Equation-of-state," Ind.<br />
Eng. Chem. Fundam., Vol. 15, (1976), pp. 59–64.<br />
P.M. Mathias, H.C. Klotz, and J.M. Prausnitz, "Equation of state mixing rules<br />
for multicomponent mixtures: the problem of invariance," Fluid Phase<br />
Equilibria, Vol 67, (1991), pp. 31-44.<br />
H. Knapp, R. Döring, L. Oellrich, U. Plöcker, and J. M. Prausnitz. "Vapor-Liquid<br />
Equilibria for Mixtures of Low Boiling Substances." Dechema Chemistry Data<br />
Series, Vol. VI.<br />
Standard Peng-Robinson<br />
The Standard Peng-Robinson equation-of-state is the original formulation of<br />
the Peng-Robinson equation of state with the standard alpha function (see<br />
Peng-Robinson Alpha Functions). It is recommended for hydrocarbon<br />
processing applications such as gas processing, refinery, and petrochemical<br />
processes. Its results are comparable to those of the standard Redlich-<br />
Kwong-Soave equation of state.<br />
Note: You can choose any of the available alpha functions, but you cannot<br />
define multiple property methods based on this model using different alpha<br />
functions within the same run.<br />
The equation for this model is:<br />
Where:<br />
b =<br />
a =
ai<br />
bi<br />
kij<br />
50 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
The model has option codes which can be used to customize the model, by<br />
selecting a different alpha function and other model options. See Peng-<br />
Robinson Alpha Functions for a description of the alpha functions. See Option<br />
Codes for Equation of State <strong>Models</strong> (under ESPRSTD) for a list of the option<br />
codes.<br />
For best results, the binary parameter kij must be determined from regression<br />
of phase equilibrium data such as VLE data. The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong> also has built-in kij for a large number of component pairs in the EOS-<br />
LIT databank. These parameters are used automatically with the PENG-ROB<br />
property method. Values in the databank can be different than those used<br />
with other models such as Soave-Redlich-Kwong or Redlich-Kwong-Soave,<br />
and this can produce different results.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCPRS T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCPRS p ci PC x 10 5<br />
OMGPRS � i<br />
PRKBV/1 k ij (1)<br />
PRKBV/2 k ij (2)<br />
PRKBV/3 k ij (3)<br />
10 8<br />
OMEGA x -0.5 2.0 —<br />
0 x - - -<br />
PRESSURE<br />
0 x - - TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x - - TEMPERATURE<br />
PRKBV/4 T lower 0 x - - TEMPERATURE<br />
PRKBV/5 T upper 1000 x - - TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
D.-Y. Peng and D. B. Robinson, "A New Two-Constant Equation-of-state," Ind.<br />
Eng. Chem. Fundam., Vol. 15, (1976), pp. 59–64.<br />
Peng-Robinson-MHV2<br />
This model uses the Peng-Robinson equation-of-state for pure compounds.<br />
The mixing rules are the predictive MHV2 rules. Several alpha functions can<br />
be used in the Peng-Robinson-MHV2 equation-of-state model for a more<br />
accurate description of the pure component behavior. The pure component<br />
behavior and parameter requirements are described in Standard Peng-<br />
Robinson, or in Peng-Robinson Alpha Functions.<br />
The MHV2 mixing rules are an example of modified Huron-Vidal mixing rules.<br />
A brief introduction is provided in Huron-Vidal Mixing Rules. For more details,<br />
see MHV2 Mixing Rules.
Predictive SRK (PSRK)<br />
This model uses the Redlich-Kwong-Soave equation-of-state for pure<br />
compounds. The mixing rules are the predictive Holderbaum rules, or PSRK<br />
method. Several alpha functions can be used in the PSRK equation-of-state<br />
model for a more accurate description of the pure component behavior. The<br />
pure component behavior and parameter requirements are described in<br />
Standard Redlich-Kwong-Soave and in Soave Alpha Functions.<br />
Note: You can choose any of the available alpha functions, but you cannot<br />
define multiple property methods based on this model using different alpha<br />
functions within the same run.<br />
The PSRK method is an example of modified Huron-Vidal mixing rules. A brief<br />
introduction is provided in Huron-Vidal Mixing Rules. For more details, see<br />
Predictive Soave-Redlich-Kwong-Gmehling Mixing Rules.<br />
Peng-Robinson-Wong-Sandler<br />
This model uses the Peng-Robinson equation-of-state for pure compounds.<br />
The mixing rules are the predictive Wong-Sandler rules. Several alpha<br />
functions can be used in the Peng-Robinson-Wong-Sandler equation-of-state<br />
model for a more accurate description of the pure component behavior. The<br />
pure component behavior and parameter requirements are described in Peng-<br />
Robinson, and in Peng-Robinson Alpha Functions.<br />
Note: You can choose any of the available alpha functions, but you cannot<br />
define multiple property methods based on this model using different alpha<br />
functions within the same run.<br />
The Wong-Sandler mixing rules are an example of modified Huron-Vidal<br />
mixing rules. A brief introduction is provided in Huron-Vidal Mixing Rules. For<br />
more details see Wong-Sandler Mixing Rules., this chapter.<br />
Redlich-Kwong<br />
The Redlich-Kwong equation-of-state can calculate vapor phase<br />
thermodynamic properties for the following property methods: NRTL-RK,<br />
UNIFAC, UNIF-LL, UNIQ-RK, VANL-RK, and WILS-RK. It is applicable for<br />
systems at low to moderate pressures (maximum pressure 10 atm) for which<br />
the vapor-phase nonideality is small. The Hayden-O'Connell model is<br />
recommended for a more nonideal vapor phase, such as in systems<br />
containing organic acids. It is not recommended for calculating liquid phase<br />
properties.<br />
The equation for the model is:<br />
p =<br />
Where:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 51
=<br />
b =<br />
ai<br />
bi<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
52 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PC p ci — — 10 5<br />
References<br />
10 8<br />
PRESSURE<br />
O. Redlich and J.N.S. Kwong, "On the Thermodynamics of Solutions V. An<br />
Equation-of-state. Fugacities of Gaseous Solutions," Chem. Rev., Vol. 44,<br />
(1979), pp. 223 – 244.<br />
Redlich-Kwong-<strong>Aspen</strong><br />
The Redlich-Kwong-<strong>Aspen</strong> equation-of-state is the basis for the RK-ASPEN<br />
property method. It can be used for hydrocarbon processing applications. It is<br />
also used for more polar components and mixtures of hydrocarbons, and for<br />
light gases at medium to high pressures.<br />
The equation is the same as Redlich-Kwong-Soave:<br />
p =<br />
A quadratic mixing rule is maintained for:<br />
a =<br />
An interaction parameter is introduced in the mixing rule for:<br />
b =<br />
For ai an extra polar parameter is used:<br />
ai<br />
bi<br />
=<br />
=<br />
The interaction parameters are temperature-dependent:
ka,ij<br />
kb,ij<br />
=<br />
=<br />
For best results, binary parameters kij must be determined from phaseequilibrium<br />
data regression, such as VLE data.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
TCRKA T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCRKA p ci PC x 10 5<br />
OMGRKA � i<br />
RKAPOL � i<br />
RKAKA0 k a,ij 0<br />
RKAKA1 k a,ij 1<br />
RKAKB0 k b,ij 0<br />
RKAKB1 k b,ij 1<br />
References<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 53<br />
10 8<br />
OMEGA x -0.5 2.0 —<br />
0 x -2.0 2.0 —<br />
0 x -5.0 5.0 —<br />
PRESSURE<br />
0 x -15.0 15.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x -5.0 5.0 —<br />
0 x -15.0 15.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
Mathias, P.M., "A Versatile Phase Equilibrium Equation-of-state", Ind. Eng.<br />
Chem. Process Des. Dev., Vol. 22, (1983), pp. 385 – 391.<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave<br />
This is the standard Redlich-Kwong-Soave equation-of-state, and is the basis<br />
for the RK-SOAVE property method. It is recommended for hydrocarbon<br />
processing applications, such as gas-processing, refinery, and petrochemical<br />
processes. Its results are comparable to those of the Peng-Robinson<br />
equation-of-state.<br />
The equation is:<br />
Where:<br />
a0 is the standard quadratic mixing term:<br />
a1 is an additional, asymmetric (polar) term:
=<br />
ai<br />
bi<br />
kij = kji<br />
=<br />
=<br />
; ;<br />
The parameter ai is calculated according to the standard Soave formulation<br />
(see Soave Alpha Functions, equations 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6).<br />
Note: You can choose any of the available alpha functions, but you cannot<br />
define multiple property methods based on this model using different alpha<br />
functions within the same run.<br />
The model uses option codes which are described in Soave-Redlich-Kwong<br />
Option Codes.<br />
For best results, binary parameters kij must be determined from phaseequilibrium<br />
data regression (for example, VLE data). The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> also has built-in kij for a large number of component pairs in<br />
the EOS-LIT databank from Knapp et al. These binary parameters are used<br />
automatically with the RK-SOAVE property method. Values of kij in the<br />
databank can be different than those used with other models such as Soave-<br />
Redlich-Kwong or Standard Peng-Robinson, and this can produce different<br />
results.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
54 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCRKSS T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCRKSS p ci PC x 10 5<br />
OMRKSS � i<br />
RKSKBV/1 k ij (1)<br />
RKSKBV/2 k ij (2)<br />
RKSKBV/3 k ij (3)<br />
10 8<br />
OMEGA x -0.5 2.0 —<br />
0 x -5.0 5.0 —<br />
PRESSURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
RKSKBV/4 T k,lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
RKSKBV/5 T k,upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
RKSLBV/1 l ij (1)<br />
RKSLBV/2 l ij (2)<br />
RKSLBV/3 l ij (3)<br />
0 x — — —<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
RKSLBV/4 T l,lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
RKSLBV/5 T l,upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
G. Soave, "Equilibrium Constants for Modified Redlich-Kwong Equation-ofstate,"<br />
Chem. Eng. Sci., Vol. 27, (1972), pp. 1196 – 1203.
J. Schwartzentruber and H. Renon, "Extension of UNIFAC to High Pressures<br />
and Temperatures by the Use of a Cubic Equation-of-state," Ind. Eng. Chem.<br />
Res., Vol. 28, (1989), pp. 1049 – 1955.<br />
A. Peneloux, E. Rauzy, and R. Freze, "A Consistent Correction For Redlich-<br />
Kwong-Soave Volumes", Fluid Phase Eq., Vol. 8, (1982), pp. 7–23.<br />
H. Knapp, R. Döring, L. Oellrich, U. Plöcker, and J. M. Prausnitz. "Vapor-Liquid<br />
Equilibria for Mixtures of Low Boiling Substances." Dechema Chemistry Data<br />
Series, Vol. VI.<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave-Boston-Mathias<br />
The Redlich-Kwong-Soave-Boston-Mathias equation-of-state is the basis for<br />
the RKS-BM property method. It is the Redlich-Kwong-Soave equation-ofstate<br />
with the Boston-Mathias alpha function (see Soave Alpha Functions). It<br />
is recommended for hydrocarbon processing applications, such as gasprocessing,<br />
refinery, and petrochemical processes. Its results are comparable<br />
to those of the Peng-Robinson-Boston-Mathias equation-of-state.<br />
Note: You can choose any of the available alpha functions, but you cannot<br />
define multiple property methods based on this model using different alpha<br />
functions within the same run.<br />
The equation is:<br />
p =<br />
Where:<br />
a0 is the standard quadratic mixing term:<br />
a1 is an additional, asymmetric (polar) term:<br />
b =<br />
ai<br />
bi<br />
=<br />
=<br />
kij = kji<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 55
; ;<br />
The parameter ai is calculated by the standard Soave formulation at<br />
supercritical temperatures. If the component is supercritical, the Boston-<br />
Mathias extrapolation is used (see Soave Alpha Functions).<br />
The model uses option codes which are described in Soave-Redlich-Kwong<br />
Option Codes.<br />
For best results, binary parameters kij must be determined from phaseequilibrium<br />
data regression (for example, VLE data).<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
TCRKS T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCRKS p ci PC x 10 5<br />
OMGRKS � i<br />
RKSKBV/1 k ij (1)<br />
RKSKBV/2 k ij (2)<br />
RKSKBV/3 k ij (3)<br />
56 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
10 8<br />
OMEGA x -0.5 2.0 —<br />
0 x -5.0 5.0 —<br />
PRESSURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
RKSKBV/4 T k,lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
RKSKBV/5 T k,upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
RKSLBV/1 l ij (1)<br />
RKSLBV/2 l ij (2)<br />
RKSLBV/3 l ij (3)<br />
0 x — — —<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
RKSLBV/4 T l,lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
RKSLBV/5 T l,upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
G. Soave, "Equilibrium Constants for Modified Redlich-Kwong Equation-ofstate,"<br />
Chem. Eng. Sci., Vol. 27, (1972), pp. 1196 – 1203.<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave-Wong-Sandler<br />
This equation-of-state model uses the Redlich-Kwong-Soave equation-of-state<br />
for pure compounds. The predictive Wong-Sandler mixing rules are used.<br />
Several alpha functions can be used in the Redlich-Kwong-Soave-Wong-<br />
Sandler equation-of-state model for a more accurate description of the pure<br />
component behavior. The pure component behavior and parameter<br />
requirements are described in Standard Redlich-Kwong-Soave, and in Soave<br />
Alpha Functions.<br />
Note: You can choose any of the available alpha functions, but you cannot<br />
define multiple property methods based on this model using different alpha<br />
functions within the same run.<br />
The Wong-Sandler mixing rules are an example of modified Huron-Vidal<br />
mixing rules. A brief introduction is provided in Huron-Vidal Mixing Rules. For<br />
more details, see Wong-Sandler Mixing Rules.
Redlich-Kwong-Soave-MHV2<br />
This equation-of-state model uses the Redlich-Kwong-Soave equation-of-state<br />
for pure compounds. The predictive MHV2 mixing rules are used. Several<br />
alpha functions can be used in the RK-Soave-MHV2 equation-of-state model<br />
for a more accurate description of the pure component behavior. The pure<br />
component behavior and its parameter requirements are described in<br />
Standard Redlich-Kwong-Soave, and in Soave Alpha Functions.<br />
Note: You can choose any of the available alpha functions, but you cannot<br />
define multiple property methods based on this model using different alpha<br />
functions within the same run.<br />
The MHV2 mixing rules are an example of modified Huron-Vidal mixing rules.<br />
A brief introduction is provided in Huron-Vidal Mixing Rules. For more details,<br />
see MHV2 Mixing Rules.<br />
Schwartzentruber-Renon<br />
The Schwartzentruber-Renon equation-of-state is the basis for the SR-POLAR<br />
property method. It can be used to model chemically nonideal systems with<br />
the same accuracy as activity coefficient property methods, such as the<br />
WILSON property method. This equation-of-state is recommended for highly<br />
non-ideal systems at high temperatures and pressures, such as in methanol<br />
synthesis and supercritical extraction applications.<br />
The equation for the model is:<br />
p =<br />
Where:<br />
a =<br />
b =<br />
c =<br />
ai<br />
bi<br />
ci<br />
ka,ij<br />
lij<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 57<br />
(for T < Tci)
kb,ij<br />
=<br />
ka,ij = ka,ji<br />
lij = -lji<br />
kb,ij = kb,ji<br />
The binary parameters ka,ij, kb,ij, and lij are temperature-dependent. In most<br />
cases, ka,ij 0 and lij 0 are sufficient to represent the system of interest.<br />
VLE calculations are independent of c. However, c does influence the fugacity<br />
values and can be adjusted to (liquid) molar volumes. For a wide temperature<br />
range, adjust ci0 to the molar volume at 298.15K or at boiling temperature.<br />
The ai are calculated using the Extended Mathias Alpha Function, as described<br />
in Soave Alpha Functions.<br />
Warning: Using c1i and c2i can cause anomalous behavior in enthalpy and<br />
heat capacity. Their use is strongly discouraged.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
58 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCRKU T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCRKU p ci PC x 105 108 PRESSURE<br />
OMGRKU � i<br />
OMEGA x -0.5 2.0 —<br />
RKUPP0 †† q 0i — x — — —<br />
RKUPP1 †† q 1i 0 x — — —<br />
RKUPP2 †† q 2i 0 x — — —<br />
RKUC0 c 0i 0 x — — ‡<br />
RKUC1 c 1i 0 x — — ‡<br />
RKUC2 c 2i 0 x — — ‡<br />
RKUKA0 ††† k a,ij 0<br />
RKUKA1 ††† k a,ij 1<br />
RKUKA2 ††† k a,ij 2<br />
RKULA0 ††† l ij 0<br />
RKULA1 ††† l ij 1<br />
RKULA2 ††† l ij 2<br />
RKUKB0 ††† k b,ij 0<br />
RKUKB1 ††† k b,ij 1<br />
RKUKB2 ††† k b,ij 2<br />
0 x — — —<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE †<br />
0 x — — —<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE †<br />
0 x — — —<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE †<br />
† Absolute temperature units are assumed for ka,ij 2 , lij 2 , and kb,ij 2 .<br />
†† For polar components (dipole moment >> 0), if you do not enter q0i, the<br />
system estimates q0i, q1i, q2i from vapor pressures using the Antoine vapor<br />
pressure model.<br />
††† If you do not enter at least one of the binary parameters ka,ij 0 , ka,ij 2 , lij 0 ,<br />
lij 2 , kb,ij 0 , or kb,ij 2 the system estimates ka,ij 0 , ka,ij 2 , lij 0 , and lij 2 from the UNIFAC<br />
or Hayden O'Connell models.
‡ RKUC0, RKUC1, and RKUC2 are treated as having units m 3 /kmol. No unit<br />
conversion to other molar volume units is done.<br />
References<br />
G. Soave, "Equilibrium Constants for Modified Redlich-Kwong Equation-ofstate,"<br />
Chem. Eng. Sci., Vol. 27, (1972), pp. 1196 - 1203.<br />
J. Schwartzentruber and H. Renon, "Extension of UNIFAC to High Pressures<br />
and Temperatures by the Use of a Cubic Equation-of-State," Ind. Eng. Chem.<br />
Res., Vol. 28, (1989), pp. 1049 – 1955.<br />
A. Peneloux, E. Rauzy, and R. Freze, "A Consistent Correction For Redlich-<br />
Kwong-Soave Volumes", Fluid Phase Eq., Vol. 8, (1982), pp. 7–23.<br />
Soave-Redlich-Kwong<br />
The Soave-Redlich-Kwong equation-of-state is the basis of the SRK property<br />
method. This model is based on the same equation of state as the Redlich-<br />
Kwong-Soave model. However, this model has several important differences.<br />
� A volume translation concept introduced by Peneloux and Rauzy is used to<br />
improve molar liquid volume calculated from the cubic equation of state.<br />
� Improvement in water properties is achieved by using the NBS Steam<br />
Table.<br />
� Improvement in speed of computation for equation based calculation is<br />
achieved by using composition independent fugacity.<br />
� Optional Kabadi-Danner mixing rules for improved phase equilibrium<br />
calculations in water-hydrocarbon systems (see SRK-Kabadi-Danner)<br />
� Optional Mathias alpha function<br />
Note: You can choose any of the available alpha functions, but you cannot<br />
define multiple property methods based on this model using different alpha<br />
functions within the same run.<br />
This equation-of-state can be used for hydrocarbon systems that include the<br />
common light gases, such as H2S, CO2 and N2.<br />
The form of the equation-of-state is:<br />
Where:<br />
a0 is the standard quadratic mixing term:<br />
Where:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 59<br />
;
a1 is an additional, asymmetric (polar) term:<br />
Where:<br />
; ;<br />
The enthalpy, entropy, Gibbs energy, and molar volume of water are<br />
calculated from the steam tables. The total properties are mole-fraction<br />
averages of these values with the properties calculated by the equation of<br />
state for other components. Fugacity coefficient is not affected.<br />
For best results, the binary parameter kij must be determined from phase<br />
equilibrium data regression (for example, VLE data). The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> also has built-in kij for a large number of component pairs in<br />
the SRK-ASPEN databank, regressed by <strong>Aspen</strong>Tech. These parameters are<br />
used automatically with the SRK property method. Values of kij in the<br />
databank can be different than those used with other models such as<br />
Standard Redlich-Kwong-Soave or Standard Redlich-Kwong-Soave, and this<br />
can produce different results.<br />
The model uses option codes which are described in Soave-Redlich-Kwong<br />
Option Codes.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Limit<br />
60 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
SRKTC T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
SRKPC p ci PC x 10 5<br />
SRKOMG � i<br />
10 8<br />
OMEGA x –0.5 2.0 —<br />
SRKZRA z RA RKTZRA x — — —<br />
SRKKIJ/1 k ij (1)<br />
SRKKIJ/2 k ij (2)<br />
SRKKIJ/3 k ij (3)<br />
0 x — — —<br />
PRESSURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SRKKIJ/4 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SRKKIJ/5 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SRKLIJ/1 l ij (1)<br />
SRKLIJ/2 l ij (2)<br />
0 x — — —<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
SRKLIJ/3 l ij (3)<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 61<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SRKLIJ/4 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SRKLIJ/5 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
G. Soave, "Equilibrium Constants for Modified Redlich-Kwong Equation-ofstate,"<br />
Chem. Eng. Sci., Vol. 27, (1972), pp. 1196 - 1203.<br />
A. Peneloux, E. Rauzy, and R. Freze, "A Consistent Correction For Redlich-<br />
Kwong-Soave Volumes", Fluid Phase Eq., Vol. 8, (1982), pp. 7–23.<br />
P.M. Mathias, H.C. Klotz, and J.M. Prausnitz, "Equation of state mixing rules<br />
for multicomponent mixtures: the problem of invariance," Fluid Phase<br />
Equilibria, Vol 67, (1991), pp. 31-44.<br />
SRK-Kabadi-Danner<br />
The SRK-Kabadi-Danner property model uses the SRK equation-of-state with<br />
improved phase equilibrium calculations for mixtures containing water and<br />
hydrocarbons. These improvements are achieved by using the Kabadi-Danner<br />
mixing rules.<br />
The form of the equation-of-state is:<br />
Where:<br />
a0 is the standard quadratic mixing term:<br />
Where:<br />
;<br />
The best values of kwj (w = water) were obtained from experimental data.<br />
Results are given for seven homologous series.<br />
Best Fit Values of kwj for Different Homologous Series<br />
with Water<br />
Homologous series k wj<br />
Alkanes 0.500<br />
Alkenes 0.393<br />
Dialkenes 0.311
Homologous series k wj<br />
Acetylenes 0.348<br />
Naphthenes 0.445<br />
Cycloalkenes 0.355<br />
Aromatics 0.315<br />
aKD is the Kabadi-Danner term for water:<br />
Where:<br />
Gi is the sum of the group contributions of different groups which make up a<br />
molecule of hydrocarbon i.<br />
gl is the group contribution parameter for groups constituting hydrocarbons.<br />
Groups Constituting Hydrocarbons and Their Group<br />
Contribution Parameters<br />
Group l g l , atm m 6 x 10 5<br />
CH4 1.3580<br />
– CH3 0.9822<br />
– CH2 – 1.0780<br />
> CH – 0.9728<br />
> C < 0.8687<br />
– CH2 – (cyclic) 0.7488<br />
> CH – (cyclic) 0.7352<br />
– CH = CH – (cyclic) † 0.6180<br />
CH2 = CH2 1.7940<br />
CH2 = CH – 1.3450<br />
CH2 = C< 0.9066<br />
CH � CH 1.6870<br />
CH � C – 1.1811<br />
– CH = 0.5117<br />
> C = (aromatic) 0.3902<br />
† This value is obtained from very little data. Might not be reliable.<br />
The model uses option codes which are described in Soave-Redlich-Kwong<br />
Option Codes.<br />
SRK-Kabadi-Danner uses the same parameters as SRK, with added<br />
interaction parameters. Do not specify values for the SRKLIJ parameters<br />
when using SRK-KD.<br />
62 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 63<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
SRKTC T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
SRKPC p ci PC x 10 5<br />
10 8<br />
SRKOMG � i OMEGA x –0.5 2.0 —<br />
SRKWF G i 0 x — — —<br />
SRKZRA z RA RKTZRA x — — —<br />
SRKKIJ/1 k ij (1)<br />
SRKKIJ/2 k ij (2)<br />
SRKKIJ/3 k ij (3)<br />
0 x — — —<br />
PRESSURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SRKKIJ/4 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SRKKIJ/5 T upper 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
V. Kabadi and R. P. Danner, "A Modified Soave-Redlich-Kwong Equation of<br />
State for Water-Hydrocarbon Phase Equilibria", Ind. Eng. Chem. Process Des.<br />
Dev., Vol. 24, No. 3, (1985), pp. 537-541.<br />
SRK-ML<br />
The SRK-ML property model is the same as the Soave-Redlich-Kwong model<br />
with two exceptions:<br />
� kij does not equal kji for non-ideal systems; they are unsymmetric, and a<br />
different set of parameters is used, as shown below.<br />
� The lij are calculated from the equation lij = kji - kij<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
SMLTC T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
SMLPC p ci PC x 10 5<br />
SMLOMG � i<br />
10 8<br />
OMEGA x –0.5 2.0 —<br />
SMLZRA z RA RKTZRA x — — —<br />
SMLCMP — 0 x — — —<br />
SRKMLP — † x -2.0 2.0 †<br />
SRKGLP — † x — — †<br />
SMLKIJ/1 k ij (1)<br />
SMLKIJ/2 k ij (2)<br />
SMLKIJ/3 k ij (3)<br />
0 x — — —<br />
PRESSURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SMLKIJ/4 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SMLKIJ/5 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE
Additional Parameters<br />
SMLZRA is used in Peneloux-Rauzy volume translation as described in Soave-<br />
Redlich-Kwong. This volume translation feature can be enabled by setting<br />
option code 4 to 1, but is disabled by default (in which case this parameter is<br />
not used).<br />
SMLCMP is the Composition Independent Fugacity Calculation Flag. You can<br />
use this flag to indicate the component for which its fugacity coefficient in the<br />
mixture will be calculated such that it is independent of composition. The<br />
calculated fugacity coefficient of that component is simply the purecomponent<br />
fugacity coefficient. This is a simplification. Enter a value of 1 for<br />
the element i to indicate that the fugacity coefficient of component i is<br />
independent of composition. This parameter defaults to zero.<br />
SRKMLP is a polar parameter for the Mathias alpha function.<br />
SRKGLP is a vector of parameters for the Gibbons-Laughton alpha function.<br />
VPA/IK-CAPE Equation-of-State<br />
The VPA/IK-CAPE equation of state is similar to the HF equation of state but<br />
allows dimerization, tetramerization and hexamerization to occur<br />
simultaneously. The main assumption of the model is that only molecular<br />
association causes the gas phase nonideality. Attractive forces between the<br />
molecules and the complexes are neglected.<br />
There are three kinds of associations, which can be modeled:<br />
� Dimerization (examples: formic acid, acetic acid)<br />
� Tetramerization (example: acetic acid)<br />
� Hexamerization (example: hydrogen fluoride)<br />
To get the largest possible flexibility of the model all these kinds of<br />
association can occur simultaneously, for example, in a mixture containing<br />
acetic acid and HF. Up to five components can associate, and any number of<br />
inert components are allowed. This is the only difference between this model<br />
and the HF equation of state, which account only the hexamerization of HF.<br />
Symbols<br />
In the following description, these symbols are used:<br />
yi = Apparent concentration<br />
zin = True concentration, for component i and degree of<br />
association n=1, 2, 4, 6<br />
zMij = True concentration of cross-dimers of components i<br />
and j, for i,j 1 to 5.<br />
p0 = Reference pressure<br />
k = Number of components<br />
64 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Association Equilibria<br />
Every association equilibrium reaction<br />
is described by the equilibrium constants<br />
By setting<br />
their temperature dependence can be reproduced.<br />
To evaluate the true concentration of every complex zin, the following<br />
nonlinear systems of equations are to be solved:<br />
Total mass balance:<br />
The sum of true concentrations is unity.<br />
Mass balance for every component i>1:<br />
The ratio of the monomers of each component i>1 and component i=1<br />
occurring in the various complexes must be equal to the ratio of their<br />
apparent concentrations.<br />
Thus, a system of k nonlinear equations for k unknowns zi1 has been<br />
developed. After having solved it, all the zin and zMij can be determined using<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 65<br />
(1)<br />
(2)<br />
(3)<br />
(4)<br />
(5)<br />
(6)<br />
(7)<br />
(8)
equations (3, 4). This is the main step to evaluate all the properties needed<br />
for a calculation.<br />
Specific Volume of the Gas Phase<br />
The compressibility factor is defined by the ratio between the number of<br />
complexes and the number of monomers in the complexes.<br />
The compressibility factor itself is<br />
Fugacity Coefficient<br />
66 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(9)<br />
(10)<br />
As is well-known from thermodynamics, the fugacity coefficient can be<br />
calculated by<br />
Isothermal Enthalpy Departure<br />
(11)<br />
According to the ASPEN enthalpy model, an equation of state must supply an<br />
expression to compute the isothermal molar enthalpy departure between zero<br />
pressure and actual pressure. In the following section this enthalpy<br />
contribution per mole monomers is abbreviated by �ha.<br />
Taking this sort of gas phase non-ideality into account, the specific enthalpy<br />
per mole can be written as<br />
with<br />
(12)<br />
(13)<br />
to evaluate �ha, a mixture consisting of N monomers integrated in the<br />
complexes is considered. The quota of monomers i being integrated in a<br />
complex of degree n is given by
and<br />
respectively. For the reactions mentioned above:<br />
the enthalpies of reaction are<br />
as the van't Hoff equation<br />
holds for this case.<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 67<br />
(14)<br />
(16)<br />
(1)<br />
(2)<br />
(17)<br />
(18)<br />
(19)<br />
For each monomer being integrated in a complex of degree n, its contribution<br />
to the enthalpy departure is �hin / n or �hMij / 2, respectively. Hence, �ha can<br />
easily be derived by<br />
(20)<br />
Isothermal entropy and Gibbs energy departure:<br />
A similar expression for �ga should hold as it does for the enthalpy departure<br />
(eq. 20):<br />
(21)
using<br />
and<br />
68 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(22)<br />
(23)<br />
(24)<br />
Using the association model, more different species occur than can be<br />
distinguished. Thus, the equivalent expression for the entropy of mixing<br />
should be written with the true concentrations. As eq. 24 refers to 1 mole<br />
monomers, the expression should be weighted by the compressibility factor<br />
representing the true number of moles. The new expression is<br />
For �ga we obtain<br />
and, analogously,<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
(25)<br />
(26)<br />
(27)<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
DMER/1 A i2 0 X – – –<br />
Units<br />
DMER/2 B i2 0 X – – TEMPERATURE<br />
TMER/1 A i4 0 X – – –<br />
TMER/2 B i4 0 X – – TEMPERATURE<br />
HMER/1 A i6 0 X – – –<br />
HMER/2 B i6 0 X – – TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
M. M. Abbott and H. C. van Ness, "Thermodynamics of Solutions Containing<br />
Reactive Species, a Guide to Fundamentals and Applications," Fluid Phase Eq.,<br />
Vol. 77, (1992) pp. 53–119.<br />
V. V. De Leeuw and S. Watanasiri, "Modeling Phase Equilibria and Enthalpies<br />
of the <strong>System</strong> Water and Hydrofluoric Acid Using an HF Equation-of-state in<br />
Conjunction with the Electrolyte NRTL Activity Coefficient Model," Paper<br />
Presented at the 13th European Seminar on Applied Thermodynamics, June<br />
9–12, Carry-le-Rouet, France, 1993.
R. W. Long, J. H. Hildebrand, and W. E. Morrell, "The Polymerization of<br />
Gaseous Hydrogen and Deuterium Fluorides," J. Am. Chem. Soc., Vol. 65,<br />
(1943), pp. 182–187.<br />
C. E. Vanderzee and W. Wm. Rodenburg, "Gas Imperfections and<br />
Thermodynamic Excess Properties of Gaseous Hydrogen Fluoride," J. Chem.<br />
Thermodynamics, Vol. 2, (1970), pp. 461–478.<br />
Peng-Robinson Alpha Functions<br />
The pure component parameters for the Peng-Robinson equation-of-state are<br />
calculated as follows:<br />
These expressions are derived by applying the critical constraints to the<br />
equation-of-state under these conditions:<br />
The parameter � is a temperature function. It was originally introduced by<br />
Soave in the Redlich-Kwong equation-of-state. This parameter improves the<br />
correlation of the pure component vapor pressure.<br />
Note: You can choose any of the alpha functions described here, but you<br />
cannot define multiple property methods based on this model using different<br />
alpha functions within the same run.<br />
This approach was also adopted by Peng and Robinson:<br />
Equation 3 is still represented. The parameter mi can be correlated with the<br />
acentric factor:<br />
Equations 1 through 5 are the standard Peng-Robinson formulation. The<br />
Peng-Robinson alpha function is adequate for hydrocarbons and other<br />
nonpolar compounds, but is not sufficiently accurate for polar compounds.<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
TCPR T ci TC X 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCPR p ci PC X 10 5<br />
OMGPR � i<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 69<br />
10 8<br />
(1)<br />
(2)<br />
(3)<br />
(4)<br />
(5)<br />
OMEGA X -0.5 2.0 —<br />
PRESSURE
Boston-Mathias Extrapolation<br />
For light gases at high reduced temperatures (> 5), equation 4 gives<br />
unrealistic results. The boundary conditions are that attraction between<br />
molecules should vanish for extremely high temperatures, and � reduces<br />
asymptotically to zero. Boston and Mathias derived an alternative function for<br />
temperatures higher than critical:<br />
With<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Where mi is computed by equation 5, and equation 4 is used for subcritical<br />
temperatures. Additional parameters are not needed.<br />
Extended Gibbons-Laughton Alpha Function<br />
The extended Gibbons-Laughton alpha function is suitable for use with both<br />
polar and nonpolar components. It has the flexibility to fit the vapor pressure<br />
of most substances from the triple point to the critical point.<br />
Where Tr is the reduced temperature; Xi, Yi and Zi are substance dependent<br />
parameters.<br />
This function is equivalent to the standard Peng-Robinson alpha function if<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
70 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
(6)<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
PRGLP/1 X — X — — —<br />
PRGLP/2 Y 0 X — — —<br />
PRGLP/3 Z 0 X — — —<br />
PRGLP/4 n 2 X — — —<br />
Units<br />
PRGLP/5 T lower 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
PRGLP/6 T upper 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
Twu Generalized Alpha Function<br />
The Twu generalized alpha function is a theoretically-based function that is<br />
currently recognized as the best available alpha function. It behaves better<br />
than other functions at supercritical conditions (T > Tc) and when the acentric<br />
factor is large. The improved behavior at high values of acentric factor is<br />
important for high molecular weight pseudocomponents. There is no limit on<br />
the minimum value of acentric factor that can be used with this function.
Where the L, M, and N are parameters that vary depending on the equation of<br />
state and whether the temperature is above or below the critical temperature<br />
of the component.<br />
For Peng-Robinson equation of state:<br />
Subcritical T Supercritical T<br />
L (0)<br />
M (0)<br />
N (0)<br />
L (1)<br />
M (1)<br />
N (1)<br />
Twu Alpha Function<br />
0.272838 0.373949<br />
0.924779 4.73020<br />
1.19764 -0.200000<br />
0.625701 0.0239035<br />
0.792014 1.24615<br />
2.46022 -8.000000<br />
The Twu alpha function is a theoretically-based function that is currently<br />
recognized as the best available alpha function. It behaves better than other<br />
functions at supercritical conditions (T > Tc).<br />
Where the L, M, and N are substance-dependent parameters that must be<br />
determined from regression of pure-component vapor pressure data or other<br />
data such as liquid heat capacity.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 71<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
PRTWUP/1 L — X — — —<br />
PRTWUP/2 M 0 X — — —<br />
PRTWUP/3 N 0 X — — —<br />
Mathias-Copeman Alpha Function<br />
Units<br />
This is an extension of the Peng-Robinson alpha function which provides a<br />
more accurate fit of vapor pressure for polar compounds.<br />
For c2,i = 0 and c3,i = 0, this expression reduces to the standard Peng-<br />
Robinson formulation if c2,i = mi. You can use vapor pressure data if the<br />
temperature is subcritical to regress the constants. If the temperature is<br />
supercritical, c2,i and c3,i are set to 0.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
(7)<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCPR T ci TC X 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCPR p ci PC X 10 5<br />
10 8<br />
PRESSURE
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
72 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
PRMCP/1 c 1,i — X — — —<br />
PRMCP/2 c 2,i 0 X — — —<br />
PRMCP/3 c 3,i 0 X — — —<br />
Units<br />
Schwartzentruber-Renon-Watanasiri Alpha Function<br />
The Schwartzentruber-Renon-Watanasiri alpha function is:<br />
Where mi is computed by equation 5. The polar parameters p1,i, p2,i and p3,i<br />
are comparable with the c parameters of the Mathias-Copeman expression.<br />
Equation 8 reduces to the standard Peng-Robinson formulation if the polar<br />
parameters are zero. Equation 8 is used only for below-critical temperatures.<br />
For above-critical temperatures, the Boston-Mathias extrapolation is used.<br />
Use equation 6 with:<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
(8)<br />
(9)<br />
(10)<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCPR T ci TC X 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCPR p ci PC X 10 5<br />
OMGPR � i<br />
10 8<br />
OMEGA X -0.5 2.0 —<br />
PRSRP/1 — X — — —<br />
PRSRP/2 0 X — — —<br />
PRSRP/3 0 X — — —<br />
Use of Alpha Functions<br />
PRESSURE<br />
The alpha functions in Peng-Robinson-based equation-of-state models is<br />
provided in the following table. You can verify and change the value of<br />
possible option codes on the Properties | <strong>Property</strong> Methods | Model form.<br />
Alpha function Model name First Option code<br />
Standard Peng Robinson ESPRSTD0, ESPRSTD 1<br />
Standard PR/<br />
Boston-Mathias<br />
Extended Gibbons-<br />
Laughton<br />
Twu Generalized alpha<br />
function<br />
ESPR0, ESPR<br />
ESPRWS0, ESPRWS<br />
ESPRV20, ESPRV2<br />
0<br />
0<br />
0<br />
ESPR0, ESPR 2<br />
ESPR0, ESPR 3<br />
Twu alpha function ESPR0, ESPR 4
Alpha function Model name First Option code<br />
Mathias-Copeman ESPRWS0, ESPRWS<br />
ESPRV20, ESPRV2<br />
Schwartzentruber-<br />
Renon-<br />
Watanasiri<br />
References<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 73<br />
ESPRWS0, ESPRWS<br />
ESPRV20, ESPRV2<br />
2<br />
2<br />
3 (default)<br />
3 (default)<br />
J. F. Boston and P.M. Mathias, "Phase Equilibria in a Third-Generation Process<br />
Simulator" in Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Phase<br />
Equilibria and Fluid Properties in the Chemical Process Industries, West Berlin,<br />
(17-21 March 1980) pp. 823-849.<br />
D.-Y. Peng and D.B. Robinson, "A New Two-Constant Equation-of-state," Ind.<br />
Eng. Chem. Fundam., Vol. 15, (1976), pp. 59-64.<br />
P.M. Mathias and T.W. Copeman, "Extension of the Peng-Robinson Equationof-state<br />
To Complex Mixtures: Evaluation of the Various Forms of the Local<br />
Composition Concept",Fluid Phase Eq., Vol. 13, (1983), p. 91.<br />
J. Schwartzentruber, H. Renon, and S. Watanasiri, "K-values for Non-Ideal<br />
<strong>System</strong>s:An Easier Way," Chem. Eng., March 1990, pp. 118-124.<br />
G. Soave, "Equilibrium Constants for a Modified Redlich-Kwong Equation-ofstate,"<br />
Chem Eng. Sci., Vol. 27, (1972), pp. 1196-1203.<br />
C.H. Twu, J. E. Coon, and J.R. Cunningham, "A New Cubic Equation of State,"<br />
Fluid Phase Equilib., Vol. 75, (1992), pp. 65-79.<br />
C.H. Twu, D. Bluck, J.R. Cunningham, and J.E. Coon, "A Cubic Equation of<br />
State with a New Alpha Function and a New Mixing Rule," Fluid Phase Equilib.,<br />
Vol. 69, (1991), pp. 33-50.<br />
Soave Alpha Functions<br />
The pure component parameters for the Redlich-Kwong equation-of-state are<br />
calculated as:<br />
These expressions are derived by applying the critical constraint to the<br />
equation-of-state under these conditions:<br />
Note: You can choose any of the alpha functions described here, but you<br />
cannot define multiple property methods based on this model using different<br />
alpha functions within the same run.<br />
In the Redlich-Kwong equation-of-state, alpha is:<br />
(1)<br />
(2)<br />
(3)
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PC p ci — — 10 5<br />
Soave Modification<br />
74 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
10 8<br />
(4)<br />
PRESSURE<br />
The parameter �i is a temperature function introduced by Soave in the<br />
Redlich-Kwong equation-of-state to improve the correlation of the pure<br />
component vapor pressure:<br />
Equation 3 still holds. The parameter mi can be correlated with the acentric<br />
factor:<br />
Equations 1, 2, 3, 5 and 6 are the standard Redlich-Kwong-Soave<br />
formulation. The Soave alpha function is adequate for hydrocarbons and other<br />
nonpolar compounds, but is not sufficiently accurate for polar compounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
(5)<br />
(6)<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCRKS T ci TC X 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCRKS p ci PC X 10 5<br />
OMGRKS � i OMEGA X -0.5 2.0 —<br />
Boston-Mathias Extrapolation<br />
10 8<br />
PRESSURE<br />
For light gases at high reduced temperatures (> 5), equation 5 gives<br />
unrealistic results. The boundary conditions are that attraction between<br />
molecules should vanish for extremely high temperatures, and reduces<br />
asymptotically to zero. Boston and Mathias derived an alternative function for<br />
temperatures higher than critical:<br />
With<br />
di<br />
ci<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Where:<br />
(7)
mi = Computed by equation 6<br />
Equation 5 = Used for subcritical temperatures<br />
Additional parameters are not needed.<br />
Mathias Alpha Function<br />
This is an extension of the Soave alpha function which provides a more<br />
accurate fit of vapor pressure for polar compounds.<br />
For �i=0, equation 8 reduces to the standard Redlich-Kwong-Soave<br />
formulation, equations 5 and 6. For temperatures above critical, the Boston-<br />
Mathias extrapolation is used, that is, equation 7 with:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 75<br />
(8)<br />
(9)<br />
(10)<br />
The Mathias alpha function is used in the Redlich-Kwong-<strong>Aspen</strong> model, which<br />
is the basis for the RK-ASPEN property method. This alpha function is also<br />
available as an option for SRK, SRKKD, SRK-ML, RK-SOAVE, and RKS-BM.<br />
See Soave-Redlich-Kwong Option Codes for more information.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCRKA T ci TC X 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCRKA p ci PC X 10 5<br />
OMGRKA � i OMEGA X -0.5 2.0 —<br />
† � i — X -2.0 2.0 —<br />
10 8<br />
PRESSURE<br />
† RKAPOL for Redlich-Kwong-<strong>Aspen</strong>, SRKPOL for SRK and SRKKD, SRKMLP for<br />
SRK-ML, RKSPOL for RKS-BM, or RKSSPO for RK-SOAVE.<br />
Extended Mathias Alpha Function<br />
An extension of the Mathias approach is:<br />
(11)<br />
Where mi is computed by equation 6. If the polar parameters p1,i, p2,i and p3,i<br />
are zero, equation 11 reduces to the standard Redlich-Kwong-Soave<br />
formulation. You can use vapor pressure data to regress the constants if the<br />
temperature is subcritical. Equation 11 is used only for temperatures below<br />
critical.<br />
The Boston-Mathias extrapolation is used for temperatures above critical, that<br />
is, with:<br />
(12)
76 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(13)<br />
This alpha function is used in the Redlich-Kwong-UNIFAC model which is the<br />
basis for the SR-POLAR property method.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
TCRKU T ci TC X 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCRKU p ci PC X 10 5<br />
OMGRKU � i OMEGA X -0.5 2.0 —<br />
RKUPP0 p 1,i — X — — —<br />
RKUPP1 p 2,i 0 X — — —<br />
RKUPP2 p 3,i 0 X — — —<br />
Mathias-Copeman Alpha Function<br />
10 8<br />
PRESSURE<br />
The Mathias-Copeman alpha function is suitable for use with both polar and<br />
nonpolar components. It has the flexibility to fit the vapor pressure of most<br />
substances from the triple point to the critical point.<br />
(14)<br />
For c2,i=0 and c3,i=0 this expression reduces to the standard Redlich-Kwong-<br />
Soave formulation if c1,i=mi. If the temperature is subcritical, use vapor<br />
pressure data to regress the constants. If the temperature is supercritical, set<br />
c2,i and c3,i to 0.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCRKS T ci TC X 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCRKS p ci PC X 10 5<br />
RKSMCP/1 c 1,i — X — — —<br />
RKSMCP/2 c 2,i 0 X — — —<br />
RKSMCP/3 c 3,i 0 X — — —<br />
10 8<br />
PRESSURE<br />
Schwartzentruber-Renon-Watanasiri Alpha Function<br />
The Schwartzentruber-Renon-Watanasiri alpha function is:<br />
(15)<br />
Where mi is computed by equation 6 and the polar parameters p1,i, p2,i and<br />
p3,i are comparable with the c parameters of the Mathias-Copeman<br />
expression. Equation 15 reduces to the standard Redlich-Kwong-Soave<br />
formulation if the polar parameters are zero. Equation 15 is very similar to<br />
the extended Mathias equation, but it is easier to use in data regression. It is<br />
used only for temperatures below critical. The Boston-Mathias extrapolation is<br />
used for temperatures above critical, that is, use equation 7 with:<br />
(16)
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 77<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
(17)<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCRKS T ci TC X 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCRKS p ci PC X 10 5<br />
OMGRKS � i OMEGA X -0.5 2.0 —<br />
RKSSRP/1 p 1,i — X — — —<br />
RKSSRP/2 p 2,i 0 X — — —<br />
RKSSRP/3 p 3,i 0 X — — —<br />
10 8<br />
Extended Gibbons-Laughton Alpha Function<br />
PRESSURE<br />
The extended Gibbons-Laughton alpha function is suitable for use with both<br />
polar and nonpolar components. It has the flexibility to fit the vapor pressure<br />
of most substances from the triple point to the critical point.<br />
Where Tr is the reduced temperature; Xi, Yi and Zi are substance dependent<br />
parameters.<br />
This function is equivalent to the standard Soave alpha function if<br />
This function is not intended for use in supercritical conditions. To avoid<br />
predicting negative alpha, when Tri>1 the Boston-Mathias alpha function is<br />
used instead.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
SRKGLP/1 X — X — — —<br />
SRKGLP/2 Y 0 X — — —<br />
SRKGLP/3 Z 0 X — — —<br />
SRKGLP/4 n 2 X — — —<br />
Units<br />
SRKGLP/5 T lower 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SRKGLP/6 T upper 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
Twu Generalized Alpha Function<br />
The Twu generalized alpha function is a theoretically-based function that is<br />
currently recognized as the best available alpha function. It behaves better<br />
than other functions at supercritical conditions (T > Tc) and when the acentric<br />
factor is large. The improved behavior at high values of acentric factor is<br />
important for high molecular weight pseudocomponents. There is no limit on<br />
the minimum value of acentric factor that can be used with this function.
Where the L, M, and N are parameters that vary depending on the equation of<br />
state and whether the temperature is above or below the critical temperature<br />
of the component.<br />
For Soave-Redlich-Kwong:<br />
Subcritical T Supercritical T<br />
L (0)<br />
M (0)<br />
N (0)<br />
L (1)<br />
M (1)<br />
N (1)<br />
0.544000 0.379919<br />
1.01309 5.67342<br />
0.935995 -0.200000<br />
0.544306 0.0319134<br />
0.802404 1.28756<br />
3.10835 -8.000000<br />
Use of Alpha Functions<br />
The use of alpha functions in Soave-Redlich-Kwong based equation-of-state<br />
models is given in the following table. You can verify and change the value of<br />
possible option codes on the Properties | <strong>Property</strong> Methods | <strong>Models</strong><br />
sheet.<br />
Alpha Function Model Name First Option Code<br />
original RK ESRK0, ESRK —<br />
standard RKS ESRKSTD0, ESRKSTD<br />
*<br />
standard RKS/Boston-Mathias *<br />
ESRKSWS0, ESRKSWS<br />
ESRKSV10, ESRKV1<br />
ESRKSV20, ESRKSV2<br />
Mathias/Boston-Mathias ESRKA0, ESRKA —<br />
Extended Mathias/Boston-<br />
Mathias<br />
78 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
—<br />
1, 2 (default)<br />
0<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
ESRKU0, ESRKU —<br />
Mathias-Copeman ESRKSV10, ESRKSV1<br />
ESRKSV20, ESRKSV2<br />
Schwartzentruber-Renon-<br />
Watanasiri<br />
ESPRWS0, ESPRWS<br />
ESRKSV10, ESRKSV1<br />
ESRKSV20, ESRKSV2<br />
Twu generalized * 5<br />
Gibbons-Laughton with Patel<br />
extension<br />
Mathias for T < Tc; Boston-<br />
Mathias for T > Tc<br />
2<br />
2<br />
* 3<br />
* 4<br />
3 (default)<br />
3 (default)<br />
3 (default)<br />
* ESRKSTD0, ESRKSTD, ESRKS0, ESRKS, ESSRK, ESSRK0, ESRKSML,<br />
ESRKSML0. The default alpha function (option code 2) for these models is the
standard RKS alpha function, except that the Grabovsky-Daubert alpha<br />
function is used for H2: � = 1.202 exp(-0.30228xTri)<br />
References<br />
J. F. Boston and P.M. Mathias, "Phase Equilibria in a Third-Generation Process<br />
Simulator" in Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Phase<br />
Equilibria and Fluid Properties in the Chemical Process Industries, West Berlin,<br />
(17-21 March 1980), pp. 823-849.<br />
P. M. Mathias, "A Versatile Phase Equilibrium Equation-of-state", Ind. Eng.<br />
Chem. Process Des. Dev., Vol. 22, (1983), pp. 385–391.<br />
P.M. Mathias and T.W. Copeman, "Extension of the Peng-Robinson Equationof-state<br />
To Complex Mixtures: Evaluation of the Various Forms of the Local<br />
Composition Concept", Fluid Phase Eq., Vol. 13, (1983), p. 91.<br />
O. Redlich and J. N. S. Kwong, "On the Thermodynamics of Solutions V. An<br />
Equation-of-state. Fugacities of Gaseous Solutions," Chem. Rev., Vol. 44,<br />
(1949), pp. 223–244.<br />
J. Schwartzentruber and H. Renon, "Extension of UNIFAC to High Pressures<br />
and Temperatures by the Use of a Cubic Equation-of-state," Ind. Eng. Chem.<br />
Res., Vol. 28, (1989), pp. 1049–1055.<br />
J. Schwartzentruber, H. Renon, and S. Watanasiri, "K-values for Non-Ideal<br />
<strong>System</strong>s:An Easier Way," Chem. Eng., March 1990, pp. 118-124.<br />
G. Soave, "Equilibrium Constants for a Modified Redlich-Kwong Equation-ofstate,"<br />
Chem Eng. Sci., Vol. 27, (1972), pp. 1196-1203.<br />
C.H. Twu, W.D. Sim, and V. Tassone, "Getting a Handle on Advanced Cubic<br />
Equations of State", Chemical Engineering Progress, Vol. 98 #11 (November<br />
2002) pp. 58-65.<br />
Huron-Vidal Mixing Rules<br />
Huron and Vidal (1979) used a simple thermodynamic relationship to equate<br />
the excess Gibbs energy to expressions for the fugacity coefficient as<br />
computed by equations of state:<br />
Equation 1 is valid at any pressure, but cannot be evaluated unless some<br />
assumptions are made. If Equation 1 is evaluated at infinite pressure, the<br />
mixture must be liquid-like and extremely dense. It can be assumed that:<br />
Using equations 2 and 3 in equation 1 results in an expression for a/b that<br />
contains the excess Gibbs energy at an infinite pressure:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 79<br />
(1)<br />
(2)<br />
(3)<br />
(4)
Where:<br />
The parameters �1and �2depend on the equation-of-state used. In general a<br />
cubic equation-of-state can be written as:<br />
Values for �1and �2 for the Peng-Robinson and the Soave-Redlich-Kwong<br />
equations of state are:<br />
Equation-of-state � 1 � 2<br />
Peng-Robinson<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave 1 0<br />
This expression can be used at any pressure as a mixing rule for the<br />
parameter. The mixing rule for b is fixed by equation 3. Even when used at<br />
other pressures, this expression contains the excess Gibbs energy at infinite<br />
pressure. You can use any activity coeffecient model to evaluate the excess<br />
Gibbs energy at infinite pressure. Binary interaction coefficients must be<br />
regressed. The mixing rule used contains as many binary parameters as the<br />
activity coefficient model chosen.<br />
This mixing rule has been used successfully for polar mixtures at high<br />
pressures, such as systems containing light gases. In theory, any activity<br />
coefficient model can be used. But the NRTL equation (as modified by Huron<br />
and Vidal) has demonstrated better performance.<br />
The Huron-Vidal mixing rules combine extreme flexibility with thermodynamic<br />
consistency, unlike many other mole-fraction-dependent equation-of-state<br />
mixing rules. The Huron-Vidal mixing rules do not allow flexibility in the<br />
description of the excess molar volume, but always predict reasonable excess<br />
volumes.<br />
The Huron-Vidal mixing rules are theoretically incorrect for low pressure,<br />
because quadratic mole fraction dependence of the second virial coefficient (if<br />
derived from the equation-of-state) is not preserved. Since equations of state<br />
are primarily used at high pressure, the practical consequences of this<br />
drawback are minimal.<br />
The Gibbs energy at infinite pressure and the Gibbs energy at an arbitrary<br />
high pressure are similar. But the correspondence is not close enough to<br />
make the mixing rule predictive.<br />
There are several methods for modifying the Huron-Vidal mixing rule to make<br />
it more predictive. The following three methods are used in <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> equation-of-state models:<br />
� The modified Huron-Vidal mixing rule, second order approximation<br />
(MHV2)<br />
� The Predictive SRK Method (PSRK)<br />
� The Wong-Sandler modified Huron-Vidal mixing rule (WS)<br />
80 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(5)<br />
(6)
These mixing rules are discussed separately in the following sections. They<br />
have major advantages over other composition-dependent equation-of-state<br />
mixing rules.<br />
References<br />
M.- J. Huron and J. Vidal, "New Mixing Rules in Simple Equations of State for<br />
representing Vapour-liquid equilibria of strongly non-ideal mixtures," Fluid<br />
Phase Eq., Vol. 3, (1979), pp. 255-271.<br />
MHV2 Mixing Rules<br />
Dahl and Michelsen (1990) use a thermodynamic relationship between excess<br />
Gibbs energy and the fugacity computed by equations of state. This<br />
relationship is equivalent to the one used by Huron and Vidal:<br />
The advantage is that the expressions for mixture and pure component<br />
fugacities do not contain the pressure. They are functions of compacity V/b<br />
and �:<br />
Where:<br />
and<br />
With:<br />
The constants �1 and �2, which depend only on the equation-of-state (see<br />
Huron-Vidal Mixing Rules) occur in equations 2 and 4.<br />
Instead of using infinite pressure for simplification of equation 1, the condition<br />
of zero pressure is used. At p = 0 an exact relationship between the<br />
compacity and � can be derived. By substitution the simplified equation q(�)<br />
is obtained, and equation 1 becomes:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 81<br />
(1)<br />
(2)<br />
(3)<br />
(4)<br />
(5)<br />
(6)
However, q(�) can only be written explicitly for � = 5.8. Only an<br />
approximation is possible below that threshold. Dahl and Michelsen use a<br />
second order polynomial fitted to the analytical solution for 10 < � < 13 that<br />
can be extrapolated to low alpha:<br />
Since q(�)is a universal function (for each equation-of-state), the<br />
combination of equations 6 and 7 form the MHV2 mixing rule. Excess Gibbs<br />
energies, from any activity coefficient model with parameters optimized at<br />
low pressures, can be used to determine �, if �i, bi, and b are known. To<br />
compute b, a linear mixing rule is assumed as in the original Huron-Vidal<br />
mixing rules:<br />
This equation is equivalent to the assumption of zero excess molar volume.<br />
The MHV2 mixing rule was the first successful predictive mixing rule for<br />
equations of state. This mixing rule uses previously determined activity<br />
coefficient parameters for predictions at high pressures. UNIFAC was chosen<br />
as a default for its predictive character. The Lyngby modified UNIFAC<br />
formulation was chosen for optimum performance (see UNIFAC (Lyngby<br />
Modified)). However, any activity coefficient model can be used when its<br />
binary interaction parameters are known.<br />
Like the Huron-Vidal mixing rules, the MHV2 mixing rules are not flexible in<br />
the description of the excess molar volume. The MHV2 mixing rules are<br />
theoretically incorrect at the low pressure limit. But the practical<br />
consequences of this drawback are minimal (see Huron-Vidal Mixing Rules,<br />
this chapter).<br />
Reference: S. Dahl and M.L. Michelsen, "High-Pressure Vapor-Liquid<br />
Equilibrium with a UNIFAC-based Equation-of-state," AIChE J., Vol. 36,<br />
(1990), pp. 1829-1836.<br />
Predictive Soave-Redlich-Kwong-Gmehling<br />
Mixing Rules<br />
These mixing rules by Holderbaum and Gmehling (1991) use a relationship<br />
between the excess Helmholtz energy and equation-of-state. They do not use<br />
a relationship between equation-of-state properties and excess Gibbs energy,<br />
as in the Huron-Vidal mixing rules. The pressure-explicit expression for the<br />
equation-of-state is substituted in the thermodynamic equation:<br />
The Helmholtz energy is calculated by integration. A E is obtained by:<br />
82 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(7)<br />
(8)<br />
(1)<br />
(2)
Where both Ai* and Am are calculated by using equation 1. Ai* and Am are<br />
written in terms of equation-of-state parameters.<br />
The simplification of constant packing fraction (Vm / b) is used:<br />
With:<br />
Therefore:<br />
The mixing rule is:<br />
Where �' is slightly different from � for the Huron-Vidal mixing rule:<br />
Where �1 and �2, depend on the equation-of-state (see Huron-Vidal Mixing<br />
Rules). If equation 6 is applied at infinite pressure, the packing fraction goes<br />
to 1. The excess Helmholtz energy is equal to the excess Gibbs energy. The<br />
Huron-Vidal mixing rules are recovered.<br />
The goal of these mixing rules is to be able to use binary interaction<br />
parameters for activity coefficient models at any pressure. These parameters<br />
have been optimized at low pressures. UNIFAC is chosen for its predictive<br />
character. Two issues exist: the packing fraction is not equal to one, and the<br />
excess Gibbs and Helmholtz energy are not equal at the low pressure where<br />
the UNIFAC parameters have been derived.<br />
Fischer (1993) determined that boiling point, the average packing fraction for<br />
about 80 different liquids with different chemical natures was 1.1. Adopting<br />
this value, the difference between liquid excess Gibbs energy and liquid<br />
excess Helmholtz energy can be computed as:<br />
The result is a predictive mixing rule for cubic equations of state. But the<br />
original UNIFAC formulation gives the best performance for any binary pair<br />
with interactions available from UNIFAC. Gas-solvent interactions are<br />
unavailable. However, it has poor accuracy for highly asymmetric such as CH4<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 83<br />
(3)<br />
(4)<br />
(5)<br />
(6)<br />
(7)<br />
(8)
– n-C10H22. To address the issue, the Li correction (Li et al., 1998) is<br />
applied.<br />
With the Li correction, the R and Q parameters for groups CH3, CH2, CH, and<br />
C in UNIFAC are modified. R* and Q*, the effective values of R and Q, are<br />
calculated based on the original values and nc, the number of alkyl carbons<br />
(single-bonded carbons in CH3, CH2, CH, and C groups), as follows, for<br />
nc
Like Huron and Vidal, the limiting case of infinite pressure is used. This<br />
simplifies the expressions for Ai* and Am. Equation 2 becomes:<br />
Where � depends on the equation-of-state (see Huron-Vidal Mixing Rules).<br />
Equation 3 is completely analogous to the Huron-Vidal mixing rule for the<br />
excess Gibbs energy at infinite pressure. (See equation 4, Huron-Vidal Mixing<br />
Rules.) The excess Helmholtz energy can be approximated by the excess<br />
Gibbs energy at low pressure from any liquid activity coefficient model. Using<br />
the Helmholtz energy permits another mixing rule for b than the linear mixing<br />
rule. The mixing rule for b is derived as follows. The second virial coefficient<br />
must depend quadratically on the mole fraction:<br />
With:<br />
The relationship between the equation-of-state at low pressure and the virial<br />
coefficient is:<br />
Wong and Sandler discovered the following mixing rule to satisfy equation 4<br />
(using equations 6 and 7):<br />
The excess Helmholtz energy is almost independent of pressure. It can be<br />
approximated by the Gibbs energy at low pressure. The difference between<br />
the two functions is corrected by fitting kij until the excess Gibbs energy from<br />
the equation-of-state (using the mixing rules 3 and 8) is equal to the excess<br />
Gibbs energy computed by an activity coeffecient model. This is done at a<br />
specific mole fraction and temperature.<br />
This mixing rule accurately predicts the VLE of polar mixtures at high<br />
pressures. UNIFAC or other activity coeffecient models and parameters from<br />
the literature are used. Gas solubilities are not predicted. They must be<br />
regressed from experimental data.<br />
Unlike other (modified) Huron-Vidal mixing rules, the Wong and Sandler<br />
mixing rule meets the theoretical limit at low pressure. The use of kij does<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 85<br />
(3)<br />
(4)<br />
(5)<br />
(6)<br />
(7)
influence excess molar volume behavior. For calculations where densities are<br />
important, check whether they are realistic.<br />
References<br />
D. S. Wong and S. I. Sandler, "A Theoretically Correct New Mixing Rule for<br />
Cubic Equations of State for Both Highly and Slightly Non-ideal Mixtures,"<br />
AIChE J., Vol. 38, (1992), pp. 671 – 680.<br />
D. S. Wong, H. Orbey, and S. I. Sandler, "Equation-of-state Mixing Rule for<br />
Non-ideal Mixtures Using Available Activity Coefficient Model Parameters and<br />
That Allows Extrapolation over Large Ranges of Temperature and Pressure",<br />
Ind Eng Chem. Res., Vol. 31, (1992), pp. 2033 – 2039.<br />
H. Orbey, S. I. Sandler and D. S. Wong, "Accurate Equation-of-state<br />
Predictions at High Temperatures and Pressures Using the Existing UNIFAC<br />
Model," Fluid Phase Eq., Vol. 85, (1993), pp. 41 – 54.<br />
Activity Coefficient <strong>Models</strong><br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has the following built-in activity<br />
coefficient models. This section describes the activity coefficient models<br />
available.<br />
Model Type<br />
Bromley-Pitzer Electrolyte<br />
Chien-Null Regular solution, local composition<br />
Constant Activity Coefficient Arithmetic<br />
COSMO-SAC Regular solution<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Electrolyte<br />
ENRTL-SAC Segment contribution, electrolyte<br />
Hansen Regular solution<br />
Ideal Liquid Ideal<br />
NRTL (Non-Random-Two-Liquid) Local composition<br />
NRTL-SAC Segment contribution<br />
Pitzer Electrolyte<br />
Polynomial Activity Coefficient Arithmetic<br />
Redlich-Kister Arithmetic<br />
Scatchard-Hildebrand Regular solution<br />
Symmetric Electrolyte NRTL Electrolyte, pure fused salt<br />
reference state for ions<br />
Three-Suffix Margules Arithmetic<br />
UNIFAC Group contribution<br />
UNIFAC (Lyngby modified) Group contribution<br />
UNIFAC (Dortmund modified) Group contribution<br />
UNIQUAC Local composition<br />
Unsymmetric Electrolyte NRTL Electrolyte<br />
Van Laar Regular solution<br />
Wagner interaction parameter Arithmetic<br />
86 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Model Type<br />
Wilson Local composition<br />
Wilson with Liquid Molar Volume Local composition<br />
Bromley-Pitzer Activity Coefficient Model<br />
The Bromley-Pitzer activity coefficient model is a simplified Pitzer activity<br />
coefficient model with Bromley correlations for the interaction parameters.<br />
See Working Equations for a detailed description. This model has predictive<br />
capabilities. It can be used to compute activity coefficients for aqueous<br />
electrolytes up to 6 molal ionic strength, but is less accurate than the Pitzer<br />
model if the parameter correlations are used. The model should not be used<br />
for mixed-solvent electrolyte systems.<br />
The Bromley-Pitzer model in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> involves<br />
user-supplied parameters, used in the calculation of binary parameters for the<br />
electrolyte system.<br />
Parameters � (0) , � (1) , � (2) , � (3) , and � have five elements to account for<br />
temperature dependencies. Elements P1 through P5 follow the temperature<br />
dependency relation:<br />
Where:<br />
T ref<br />
The user must:<br />
= 298.15K<br />
� Supply these elements using a Properties Parameters Binary T-Dependent<br />
form.<br />
� Specify Comp ID i and Comp ID j on this form, using the same order that<br />
appears on the Components Specifications Selection sheet form.<br />
Parameter Name Symbol No. of Elements Default Units<br />
Ionic Unary Parameters<br />
GMBPB � ion<br />
GMBPD �ion Cation-Anion Parameters<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 87<br />
1 0 —<br />
1 0 —<br />
GMBPB0 � (0) 5 0 —<br />
GMBPB1 � (1) 5 0 —<br />
GMBPB2 � (2) 5 0 —<br />
GMBPB3 � (3) 5 0 —<br />
Cation-Cation Parameters<br />
GMBPTH �cc' Anion-Anion Parameters<br />
5 0 —<br />
GMBPTH �aa' 5 0 —<br />
Molecule-Ion and Molecule-Molecule Parameters<br />
GMBPB0 � (0) 5 0 —
Parameter Name Symbol No. of Elements Default Units<br />
Ionic Unary Parameters<br />
GMBPB1 � (1) 5 0 —<br />
Working Equations<br />
The complete Pitzer equation (Fürst and Renon, 1982) for the excess Gibbs<br />
energy is (see also equation 4):<br />
Where:<br />
G E<br />
88 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
= Excess Gibbs energy<br />
R = Gas constant<br />
T = Temperature<br />
nw = Kilograms of water<br />
zi = Charge number of ion i<br />
Where:<br />
= molality of ion i<br />
xi = Mole fraction of ion i<br />
xw = Mole fraction of water<br />
Mw = Molecular weight of water (g/mol)<br />
ni = Moles of ion i<br />
B, C, � and � are interaction parameters, and f(I) is an electrostatic term as<br />
a function of ionic strength; these terms are discussed in Pitzer Activity<br />
Coefficient Model, which has a detailed discussion of the Pitzer model.<br />
The C term and the � term are dropped from equation 1 to give the<br />
simplified Pitzer equation.<br />
Where:<br />
Bij = f(�ij (0) ,�ij (1) ,�ij (2) ,�ij (3) )<br />
(2)<br />
(1)
Therefore, the simplified Pitzer equation has two types of binary interaction<br />
parameters, � 's and �''s. There are no ternary interaction parameters with<br />
the simplified Pitzer equation.<br />
Note that the Pitzer model parameter databank described in <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong><br />
Data, Chapter 1, is not applicable to the simplified Pitzer equation.<br />
A built-in empirical correlation estimates the � (0) and � (1) parameters for<br />
cation-anion pairs from the Bromley ionic parameters, �ion and �ion (Bromley,<br />
1973). The estimated values of � (0) 's and � (1) 's are overridden by the user's<br />
input. For parameter naming and requirements, see Bromley-Pitzer Activity<br />
Coefficient Model.<br />
References<br />
L.A. Bromley, "Thermodynamic Properties of Strong Electrolytes in Aqueous<br />
Solution, " AIChE J., Vol. 19, No. 2, (1973), pp. 313 – 320.<br />
W. Fürst and H. Renon, "Effects of the Various Parameters in the Application<br />
of Pitzer's Model to Solid-Liquid Equilibrium. Preliminary Study for Strong 1-1<br />
Electrolytes," Ind. Eng. Chem. Process Des. Dev., Vol. 21, No. 3, (1982),<br />
pp. 396-400.<br />
Parameter Conversion<br />
For n-m electrolytes, n and m>1 (2-2, 2-3, 3-4, and so on), the parameter<br />
� (3) corresponds to Pitzer's � (1) ; � (2) is the same in both <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> and original Pitzer models. Pitzer refers to the n-m<br />
electrolyte parameters as � (1) , � (2) , � (0) . � (0) and � (2) retain their meanings in<br />
both models, but Pitzer's � (1) is <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> � (3). Be<br />
careful to make this distinction when entering n-m electrolyte parameters.<br />
Chien-Null<br />
The Chien-Null model calculates liquid activity coefficients and it can be used<br />
for highly non-ideal systems. The generalized expression used in its derivation<br />
can be adapted to represent other well known formalisms for the activity<br />
coefficient by properly defining its binary terms. This characteristic allows the<br />
model the use of already available binary parameters regressed for those<br />
other liquid activity models with thermodynamic consistency.<br />
The equation for the Chien-Null liquid activity coeficient is:<br />
Where:<br />
Rji = Aji / Aij<br />
Aii = 0<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 89
Aij = aij + bij / T<br />
Subscripts i and j are component indices.<br />
The choice of model and parameters can be set for each binary pair<br />
constituting the process mixture by assigning the appropriate value to the<br />
ICHNUL parameter.<br />
The Regular Solution and Scatchard-Hamer models are regained by<br />
substituting in the general expression (ICHNUL = 1 or 2).<br />
Vji = Sji = Vj *,l / Vi *,l<br />
Where:<br />
Vj *,l<br />
90 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
= Liquid molar volume of component i<br />
The Chien-Null activity coefficient model collapses to the Margules liquid<br />
activity coefficient expression by setting (ICHNUL = 3):<br />
Vji = Sji = 1<br />
The Van Laar Liquid activity coefficient model is obtained when the V and S<br />
parameters in the Chien-Null models are set to the ratio of the cross terms of<br />
A (ICHNUL = 4:)<br />
Vji = Sji = Aji / Aij<br />
Finally, the Renon or NRTL model is obtained when we make the following<br />
susbstitutions in the Chien-Null expression for the liquid activity (ICHNUL =<br />
5).<br />
Sji = RjiAji / Aij<br />
Aji = 2�jiGji<br />
Vji = Gji<br />
The following are defined for the Non-Random Two-Liquid activity coefficient<br />
model, where:<br />
�ij = aij + bij / T<br />
Cij = cij + dij (T - 273.15 K)<br />
cji = cij<br />
dji = dij<br />
The binary parameters CHNULL/1, CHNULL/2, and CHNULL/3 can be<br />
determined from regression of VLE and/or LLE data. Also, if you have<br />
parameters for many of the mixture pairs for the Margules, Van Laar,<br />
Scatchard-Hildebrand, and NRTL (Non-Random-Two-Liquid) activity models,<br />
you can use them directly with the Chien-Null activity model after selecting<br />
the proper code (ICHNUL) to identify the source model and entering the<br />
appropriate activity model parameters.
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default Lower<br />
Limit<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 91<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
ICHNUL — 3 1 6 —<br />
CHNULL/1 a ij 0 — — —<br />
CHNULL/2 b ij 0 — — —<br />
CHNULL/3 V ij 0 — — —<br />
Units<br />
The parameter ICHNUL is used to identify the activity model parameters<br />
available for each binary pair of interest. The following values are allowed for<br />
ICHNUL:<br />
ICHNUL = 1 or 2, sets the model to the Scatchard-Hamer or regular solution<br />
model for the associated binary;<br />
ICHNUL = 3, sets the model to the Three-Suffix Margules activity model for<br />
the associated binary;<br />
ICHNUL = 4, sets the model to the Van Laar formalism for the activity model<br />
for the associated binary;<br />
ICHNUL = 5, sets the model to the NRTL (Renon) formalism for the activity<br />
model for the associated binary.<br />
ICHNUL = 6, sets the model to the full Chien-Null formalism for the activity<br />
model for the associated binary.<br />
When you specify a value for the ICHNUL parameter that is different than the<br />
default, you must enter the appropriate binary model parameters for the<br />
chosen activity model directly. The routine will automatically convert the<br />
expressions and parameters to conform to the Chien-Null formulation.<br />
Constant Activity Coefficient<br />
This approach is used exclusively in metallurgical applications where multiple<br />
liquid and solid phases can coexist. You can assign any value to the activity<br />
coefficient of component i. Use the Properties Parameters Unary Scalar form.<br />
The equation is:<br />
�i = ai<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Lower<br />
Limit<br />
GMCONS a i 1.0 x — — —<br />
COSMO-SAC<br />
Units<br />
Cosmo-SAC is a solvation model that describes the electric fields on the<br />
molecular surface of species that are polarizable. It requires a fairly<br />
complicated quantum mechanical calculation, but this calculation must be<br />
done only once for a particular molecule; then the results can be stored. In its<br />
final form, it uses individual atoms as the building blocks for predicting phase<br />
equilibria instead of functional groups. This model formulation provides a<br />
considerably larger range of applicability than group-contribution methods.<br />
The calculation for liquid nonideality is only slightly more computationally<br />
intensive than activity-coefficient models such as NRTL or UNIQUAC. Cosmo-
SAC complements the UNIFAC group-contribution method, because it is<br />
applicable to virtually any mixture.<br />
The Cosmo-SAC model calculates liquid activity coefficients. The equation for<br />
the Cosmo-SAC model is:<br />
With<br />
92 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Where:<br />
�i<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 93<br />
= Activity coefficient of component i<br />
�i SG = Staverman-Guggenheim model for combinatorial<br />
contribution to �i<br />
�i(�m)<br />
�S(�m)<br />
pi(�m)<br />
pi(�m)<br />
�<br />
�W(�m,�n)<br />
�W HB (�m,�n)<br />
= Segment activity coefficient of segment �m in<br />
component i<br />
= Segment activity coefficient of segment �m in<br />
solvent mixture<br />
= Sigma profile of component i<br />
= Sigma profile of solvent mixture<br />
= Surface charge density<br />
= Exchange energy between segments �m and �n<br />
= Hydrogen-bonding contribution to exchange energy<br />
between segments �m and �n<br />
z = Coordination number, 10<br />
Vi<br />
Ai<br />
aeff<br />
Veff<br />
Aeff<br />
�'<br />
= Molecular volume of component i<br />
= Molecular surface area of component i<br />
= Standard segment surface area, 7.50 Å 2<br />
= Standard component volume, 66.69 Å 3<br />
= Standard component surface area, 79.53 Å 2<br />
= Misfit energy constant<br />
The Cosmo-SAC model does not require binary parameters. For each<br />
component, it has six input parameters. CSACVL is the component volume<br />
parameter which is always defined in cubic angstroms, regardless of chosen<br />
units sets. SGPRF1 to SGPRF5 are five component sigma profile parameters;<br />
each can store up to 12 points of sigma profile values. All six input<br />
parameters are obtained from COSMO calculation. The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> includes a database of sigma profiles for over 1400<br />
compounds from Mullins et al. (2006). The parameters were obtained by<br />
permission from the Virginia Tech Sigma Profile Database website<br />
(http://www.design.che.vt.edu/VT-2004.htm). <strong>Aspen</strong> Technology, Inc. does<br />
not claim proprietary rights to these parameters.<br />
Note: Starting in version V7.2, additional parameters SGPRF6 through<br />
SGPRF9 and SGPR10 through SGPR14 are available in <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus and<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Properties, as part of a planned expansion to allow larger sigma<br />
profiles to be used. However, the model is not yet updated to use these<br />
parameters and you should not yet try to use sigma profiles larger than 51<br />
elements.
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
94 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CSACVL V i — x — — VOLUME (Å 3 )<br />
SGPRF1 A i p i(1-12) — x — — —<br />
SGPRF2 A i p i(13-24) — x — — —<br />
SGPRF3 A i p i(25-36) — x — — —<br />
SGPRF4 A i p i(37-48) — x — — —<br />
SGPRF5 A i p i(49-51) — x — — —<br />
Option Codes<br />
The primary version of COSMO-SAC is the model by Lin and Sandler (2002).<br />
Two other versions are available using an option code, as detailed in the table<br />
below:<br />
Option Description<br />
Code<br />
1 COSMO-SAC model by Lin and Sandler (2002)<br />
2 COSMO-RS model by Klamt (1995)<br />
3 Lin and Sandler model with modified exchange energy (Lin<br />
et al., 2002)<br />
References<br />
A. Klamt, "Conductor-like Screening Model for Real Solvents: A New Approach<br />
to the Quantitative Calculation of Solvation Phenomena," J. Phys. Chem. 99,<br />
2224 (1995).<br />
S.-T. Lin, P. M. Mathias, Y. Song, C.-C. Chen, and S. I. Sandler,<br />
"Improvements of Phase-Equilibrium Predictions for Hydrogen-Bonding<br />
<strong>System</strong>s from a New Expression for COSMO Solvation <strong>Models</strong>," presented at<br />
the AIChE Annual Meeting, Indianapolis, IN, 3-8 November (2002).<br />
S.-T. Lin and S. I. Sandler, "A Priori Phase Equilibrium Prediction from a<br />
Segment Contribution Solvation Model," Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 41, 899<br />
(2002).<br />
E. Mullins, et al. "Sigma-Profile Database for Using COSMO-Based<br />
Thermodynamic Methods," Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 45, 4389 (2006).<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Activity Coefficient Model<br />
(GMENRTL)<br />
The Electrolyte NRTL activity coefficient model (GMENRTL) is a versatile<br />
model for the calculation of activity coefficients. Using binary and pair<br />
parameters, the model can represent aqueous electrolyte systems as well as<br />
mixed solvent electrolyte systems over the entire range of electrolyte<br />
concentrations. This model can calculate activity coefficients for ionic species<br />
and molecular species in aqueous electrolyte systems as well as in mixed<br />
solvent electrolyte systems. The model reduces to the well-known NRTL<br />
model when electrolyte concentrations become zero (Renon and Prausnitz,<br />
1969).
The electrolyte NRTL model uses the infinite dilution aqueous solution as the<br />
reference state for ions. It adopts the Born equation to account for the<br />
transformation of the reference state of ions from the infinite dilution mixed<br />
solvent solution to the infinite dilution aqueous solution.<br />
Water must be present in the electrolyte system in order to compute the<br />
transformation of the reference state of ions. Thus, it is necessary to<br />
introduce a trace amount of water to use the model for nonaqueous<br />
electrolyte systems.<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> uses the electrolyte NRTL model to<br />
calculate activity coefficients, enthalpies, and Gibbs energies for electrolyte<br />
systems. Model development and working equations are provided in<br />
Theoretical Basis and Working Equations.<br />
The adjustable parameters for the electrolyte NRTL model include the:<br />
� Pure component dielectric constant coefficient of nonaqueous solvents<br />
� Born radius of ionic species<br />
� NRTL parameters for molecule-molecule, molecule-electrolyte, and<br />
electrolyte-electrolyte pairs<br />
The pure component dielectric constant coefficients of nonaqueous solvents<br />
and Born radius of ionic species are required only for mixed-solvent<br />
electrolyte systems. The temperature dependency of the dielectric constant of<br />
solvent B is:<br />
Each type of electrolyte NRTL parameter consists of both the nonrandomness<br />
factor, �, and energy parameters, �. The temperature dependency relations<br />
of the electrolyte NRTL parameters are:<br />
� Molecule-Molecule Binary Parameters:<br />
� Electrolyte-Molecule Pair Parameters:<br />
� Electrolyte-Electrolyte Pair Parameters:<br />
For the electrolyte-electrolyte pair parameters, the two electrolytes must<br />
share either one common cation or one common anion:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 95
Where:<br />
T ref = 298.15K<br />
Many parameter pairs are included in the electrolyte NRTL model parameter<br />
databank (see <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> Data, Chapter 1).<br />
Parameter Symbol No. of Default MDS Units<br />
Name<br />
Elements<br />
Dielectric Constant Unary Parameters<br />
CPDIEC A B 1 — — —<br />
96 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
B B 1 0 — —<br />
C B 1 298.15 — TEMPERATURE †<br />
Ionic Born Radius Unary Parameters<br />
RADIUS r i 1 3x10 -10 — LENGTH<br />
Molecule-Molecule Binary Parameters<br />
NRTL/1 A BB' — 0 x —<br />
A B'B — 0 x —<br />
NRTL/2 B BB' — 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
NRTL/3 � BB' = � B'B<br />
B B'B — 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
— .3 x —<br />
NRTL/4 — — 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
NRTL/5 F BB' — 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
F B'B — 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
NRTL/6 G BB' — 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
G B'B — 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
Electrolyte-Molecule Pair Parameters<br />
GMELCC C ca,B 1 0 x —<br />
C B,ca 1 0 x —<br />
GMELCD D ca,B 1 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
D B,ca 1 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
GMELCE E ca,B 1 0 x —<br />
GMELCN � ca,B = � B,ca<br />
E B,ca 1 0 x —<br />
Electrolyte-Electrolyte Pair Parameters<br />
1 .2 x —<br />
GMELCC C ca',ca'' 1 0 x —<br />
C ca'',ca' 1 0 x —<br />
C c'a,c''a 1 0 x —<br />
C c''a,c'a 1 0 x —<br />
GMELCD D ca',ca'' 1 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
D ca'',ca' 1 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
D c'a,c''a 1 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
D c''a,c'a 1 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
GMELCE E ca',ca'' 1 0 x —
Parameter Symbol No. of<br />
Name<br />
Elements<br />
Dielectric Constant Unary Parameters<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 97<br />
Default MDS Units<br />
E ca'',ca' 1 0 x —<br />
E c'a,c''a 1 0 x —<br />
E c''a,c'a 1 0 x —<br />
GMELCN � ca',ca'' = � ca'',ca' 1 .2 x —<br />
� c'a,c''a = � c''a,c'a 1 .2 x —<br />
† Certain Electrolyte NRTL activity coefficient model parameters are used with<br />
reciprocal temperature terms:<br />
� CPDIEC<br />
� NRTL/2<br />
� GMELCD for electrolyte-electrolyte or electrolyte-molecule pairs<br />
When any of these parameters is specified, absolute temperature units are<br />
used for the calculations in this model.<br />
Reference: H. Renon, and J.M. Prausnitz, "Local Compositions in<br />
Thermodynamic Excess Functions for Liquid Mixtures", AIChE J., Vol. 14, No.<br />
1, (1968), pp. 135-144.<br />
Theoretical Basis and Working Equations<br />
In this section, the theoretical basis of the model is explained and the working<br />
equations are given. The different ways parameters can be obtained are<br />
discussed with references to the databank directories and the Data<br />
Regression <strong>System</strong> (DRS). The parameter requirements of the model are<br />
given in Electrolyte NRTL Activity Coefficient Model.<br />
Development of the Model<br />
The Electrolyte NRTL model was originally proposed by Chen et al., for<br />
aqueous electrolyte systems. It was later extended to mixed solvent<br />
electrolyte systems (Mock et al., 1984, 1986). The model is based on two<br />
fundamental assumptions:<br />
� The like-ion repulsion assumption: states that the local composition of<br />
cations around cations is zero (and likewise for anions around anions).<br />
This is based on the assumption that the repulsive forces between ions of<br />
like charge are extremely large. This assumption may be justified on the<br />
basis that repulsive forces between ions of the same sign are very strong<br />
for neighboring species. For example, in salt crystal lattices the immediate<br />
neighbors of any central ion are always ions of opposite charge.<br />
� The local electroneutrality assumption: states that the distribution of<br />
cations and anions around a central molecular species is such that the net<br />
local ionic charge is zero. Local electroneutrality has been observed for<br />
interstitial molecules in salt crystals.<br />
Chen proposed an excess Gibbs energy expression which contains two<br />
contributions: one contribution for the long-range ion-ion interactions that<br />
exist beyond the immediate neighborhood of a central ionic species, and the
other related to the local interactions that exist at the immediate<br />
neighborhood of any central species.<br />
The unsymmetric Pitzer-Debye-Hückel model and the Born equation are used<br />
to represent the contribution of the long-range ion-ion interactions, and the<br />
Non-Random Two Liquid (NRTL) theory is used to represent the local<br />
interactions. The local interaction contribution model is developed as a<br />
symmetric model, based on reference states of pure solvent and pure<br />
completely dissociated liquid electrolyte. The model is then normalized by<br />
infinite dilution activity coefficients in order to obtain an unsymmetric model.<br />
This NRTL expression for the local interactions, the Pitzer-Debye-Hückel<br />
expression, and the Born equation are added to give equation 1 for the<br />
excess Gibbs energy (see the following note).<br />
This leads to<br />
Note: The notation using * to denote an unsymmetric reference state is wellaccepted<br />
in electrolyte thermodynamics and will be maintained here. The<br />
reader should be warned not to confuse it with the meaning of * in classical<br />
thermodynamics according to IUPAC/ISO, referring to a pure component<br />
property. In fact in the context of G or �, the asterisk as superscript is never<br />
used to denote pure component property, so the risk of confusion is minimal.<br />
For details on notation, see Chapter 1 of <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> Methods.<br />
References<br />
C.-C. Chen, H.I. Britt, J.F. Boston, and L.B. Evans, "Local Compositions Model<br />
for Excess Gibbs Energy of Electrolyte <strong>System</strong>s: Part I: Single Solvent, Single<br />
Completely Dissociated Electrolyte <strong>System</strong>s:, AIChE J., Vol. 28, No. 4, (1982),<br />
p. 588-596.<br />
C.-C. Chen, and L.B. Evans, "A Local Composition Model for the Excess Gibbs<br />
Energy of Aqueous Electrolyte <strong>System</strong>s," AIChE J., Vol. 32, No. 3, (1986), p.<br />
444-459.<br />
B. Mock, L.B. Evans, and C.-C. Chen, "Phase Equilibria in Multiple-Solvent<br />
Electrolyte <strong>System</strong>s: A New Thermodynamic Model," Proceedings of the 1984<br />
Summer Computer Simulation Conference, p. 558.<br />
B. Mock, L.B. Evans, and C.-C. Chen, "Thermodynamic Representation of<br />
Phase Equilibria of Mixed-Solvent Electrolyte <strong>System</strong>s," AIChE J., Vol. 32, No.<br />
10, (1986), p. 1655-1664.<br />
Long-Range Interaction Contribution<br />
The Pitzer-Debye-Hückel formula, normalized to mole fractions of unity for<br />
solvent and zero for electrolytes, is used to represent the long-range<br />
interaction contribution.<br />
98 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(1)<br />
(2)
with<br />
Where:<br />
xi = Mole fraction of component i<br />
Ms = Molecular weight of the solvent<br />
A� = Debye-Hückel parameter<br />
NA = Avogadro's number<br />
ds = Mass density of solvent<br />
Qe = Electron charge<br />
�s = Dielectric constant of the solvent<br />
T = Temperature<br />
k = Boltzmann constant<br />
Ix = Ionic strength (mole fraction scale)<br />
xi = Mole fraction of component i<br />
zi = Charge number of ion i<br />
� = "Closest approach" parameter<br />
Taking the appropriate derivative of equation 3, an expression for the activity<br />
coefficient can then be derived.<br />
The Born equation is used to account for the Gibbs energy of transfer of ionic<br />
species from the infinite dilution state in a mixed-solvent to the infinite<br />
dilution state in aqueous phase.<br />
Where:<br />
�w = Dielectric constant of water<br />
ri = Born radius of the ionic species i<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 99<br />
(3)<br />
(4)<br />
(5)<br />
(6)<br />
(7)
The expression for the activity coefficient can be derived from (7):<br />
The Debye-Hückel theory is based on the infinite dilution reference state for<br />
ionic species in the actual solvent media. For systems with water as the only<br />
solvent, the reference state is the infinite dilution aqueous solution. For<br />
mixed-solvent systems, the reference state for which the Debye-Hückel<br />
theory remains valid is the infinite dilution solution with the corresponding<br />
mixed-solvent composition. However, the molecular weight Ms, the mass<br />
density ds, and the dielectric constant �s for the single solvent need to be<br />
extended for mixed solvents; simple composition average mixing rules are<br />
adequate to calculate them as follows:<br />
Where:<br />
100 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(8)<br />
(6a)<br />
(7a)<br />
(8a)<br />
(8b)<br />
(8c)<br />
(8d)<br />
xm = Mole fraction of the solvent m in the solution<br />
Mm = Molecular weight of the solvent m<br />
Vm l<br />
= Molar volume of the solvent mixture<br />
�m = Dielectric constant of the solvent m<br />
Vw *<br />
= Molar volume of water using the steam table<br />
xnws = Sum of the mole fractions of all non-water<br />
solvents.<br />
Vnws l<br />
= Liquid molar volume for the mixture of all nonwater<br />
solvents. It is calculated using the<br />
Rackett equation.
It should be understood that equations 6a-8a should be used only in<br />
equations 3, 4, and 7. Ms, ds, and �s were already assumed as constants when<br />
deriving equations 6 and 8 for mixed-solvent systems.<br />
Local Interaction Contribution<br />
The local interaction contribution is accounted for by the Non-Random Two<br />
Liquid theory. The basic assumption of the NRTL model is that the nonideal<br />
entropy of mixing is negligible compared to the heat of mixing: this is indeed<br />
the case for electrolyte systems. This model was adopted because of its<br />
algebraic simplicity and its applicability to mixtures that exhibit liquid phase<br />
splitting. The model does not require specific volume or area data.<br />
The effective local mole fractions Xji and Xii of species j and i, respectively, in<br />
the neighborhood of i are related by:<br />
Where:<br />
Xj = xjCj<br />
Gji<br />
�ji<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 101<br />
=<br />
=<br />
(9)<br />
(Cj = zj for ions and Cj = unity for molecules)<br />
�ji = Nonrandomness factor<br />
gji and gii are energies of interaction between species j and i, and i and i,<br />
respectively. Both gij and �ij are inherently symmetric (gij = gji and �ij = �ji).<br />
Similarly,<br />
Where:<br />
Gji,ki<br />
�ji,ki<br />
=<br />
=<br />
�ji,ki = Nonrandomness factor<br />
Apparent Binary <strong>System</strong>s<br />
(10)<br />
The derivations that follow are based on a simple system of one completely<br />
dissociated liquid electrolyte ca and one solvent B. They will be later extended
to multicomponent systems. In this simple system, three different<br />
arrangements exist:<br />
In the case of a central solvent molecule with other solvent molecules,<br />
cations, and anions in its immediate neighborhood, the principle of local<br />
electroneutrality is followed: the surrounding cations and anions are such that<br />
the neighborhood of the solvent is electrically neutral. In the case of a central<br />
cation (anion) with solvent molecules and anions (cations) in its immediate<br />
neighborhood, the principle of like-ion repulsion is followed: no ions of like<br />
charge exist anywhere near each other, whereas opposite charged ions are<br />
very close to each other.<br />
The effective local mole fractions are related by the following expressions:<br />
(central solvent cells)<br />
(central cation cells)<br />
(central anion cells)<br />
102 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(11)<br />
(12)<br />
(13)<br />
Using equation 11 through 13 and the notation introduced in equations 9 and<br />
10 above, expressions for the effective local mole fractions in terms of the<br />
overall mole fractions can be derived.<br />
i = c, a, or B<br />
(14)<br />
(15)<br />
(16)<br />
To obtain an expression for the excess Gibbs energy, let the residual Gibbs<br />
energies, per mole of cells of central cation, anion, or solvent, respectively, be<br />
, , and . These are then related to the<br />
effective local mole fractions:<br />
(17)<br />
(18)<br />
(19)
The reference Gibbs energy is determined for the reference states of<br />
completely dissociated liquid electrolyte and of pure solvent. The reference<br />
Gibbs energies per mole are then:<br />
Where:<br />
zc = Charge number on cations<br />
za = Charge number on anions<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 103<br />
(20)<br />
(21)<br />
(22)<br />
The molar excess Gibbs energy can be found by summing all changes in<br />
residual Gibbs energy per mole that result when the electrolyte and solvent in<br />
their reference state are mixed to form the existing electrolyte system. The<br />
expression is:<br />
(23)<br />
Using the previous relation for the excess Gibbs energy and the expressions<br />
for the residual and reference Gibbs energy (equations 17 to 19 and 20 to<br />
22), the following expression for the excess Gibbs energy is obtained:<br />
(24)<br />
The assumption of local electroneutrality applied to cells with central solvent<br />
molecules may be stated as:<br />
Combining this expression with the expression for the effective local mole<br />
fractions given in equations 9 and 10, the following equality is obtained:<br />
(25)<br />
(26)<br />
The following relationships are further assumed for nonrandomness factors:<br />
and,<br />
It can be inferred from equations 9, 10, and 26 to 29 that:<br />
(27)<br />
(28)<br />
(29)<br />
(30)<br />
(31)
The binary parameters �ca,B , �ca,B and �B,ca are now the adjustable parameters<br />
for an apparent binary system of a single electrolyte and a single solvent.<br />
The excess Gibbs energy expression (equation 24) must now be normalized<br />
to the infinite dilution reference state for ions:<br />
This leads to:<br />
By taking the appropriate derivatives of equation 33, expressions for the<br />
activity coefficients of all three species can be determined.<br />
Multicomponent <strong>System</strong>s<br />
The Electrolyte NRTL model can be extended to handle multicomponent<br />
systems.<br />
The excess Gibbs energy expression is:<br />
104 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(32)<br />
(33)<br />
(34)<br />
(35)<br />
(36)
Where:<br />
j and k can be any species (a, C, or B)<br />
The activity coefficient equation for molecular components is given by:<br />
The activity coefficient equation for cations is given by:<br />
The activity coefficient equation for anions is given by:<br />
Where:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 105<br />
(39)<br />
(40)<br />
(37)<br />
(38)
106 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(41)<br />
(42)<br />
(43)<br />
(44)<br />
(45)<br />
(46)<br />
(47)<br />
(48)<br />
It should be understood that and remained constant in<br />
equation 37 when deriving the activity coefficients given by equations 38-40.<br />
Parameters<br />
The model adjustable parameters include:<br />
� Pure component dielectric constant coefficient of nonaqueous solvents<br />
� Born radius of ionic species<br />
� NRTL interaction parameters for molecule-molecule, molecule-electrolyte,<br />
and electrolyte-electrolyte pairs<br />
Note that for the electrolyte-electrolyte pair parameters, the two electrolytes<br />
must share either one common cation or one common anion.<br />
Each type of the electrolyte NRTL parameter consists of both the<br />
nonrandomness factor, �, and energy parameters, �.
The pure component dielectric constant coefficients of nonaqueous solvents<br />
and Born radius of ionic species are required only for mixed-solvent<br />
electrolyte systems.<br />
The temperature dependency relations of these parameters are given in<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Activity Coefficient Model.<br />
Heat of mixing is calculated from temperature derivatives of activity<br />
coefficients. Heat capacity is calculated from secondary temperature<br />
derivative of the activity coefficient. As a result, the temperature dependent<br />
parameters are critical for modeling enthalpy correctly. It is recommended<br />
that enthalpy data and heat capacity data be used to obtain these<br />
temperature dependency parameters. See also Electrolyte NRTL Enthalpy and<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Gibbs Energy.<br />
Obtaining Parameters<br />
In the absence of electrolytes, the electrolyte NRTL model reduces to the<br />
NRTL equation which is widely used for non-electrolyte systems. Therefore,<br />
molecule-molecule binary parameters can be obtained from binary<br />
nonelectrolyte systems.<br />
Electrolyte-molecule pair parameters can be obtained from data regression of<br />
apparent single electrolyte systems.<br />
Electrolyte-electrolyte pair parameters are required only for mixed<br />
electrolytes with a common ion. Electrolyte-electrolyte pair parameters can<br />
affect trace ionic activity precipitation. Electrolyte-electrolyte pair parameters<br />
can be obtained by regressing solubility data of multiple component<br />
electrolyte systems.<br />
When the electrolyte-molecule and electrolyte-electrolyte pair parameters are<br />
zero, the electrolyte NRTL model reduces to the Debye-Hückel limiting law.<br />
Calculation results with electrolyte-molecule and electrolyte-electrolyte pair<br />
parameters fixed to zero should be adequate for very dilute weak electrolyte<br />
systems; however, for concentrated systems, pair parameters are required<br />
for accurate representation.<br />
See <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> Data, Chapter 1, for the pair parameters available from<br />
the electrolyte NRTL model databank. The table contains pair parameters for<br />
some electrolytes in aqueous solution at 100�C. These values were obtained<br />
by using the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> Data Regression <strong>System</strong> (DRS) to<br />
regress vapor pressure and mole fraction data at T=100�C with SYSOP15S<br />
(Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 56th Edition, CRC Press, 1975, p. E-1).<br />
In running the DRS, standard deviations for the temperature (�C), vapor<br />
pressure (mmHg), and mole fractions were set at 0.2, 1.0, and 0.001,<br />
respectively. In addition, complete dissociation of the electrolyte was<br />
assumed for all cases.<br />
Option Codes for Electrolyte NRTL Activity<br />
Coefficient Model (GMENRTL)<br />
The electrolyte NRTL activity coefficient model (GMENRTL) has three option<br />
codes and the option codes can affect the performance of this model.<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 107
Option code 1. Use this option code to specify the default values of pair<br />
parameters for water/solute and solvent/solute; the solute represents a<br />
cation/anion pair. The value (1) sets the default values to zero and the value<br />
(3) sets the default values for water/solute to (8,-4) and for solvent/solute to<br />
(10,-2). The value (3) is the default choice of the option code.<br />
Option code 2. Not used.<br />
Option code 3. Always leave this option code set to the value (1) to use the<br />
solvent/solvent binary parameters obtained from NRTL parameters.<br />
ENRTL-SAC<br />
eNRTL-SAC (ENRTLSAC, patent pending) is an extension of the nonrandom<br />
two-liquid segment activity coefficient model (NRTL-SAC, patent pending) by<br />
Chen and Song (Ind. Eng. Chem. Res., 2004, 43, 8354) to include<br />
electrolytes in the solution. It can be used in usable in <strong>Aspen</strong> Properties and<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Polymers. It is intended for the computation of ionic activity<br />
coefficients and solubilities of electrolytes, organic and inorganic, in common<br />
solvents and solvent mixtures. In addition to the three types of molecular<br />
parameters defined for organic nonelectrolytes in NRTL-SAC (hydrophobicity<br />
X, hydrophilicity Z, and polarity Y- and Y+), an electrolyte parameter, E, is<br />
introduced to characterize both local and long-range ion-ion and ion-molecule<br />
interactions attributed to ionized segments of electrolytes.<br />
In applying the segment contribution concept to electrolytes, a new<br />
conceptual electrolyte segment e corresponding to the electrolyte parameter<br />
E, is introduced. This conceptual segment e would completely dissociate to a<br />
cationic segment (c) and an anionic segment (a), both of unity charge. All<br />
electrolytes, organic or inorganic, symmetric or unsymmetric, univalent or<br />
multivalent, are to be represented with this conceptual uni-univalent<br />
electrolyte segment e together with previously defined hydrophobic segment<br />
x, polar segments y- and y+, and hydrophilic segment z in NRTL-SAC.<br />
A major consideration in the extension of NRTL-SAC for electrolytes is the<br />
treatment of the reference state for activity coefficient calculations. While the<br />
conventional reference state for nonelectrolyte systems is the pure liquid<br />
component, the conventional reference state for electrolytes in solution is the<br />
infinite-dilution aqueous solution and the corresponding activity coefficient is<br />
unsymmetric. The equation for the logarithm of the unsymmetric activity<br />
coefficient of an ionic species is<br />
With<br />
108 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 109
Where:<br />
I, J = Component index<br />
i, j, m, c, a = Conceptual segment index<br />
m = Conceptual molecular segment, x, y-, y+, z<br />
c = Conceptual cationic segment<br />
a = Conceptual anionic segment<br />
i, j = m,c,a<br />
�I * = Unsymmetric activity coefficient of an ionic species I<br />
�I *lc = NRTL term<br />
110 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
�I *PDH = Pitzer-Debye-Hückel term<br />
�I *FH = Flory-Huggins term<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 111<br />
= Aqueous-phase infinite-dilution reference state<br />
�i = Activity coefficient of conceptual segment i<br />
rI = Total segment number of component I<br />
xI = Mole fraction of component I<br />
rI,i = Number of conceptual segment i containing in component I<br />
xi = Segment mole fraction of conceptual segment i in mixtures<br />
�ij = NRTL binary non-randomness factor parameter for<br />
conceptual segments<br />
�ij = NRTL binary interaction energy parameter for conceptual<br />
segments<br />
A� = Debye-Hückel parameter<br />
� = Closest approach parameter, 14.9<br />
Ix = Ionic strength (segment mole fraction scale)<br />
= Average solvent molecular weight, g/mol<br />
= Average solvent density, g/cm 3<br />
NA = Avogadro’s number<br />
Qe = Absolute electronic charge<br />
= Average solvent dielectric constant<br />
�w = Water dielectric constant<br />
rc = Born radius of cationic segment<br />
ra = Born radius of anionic segment<br />
NRTL binary parameters for conceptual segments<br />
The NRTL binary parameters between conceptual molecular segments in are<br />
determined by available VLE and LLE data between reference molecules<br />
defined in NRTLSAC.<br />
Segment (1) x x y- y+ x<br />
Segment (2) y- z z z y+<br />
� 12<br />
� 21<br />
� 12 = � 21<br />
1.643 6.547 -2.000 2.000 1.643<br />
1.834 10.949 1.787 1.787 1.834<br />
0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.2<br />
NaCl is used as the reference electrolyte for the conceptual electrolyte<br />
segment e. The NRTL binary parameters between conceptual molecular
segments and the electrolyte segment e are determined from literature data<br />
or preset as follows:<br />
Segment (1) x y- y+ z<br />
Segment (2) e e e e<br />
� 12<br />
� 21<br />
� 12 = � 21<br />
15 12 12 8.885<br />
5 -3 -3 -4.549<br />
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2<br />
Parameters used in ENRTLSAC<br />
Each component can have up to five parameters, rI,i (i = x, y-, y+, z, e),<br />
although only one or two of these parameters are needed for most solvents<br />
and ionic species in practice. Since conceptual segments apply to all species,<br />
these five parameters are implemented together as a binary parameter,<br />
NRTLXY(I, i) where I represents a component index and i represents a<br />
conceptual segment index.<br />
Option codes<br />
There are three option codes in ENRTLSAC. The first is used to enable or<br />
disable the Flory-Huggins term. The other two are only used internally and<br />
you should not change their values. The Flory-Huggins term is included by<br />
default in eNRTL-SAC model. You can remove this term using the first option<br />
code. The table below lists the values for the first option code.<br />
0 Flory-Huggins term included (default)<br />
Others Flory-Huggins term removed<br />
References<br />
C.-C. Chen and Y. Song, "Solubility Modeling with a Nonrandom Two-Liquid<br />
Segment Activity Coefficient Model," Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 43, 8354 (2004).<br />
C.-C. Chen and Y. Song, "Extension of Nonrandom Two-Liquid Segment<br />
Activity Coefficient Model for Electrolytes," Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 44, 8909<br />
(2005).<br />
Hansen<br />
Hansen is a solubility parameter model and is commonly used in the solvent<br />
selection process. It is based on the regular solution theory and Hansen<br />
solubility parameters. This model has no binary parameters and its application<br />
merely follows the empirical guide like dissolves like.<br />
The Hansen model calculates liquid activity coefficients. The equation for the<br />
Hansen model is:<br />
with<br />
112 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Where:<br />
�i<br />
Vi<br />
= Activity coefficient of component i<br />
= Molar volume of component i<br />
�i d = Hansen solubility parameter of component i for nonpolar<br />
effect<br />
�i p = Hansen solubility parameter of component i for polar effect<br />
�i h = Hansen solubility parameter of component i for hydrogenbonding<br />
effect<br />
�i<br />
xi<br />
= Volume fraction of component i<br />
= Mole fraction of component i<br />
R = Gas constant<br />
T = Temperature<br />
The Hansen model does not require binary parameters. For each component,<br />
it has four input parameters.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
DELTAD � i d — x — — PRESSURE^0.5<br />
DELTAP � i p — x — — PRESSURE^0.5<br />
DELTAH � i h — x — — PRESSURE^0.5<br />
HANVOL V i — x — — VOLUME<br />
Option codes<br />
The Hansen volume is implemented as an input parameter. If the Hansen<br />
volume is not input by the user it will be calculated by an <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus internal<br />
method. You can also request the <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus method using Option Codes in<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Plus Interface. The table below lists the option codes.<br />
First Option Code in Hansen model<br />
0 Hansen volume input by user (default)<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 113
Other values Hansen volume calculated by <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus<br />
Reference<br />
Frank, T. C.; Downey, J. R.; Gupta, S. K. "Quickly Screen Solvents for<br />
Organic Solids," Chemical Engineering Progress 1999, December, 41.<br />
Hansen, C. M. Hansen Solubility Parameters: A User’s Handbook; CRC Press,<br />
2000.<br />
Ideal Liquid<br />
This model is used in Raoult's law. It represents ideality of the liquid phase.<br />
This model can be used for mixtures of hydrocarbons of similar carbon<br />
number. It can be used as a reference to compare the results of other activity<br />
coefficient models.<br />
The equation is:<br />
ln �i = 0<br />
NRTL (Non-Random Two-Liquid)<br />
The NRTL model calculates liquid activity coefficients for the following<br />
property methods: NRTL, NRTL-2, NRTL-HOC, NRTL-NTH, and NRTL-RK. It is<br />
recommended for highly non-ideal chemical systems, and can be used for VLE<br />
and LLE applications. The model can also be used in the advanced equationof-state<br />
mixing rules, such as Wong-Sandler and MHV2.<br />
The equation for the NRTL model is:<br />
Where:<br />
Gij<br />
�ij<br />
�ij<br />
114 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
�ii = 0<br />
Gii = 1<br />
for Tlower � T � Tupper<br />
aij, bij, eij, and fij are unsymmetrical. That is, aij may not be equal to aji, etc.
Recommended cij Values for Different Types of Mixtures<br />
cij Mixtures<br />
0.30 Nonpolar substances; nonpolar with polar non-associated liquids; small<br />
deviations from ideality<br />
0.20 Saturated hydrocarbons with polar non-associated liquids and systems that<br />
exhibit liquid-liquid immiscibility<br />
0.47 Strongly self-associated substances with nonpolar substances<br />
The binary parameters aij, bij, cij, dij, eij, and fij can be determined from VLE<br />
and/or LLE data regression. The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has a large<br />
number of built-in binary parameters for the NRTL model. The binary<br />
parameters have been regressed using VLE and LLE data from the Dortmund<br />
Databank. The binary parameters for the VLE applications were regressed<br />
using the ideal gas, Redlich-Kwong, and Hayden O'Connell equations of state.<br />
See <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> Data, Chapter 1, for details.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 115<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
NRTL/1 a ij 0 x -100.0 100.0 —<br />
Units<br />
NRTL/2 b ij 0 x -30000 30000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
NRTL/3 c ij 0.30 x 0.0 1.0 —<br />
NRTL/4 d ij 0 x -0.02 0.02 TEMPERATURE<br />
NRTL/5 e ij 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NRTL/6 f ij 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NRTL/7 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NRTL/8 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
Note: If any of bij, dij, or eij is non-zero, absolute temperature units are<br />
assumed for bij, dij, eij, and fij. Otherwise, user input units for temperature are<br />
used. The temperature limits are always interpreted in user input units.<br />
The NRTL-2 property method uses data set 2 for NRTL. All other NRTL<br />
methods use data set 1.<br />
References<br />
H. Renon and J.M. Prausnitz, "Local Compositions in Thermodynamic Excess<br />
Functions for Liquid Mixtures," AIChE J., Vol. 14, No. 1, (1968), pp. 135 –<br />
144.<br />
NRTL-SAC Model<br />
NRTL-SAC (patent pending) is a segment contribution activity coefficient<br />
model, derived from the Polymer NRTL model and extended to handle<br />
electrolytes, but usable in <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus or <strong>Aspen</strong> Properties without <strong>Aspen</strong><br />
Polymers. NRTL-SAC can be used for fast, qualitative estimation of the<br />
solubility of complex organic compounds in common solvents. It can also be<br />
used as a general activity coefficient model in <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus, <strong>Aspen</strong> Properties,<br />
and HYSYS.<br />
Conceptually, the model treats the liquid non-ideality of mixtures containing<br />
complex organic molecules (solute) and small molecules (solvent) in terms of<br />
interactions between three pairwise interacting conceptual segments:
hydrophobic segment (x), hydrophilic segment (z), and polar segments (yand<br />
y+). In practice, these conceptual segments become the molecular<br />
descriptors used to represent the molecular surface characteristics of each<br />
solute or solvent molecule. Hexane, water, and acetonitrile are selected as<br />
the reference molecules for the hydrophobic, hydrophilic, and polar segments,<br />
respectively. The molecular parameters for all other solvents can be<br />
determined by regression of available VLE or LLE data for binary systems of<br />
solvent and the reference molecules or their substitutes.<br />
The treatment results in four component-specific molecular parameters:<br />
hydrophobicity X, hydrophilicity Z, and polarity Y- and Y+. The two types of<br />
polar segments, Y- and Y+, are used to reflect the wide variations of<br />
interactions between polar molecules and water.<br />
NRTL-SAC can also be used to model electrolyte systems. In this case, an<br />
electrolyte segment e, corresponding to the electrolyte parameter E, is<br />
introduced. This conceptual segment e completely dissociates to a cationic<br />
segment (c) and an anionic segment (a), both of unit charge. All electrolytes,<br />
organic or inorganic, symmetric or unsymmetric, univalent or multivalent, are<br />
to be represented with this conceptual 1-1 electrolyte segment e together<br />
with the previously defined hydrophobic segment x, polar segments y- and<br />
y+, and hydrophilic segment z in NRTL-SAC. The reference state for ions is by<br />
default an unsymmetric state based on infinite dilution in aqueous solution,<br />
but an option code is available to select the symmetric state of pure fused<br />
salts. When there are no electrolytes present, the segment e is unused and<br />
the current model reduces to the non-electrolyte version of NRTL-SAC present<br />
in earlier releases.<br />
The conceptual segment contribution approach in NRTL-SAC represents a<br />
practical alternative to the UNIFAC functional group contribution approach.<br />
This approach is suitable for use in the industrial practice of carrying out<br />
measurements for a few selected solvents and then using NRTL-SAC to<br />
quickly predict other solvents or solvent mixtures and to generate a list of<br />
suitable solvent systems.<br />
The NRTL-SAC model calculates liquid activity coefficients.<br />
Note: This is the updated version of NRTL-SAC, represented with property<br />
model GMNRTLS and property method NRTL-SAC. This version does not<br />
require the specification of components as oligomers. For the old version, see<br />
NRTLSAC for Segments/Oligomers and ENRTL-SAC.<br />
For the model equations, see NRTL-SAC Model Derivation.<br />
Parameters used in NRTL-SAC<br />
Each component can have up to five parameters, rx,I, ry-,I, ry+,I, rz,I, and re,I,<br />
representing the equivalent number of segments of each type for the NRTL<br />
activity coefficient model. Only one or two of these molecular parameters are<br />
needed for most solvents in practice. These parameters are implemented<br />
together as pure parameter XYZE with five elements representing these five<br />
parameters. Values for this parameter are available for many common<br />
solvents in the NRTL-SAC databank.<br />
116 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 117<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper Limit Units<br />
XYZE/1 r x,I — — — — —<br />
XYZE/2 r y-,I — — — — —<br />
XYZE/3 r y+,I — — — — —<br />
XYZE/4 r z,I — — — — —<br />
XYZE/5 r e,I — — — — —<br />
Electrolytes must be modeled as ion pairs in this system, while the individual<br />
ions are components in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>, so for these ion<br />
pairs, the five parameters are stored in binary parameter BXYZE which has<br />
elements corresponding to those of XYZE.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper Limit Units<br />
BXYZE/1 r x,CA — — — — —<br />
BXYZE/2 r y-,CA — — — — —<br />
BXYZE/3 r y+,CA — — — — —<br />
BXYZE/4 r z,CA — — — — —<br />
BXYZE/5 r e,CA — — — — —<br />
The conceptual segment numbers of a cationic component and<br />
an anionic component come from the dissociation of their<br />
corresponding electrolyte component CA, as defined by the chemical equation<br />
describing the dissociation of the electrolyte:<br />
with<br />
Since an electrolyte component CA can be measured by up to five conceptual<br />
segments , we can calculate ri,C and ri,A as follows for systems of<br />
single electrolyte.<br />
For an electrolyte system where multi-electrolytes may be generated, a<br />
simple mixing rule is used:
where YC is a cationic charge composition fraction and YA is an anionic charge<br />
composition fraction; they are defined as follows:<br />
Notice that electrolyte here is meant to represent an ion-pair composed of a<br />
cationic component and an anionic component in the solutions. The result is<br />
that electrolytes are generated from all possible combinations of ions in the<br />
solution; each generated electrolyte is not necessarily associated with an ionpair<br />
through the dissociation.<br />
Option Codes in NRTL-SAC<br />
Three option codes are available for NRTL-SAC to select the reference state<br />
and to optionally exclude the Flory-Huggins and long-range interaction terms:<br />
Option CodeValue Meaning<br />
1 0 Reference state for ions is unsymmetric: infinite dilution in<br />
aqueous solution (default)<br />
118 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
2 Reference state for ions is symmetric: pure fused salts<br />
2 0 Flory-Huggins term included (default)<br />
1 Flory-Huggins term removed<br />
3 0 Long-range interaction term included (default)<br />
References<br />
1 Long-range interaction term removed<br />
C.-C. Chen and Y. Song, "Extension of Nonrandom Two-Liquid Segment<br />
Activity Coefficient Model for Electrolytes," Ind. Eng. Chem. Res., 2005, 44,<br />
8909.<br />
Y. Song and C.-C. Chen, "Symmetric Nonrandom Two-Liquid Segment Activity<br />
Coefficient Model for Electrolytes," Ind. Eng. Chem. Res., 2009, 48, 5522.
NRTL-SAC Reference States<br />
The NRTL-SAC activity coefficient model for component I is composed of the<br />
local composition term, ln �I lc , the Pitzer-Debye-Hückel long-range interaction<br />
term, ln �I PDH , and the Flory-Huggins term, �I FH :<br />
This equation needs to be normalized based on the reference states of<br />
molecular and ionic components.<br />
Reference state for molecular components<br />
The reference state for a molecular component is defined as follows:<br />
This definition is the so-called standard state of pure liquids for molecular<br />
components and it is also called the symmetric reference state for molecular<br />
components.<br />
Reference state for ionic components<br />
The standard state of pure liquids is hypothetical for ionic components in<br />
electrolyte systems. The symmetric reference state is defined as the pure<br />
fused salt state of each electrolyte component in the system.<br />
However, the conventional reference state for ionic components is the<br />
infinite-dilution activity coefficient in pure water; it is also called the<br />
unsymmetric reference state for ionic components. In NRTL-SAC model, we<br />
will consider both of these reference states; the unsymmetric state is the<br />
default.<br />
Pure fused salt state of an electrolyte component<br />
For an electrolyte component CA, the pure fused salt state can be defined as<br />
follows:<br />
where �± is the mean ionic activity coefficient of the electrolyte component<br />
and is related to the corresponding cationic and anionic activity coefficients �C<br />
and �A by this expression:<br />
where �C is the cationic stoichiometric coefficient and �A is the anionic<br />
stoichiometric coefficient, and �=�C+�A (one mole of salt releases � moles of<br />
ions in solution). They are given by the chemical equation describing the<br />
dissociation of the electrolyte. Therefore Eq. 5 can be written in terms of<br />
charge numbers zC and zA:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 119<br />
(1)<br />
(2)<br />
(3)<br />
(4)<br />
(5)
At the pure fused salt state:<br />
The symmetric reference state defined by Eq. 3 is restricted to systems<br />
containing a single electrolyte component. For multi-electrolyte systems, the<br />
symmetric reference state can be generalized from Eq. 3 as follows:<br />
120 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(6)<br />
(7)<br />
(8)<br />
(9)<br />
(10)<br />
where I applies to all molecular components in the system. The symmetric<br />
reference state is a molecular-component-free media.<br />
Infinite-dilution aqueous solution<br />
The condition of infinite-dilution solution for ionic components can be written<br />
as follows:<br />
(11)<br />
This condition applies to all ionic components in the solution. In infinitedilution<br />
aqueous solutions, water must be present and is assumed to<br />
represent the entire solution, so the unsymmetric reference state can be<br />
written as follows:<br />
This equation applies to all ionic components in the solution.<br />
NRTL-SAC Local Composition Term<br />
The segment-based excess Gibbs free energy of the local interactions for<br />
systems with multiple molecular segments m and a single electrolyte segment<br />
e (with a single cation segment c and anion segment a) can be written as<br />
follows:<br />
(12)<br />
(13)<br />
(14)
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 121<br />
(15)<br />
(16)<br />
where I is the component index, i is the segment index, ri,I is the number of<br />
segment i in component I, xI is the mole fraction of component I, xi is the<br />
segment fraction of segment i, and ns is the total number of all segments in<br />
the system.<br />
Since there is only a single 1-1 electrolyte segment, the pair parameters<br />
between a molecular segment and the electrolyte segment can be simplified<br />
as follows:<br />
We can then rewrite the excess Gibbs free energy as follows:<br />
with<br />
(17)<br />
(18)<br />
(19)<br />
(20)<br />
(21)<br />
(22)<br />
The local composition contribution to the segment activity coefficient can be<br />
calculated as follows:<br />
(23)<br />
The local composition contribution to the activity coefficients for molecular<br />
segments, the cationic segment, and the anionic segment can be calculated<br />
out as follows:
The local composition term for the logarithm of the activity coefficient of<br />
component I , before normalization to a chosen reference state, is computed<br />
as the sum of the individual segment contributions.<br />
Specifically, for non-electrolyte (molecular) components, the activity<br />
coefficients are given as follows:<br />
For a cationic component, we have<br />
122 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(27)<br />
(28)<br />
(24)<br />
(25)<br />
(26)
For an anionic component, we have<br />
Molecular components<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 123<br />
(29)<br />
(30)<br />
Applying Eq. 1, the normalization for molecular components can be done as<br />
follows:<br />
where �m lc,I is the activity coefficient of the molecular segment m contained in<br />
component I,<br />
Ionic components with symmetric reference state<br />
(31)<br />
(32)<br />
Applying Eq. 10, the local composition contribution to the symmetric activity<br />
coefficients for ionic components in multi-electrolyte systems can be<br />
normalized as follows:<br />
where I applies to all molecular components in the solution and Ix 0 is the ionic<br />
strength at the symmetric reference state. In the case that electrolytes are<br />
made up of only the conceptual 1-1 electrolyte segment and none of the<br />
molecular segments, this reference state is equivalent to the molten state of<br />
the conceptual 1-1 electrolyte.<br />
(33)<br />
(34)<br />
(35)<br />
Ionic components with infinite dilution aqueous solution<br />
reference state<br />
Applying Eq. 12, the unsymmetric activity coefficients for ionic components in<br />
aqueous solutions can be normalized as follows:<br />
(36)<br />
(37)
where and are activity coefficients at the infinite dilution aqueous<br />
solution:<br />
NRTL-SAC Long-Range Interaction Term<br />
To account for the long-range ion-ion interactions, the model uses the<br />
symmetric Pitzer-Debye-Hückel (PDH) formula (Pitzer, 1986) on the segment<br />
basis:<br />
with<br />
where ns is the total segment number of the solution, R is the gas constant,<br />
A � is the Debye-Hückel parameter, Ix is the segment-based ionic strength, �<br />
is the closest approach parameter, NA is Avogadro's number, v and � are the<br />
molar volume and dielectric constant of the solvent, Qe is the electron charge,<br />
kB is the Boltzmann constant, zi is the charge number of segment i, and Ix 0<br />
represents Ix at the reference state. Since the "single 1-1 electrolyte segment<br />
e=ca" is defined in the model, we can obtain:<br />
For the symmetric reference state,<br />
And for the unsymmetric reference state,<br />
124 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(38)<br />
(39)<br />
(40)<br />
(41)<br />
(42)<br />
(43)<br />
(44)<br />
(45)<br />
The long-range contribution to the activity coefficient of segment i can be<br />
derived as follows:<br />
(46)
For a molecular segment, the activity coefficient can be carried out as follows:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 125<br />
(47)<br />
For the univalent cation or anion segment, the activity coefficient can be<br />
carried out as follows:<br />
(48)<br />
The original Debye-Hückel theory is based on a single electrolyte with water<br />
as the solvent. The molar volume v and the dielectric constant � for the<br />
single solvent water need to be extended for mixed-solvents based on the<br />
molecular solvent properties; a simple composition average mixing rule is<br />
proposed to calculate them as follows:<br />
where S is a solvent component, MS is the solvent molecular weight, and each<br />
sum is over all solvent components in the solution.<br />
The long range interaction term for the logarithm of the activity coefficient of<br />
component I is computed as the sum of the individual segment contributions.<br />
Molecular components<br />
(49)<br />
(50)<br />
(51)<br />
For molecular components, the activity coefficients are given as follows:<br />
(52)<br />
From Eq. 47, it is easy to show that the PDH term activity coefficients for all<br />
molecular components are normalized; that is<br />
where I applies to all molecular components in the system.<br />
(53)
Ionic components with symmetric reference state<br />
Applying Eq. 10, the symmetric activity coefficients for ionic components from<br />
the long range contribution are given as follows:<br />
where I applies to all molecular components in the solution.<br />
126 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(54)<br />
(55)<br />
(56)<br />
Ionic components with infinite dilution aqueous solution<br />
Applying Eq. 12, the unsymmetric activity coefficients for ionic components<br />
from the long range contribution in aqueous solutions are given as follows:<br />
Segment based Born correction term to activity coefficient<br />
(57)<br />
(58)<br />
If the infinite dilution aqueous solution is chosen as the reference state, we<br />
need to correct the change of the reference state from the mixed-solvent<br />
composition to aqueous solution for the Debye-Hückel term. The Born term<br />
(Robinson and Stokes, 1970; Rashin and Honig, 1985) is used for this<br />
purpose:<br />
where ri is the Born radius of segment species i and �w is the dielectric<br />
constant of water. �G Born is the Born term correction to the unsymmetric<br />
Pitzer-Debye-Hückel formula G ex,PDH .<br />
The Born correction activity coefficient of component i can be derived as<br />
follows:<br />
(60)<br />
For a molecular segment, the correction to the activity coefficient is zero:<br />
(61)<br />
For the univalent cation or anion segment, the activity coefficient can be<br />
carried out as follows:<br />
(59)
Specifically,<br />
The long range interaction term for the logarithm of the activity coefficient of<br />
component I is computed as the sum of the individual segment contributions.<br />
Activity coefficients given by Eq. 65 are already normalized for molecular<br />
components as well as for ionic components with the infinite-dilution aqueous<br />
solution reference state.<br />
References<br />
Pitzer, K.S., J.M. Simonson, "Thermodynamics of Multicomponent, Miscible,<br />
Ionic <strong>System</strong>s: Theory and Equations," J. Phys. Chem., 1986, 90, 3005-3009.<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 127<br />
(62)<br />
(63)<br />
(64)<br />
(65)<br />
Robinson, R.A., Stokes, R.H., Electrolyte Solutions, 2nd revised edition,<br />
Dover, 1970.<br />
Rashig, A.A., Honig, B., "Reevaluation of the Born Model of Ion Hydration," J.<br />
Phys. Chem., 1985, 89, 5588.<br />
NRTL-SAC Flory-Huggins Term<br />
We use the Flory-Huggins term to describe the combinatorial term:<br />
(66)<br />
(67)<br />
where G ex,FH is the Flory-Huggins term for the excess Gibbs energy, �I is the<br />
segment fraction of component I, and rI is the number of all conceptual<br />
segments in component I:<br />
(68)<br />
(69)
The contribution to the activity coefficient of component I from the<br />
combinatorial term is thus:<br />
Molecular components<br />
It is easy to show that activity coefficients for molecular components from the<br />
Flory-Huggins term are normalized; that is<br />
where I applies to all molecular components in the solution.<br />
Ionic components with symmetric reference state<br />
Applying Eq. 10, the symmetric activity coefficients for ionic components from<br />
the Flory-Huggins term can be carried out as follows:<br />
with<br />
where I applies to all molecular components in the solution.<br />
128 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(70)<br />
(71)<br />
(72)<br />
(73)<br />
(74)<br />
(75)<br />
(76)<br />
(77)<br />
Ionic components with infinite dilution aqueous solution<br />
Applying Eq. 12, the unsymmetric activity coefficients for ionic components in<br />
aqueous solutions can be carried out as follows:<br />
(78)<br />
(79)
where and are activity coefficients at the infinite dilution<br />
aqueous solution:<br />
Henry Components in NRTL-SAC<br />
Light gases (i.e. Henry components) are usually supercritical at the<br />
temperature and pressure of the system. In that case pure component vapor<br />
pressure is meaningless and therefore the pure liquid state at the<br />
temperature and pressure of the system cannot serve as the reference state.<br />
The reference state for a Henry component is redefined to be at infinite<br />
dilution (that is, xI�0) and at the temperature and pressure of the system.<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 129<br />
(80)<br />
(81)<br />
The liquid phase reference fugacity, fI *,l , becomes the Henry’s constant for<br />
Henry components in the solution, HI, and the activity coefficient, �I, is<br />
converted to the infinite dilution reference state through the relationship:<br />
where is the infinite dilution activity coefficient of Henry component I<br />
(xI�0) in the solution. By this definition �I* approaches unity as<br />
xI approaches zero. The phase equilibrium relationship for Henry components<br />
becomes:<br />
(82)<br />
(83)<br />
The Henry’s Law is available in all activity coefficient property methods. The<br />
model calculates the Henry’s constant for a dissolved gas component in all<br />
solvent components in the mixture:<br />
(84)<br />
(85)<br />
where HIS and are the Henry’s constant and the infinite dilution activity<br />
coefficient of the dissolved gas component i in the solvent component S<br />
(xI�0 and xS�1, respectively).<br />
Since ionic species exist only in the liquid phase and therefore do not<br />
participate directly in vapor-liquid equilibria, the activities of Henry
components are mainly through the local interactions with solvents. We can<br />
calculate all three activity coefficients for Henry components as follows:<br />
with<br />
Notice that xH�0 applies to all Henry components in the solution.<br />
NRTLSAC for Segments/Oligomers<br />
130 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(86)<br />
(87)<br />
(88)<br />
(89)<br />
(90)<br />
(91)<br />
(92)<br />
(93)<br />
(94)<br />
This is the original NRTLSAC model added in version 2006, which requires<br />
that components be defined as oligomers. It is retained for compatibility, but<br />
new models should use the NRTL-SAC model.<br />
NRTL-SAC (patent pending) is a segment contribution activity coefficient<br />
model, derived from the Polymer NRTL model, usable in <strong>Aspen</strong> Properties and<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Polymers. NRTL-SAC can be used for fast, qualitative estimation of the<br />
solubility of complex organic compounds in common solvents. Conceptually,<br />
the model treats the liquid non-ideality of mixtures containing complex<br />
organic molecules (solute) and small molecules (solvent) in terms of<br />
interactions between three pairwise interacting conceptual segments:<br />
hydrophobic segment (x), hydrophilic segment (z), and polar segments (yand<br />
y+). In practice, these conceptual segments become the molecular<br />
descriptors used to represent the molecular surface characteristics of each<br />
solute or solvent molecule. Hexane, water, and acetonitrile are selected as<br />
the reference molecules for the hydrophobic, hydrophilic, and polar segments,<br />
respectively. The molecular parameters for all other solvents can be<br />
determined by regression of available VLE or LLE data for binary systems of<br />
solvent and the reference molecules or their substitutes. The treatment<br />
results in four component-specific molecular parameters: hydrophobicity X,<br />
hydrophilicity Z, and polarity Y- and Y+. The two types of polar segments, Y-
and Y+, are used to reflect the wide variations of interactions between polar<br />
molecules and water.<br />
The conceptual segment contribution approach in NRTL-SAC represents a<br />
practical alternative to the UNIFAC functional group contribution approach.<br />
This approach is suitable for use in the industrial practice of carrying out<br />
measurements for a few selected solvents and then using NRTL-SAC to<br />
quickly predict other solvents or solvent mixtures and to generate a list of<br />
suitable solvent systems.<br />
The NRTL-SAC model calculates liquid activity coefficients.<br />
The equation for the NRTL-SAC model is:<br />
with<br />
G = exp(-��)<br />
Where:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 131
I, J = Component index<br />
i, j, m = Conceptual segment indexx, y-, y+, z<br />
�I = Activity coefficient of component I<br />
�I C = �I FH = Flory-Huggins term for combinatorial contribution to �I<br />
�I R = �I lc = NRTL term for local composition interaction contribution to<br />
132 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
�I<br />
�I = Segment mole fraction of component I<br />
pI = Effective component size parameter<br />
sI and �I = Empirical parameters for pI<br />
rI = Total segment number of component I<br />
xI = Mole fraction of component I<br />
rI,m = Number of conceptual segment m containing in component<br />
I<br />
xi = Segment mole fraction of conceptual segment i in mixtures<br />
�im = NRTL binary non-randomness factor parameter for<br />
conceptual segments<br />
�im = NRTL binary interaction energy parameter for conceptual<br />
segments<br />
NRTL binary parameters for conceptual segments<br />
The NRTL binary parameters between conceptual segments in NRTLSAC are<br />
determined by available VLE and LLE data between reference molecules<br />
defined above.<br />
Segment 1 x x y- y+ x<br />
Segment 2 y- z z z y+<br />
� 12<br />
� 21<br />
� 12 = � 21<br />
1.643 6.547 -2.000 2.000 1.643<br />
1.834 10.949 1.787 1.787 1.834<br />
0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.2<br />
Parameters used in NRTLSAC<br />
Each component can have up to four parameters, rI,x, rI,y-, rI,y+, and rI,z<br />
although only one or two of these molecular parameters are needed for most<br />
solvents in practice. Since conceptual segments apply to all molecules, these<br />
four molecular parameters are implemented together as a binary parameter,<br />
NRTLXY(I, m) where I represents a component (molecule) index and m<br />
represents a conceptual segment index.<br />
In addition, the Flory-Huggins size parameter, FHSIZE , is used in NRTLSAC<br />
to calculate the effective component size parameter, pI. The Flory-Huggins<br />
combinatorial term can be turned off by setting �I = 0 for each component in<br />
mixtures.
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 133<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units Comment<br />
NRTLXY r I,m — — — — — Binary,<br />
symmetric<br />
FHSIZE/1 s I 1.0 — 1E-15 1E15 — Unary<br />
FHSIZE/2 � I<br />
Option codes<br />
1.0 — -1E10 1E10 — Unary<br />
The Flory-Huggins term is included by default in the NRTLSAC model. You can<br />
remove this term using the first option code. The table below lists the values<br />
for this option code.<br />
0 Flory-Huggins term included (default)<br />
Others Flory-Huggins term removed<br />
NRTLSAC molecular parameters for common solvents<br />
The molecular parameters are identified for 62 solvents and published.<br />
Solvent name r I,x r I,y- r I,y+ r I,z<br />
ACETIC-ACID 0.045 0.164 0.157 0.217<br />
ACETONE 0.131 0.109 0.513<br />
ACETONITRILE 0.018 0.131 0.883<br />
ANISOLE 0.722<br />
BENZENE 0.607 0.190<br />
1-BUTANOL 0.414 0.007 0.485<br />
2-BUTANOL 0.335 0.082 0.355<br />
N-BUTYL-ACETATE 0.317 0.030 0.330<br />
METHYL-TERT-BUTYL-ETHER 1.040 0.219 0.172<br />
CARBON-TETRACHLORIDE 0.718 0.141<br />
CHLOROBENZENE 0.710 0.424<br />
CHLOROFORM 0.278 0.039<br />
CUMENE 1.208 0.541<br />
CYCLOHEXANE 0.892<br />
1,2-DICHLOROETHANE 0.394 0.691<br />
1,1-DICHLOROETHYLENE 0.529 0.208<br />
1,2-DICHLOROETHYLENE 0.188 0.832<br />
DICHLOROMETHANE 0.321 1.262<br />
1,2-DIMETHOXYETHANE 0.081 0.194 0.858<br />
N,N-DIMETHYLACETAMIDE 0.067 0.030 0.157<br />
N,N-DIMETHYLFORMAMIDE 0.073 0.564 0.372<br />
DIMETHYL-SULFOXIDE 0.532 2.890<br />
1,4-DIOXANE 0.154 0.086 0.401<br />
ETHANOL 0.256 0.081 0.507
Solvent name r I,x r I,y- r I,y+ r I,z<br />
2-ETHOXYETHANOL 0.071 0.318 0.237<br />
ETHYL-ACETATE 0.322 0.049 0.421<br />
ETHYLENE-GLYCOL 0.141 0.338<br />
DIETHYL-ETHER 0.448 0.041 0.165<br />
ETHYL-FORMATE 0.257 0.280<br />
FORMAMIDE 0.089 0.341 0.252<br />
FORMIC-ACID 0.707 2.470<br />
N-HEPTANE 1.340<br />
N-HEXANE 1.000<br />
ISOBUTYL-ACETATE 1.660 0.108<br />
ISOPROPYL-ACETATE 0.552 0.154 0.498<br />
METHANOL 0.088 0.149 0.027 0.562<br />
2-METHOXYETHANOL 0.052 0.043 0.251 0.560<br />
METHYL-ACETATE 0.236 0.337<br />
3-METHYL-1-BUTANOL 0.419 0.538 0.314<br />
METHYL-BUTYL-KETONE 0.673 0.224 0.469<br />
METHYLCYCLOHEXANE 1.162 0.251<br />
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE 0.247 0.036 0.480<br />
METHYL-ISOBUTYL-KETONE 0.673 0.224 0.469<br />
ISOBUTANOL 0.566 0.067 0.485<br />
N-METHYL-2-PYRROLIDONE 0.197 0.322 0.305<br />
NITROMETHANE 0.025 1.216<br />
N-PENTANE 0.898<br />
1-PENTANOL 0.474 0.223 0.426 0.248<br />
1-PROPANOL 0.375 0.030 0.511<br />
ISOPROPYL-ALCOHOL 0.351 0.070 0.003 0.353<br />
N-PROPYL-ACETATE 0.514 0.134 0.587<br />
PYRIDINE 0.205 0.135 0.174<br />
SULFOLANE 0.210 0.457<br />
TETRAHYDROFURAN 0.235 0.040 0.320<br />
1,2,3,4-TETRAHYDRONAPHTHALENE 0.443 0.555<br />
TOLUENE 0.604 0.304<br />
1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE 0.548 0.287<br />
TRICHLOROETHYLENE 0.426 0.285<br />
M-XYLENE 0.758 0.021 0.316<br />
WATER 1.000<br />
TRIETHYLAMINE 0.557 0.105<br />
1-OCTANOL 0.766 0.032 0.624 0.335<br />
134 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Reference<br />
C.-C. Chen and Y. Song, "Solubility Modeling with a Nonrandom Two-Liquid<br />
Segment Activity Coefficient Model," Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 43, 8354 (2004).<br />
Using NRTLSAC<br />
NRTLSAC (patent pending) is a segment contribution activity coefficient<br />
model, derived from the Polymer NRTL model, usable in <strong>Aspen</strong> Properties and<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Polymers. NRTLSAC can be used for fast, qualitative estimation of the<br />
solubility of complex organic compounds in common solvents. For more<br />
information about the model, see NRTLSAC for Segments/Oligomers.<br />
Note: A newer version of NRTL-SAC comes with its own property method<br />
named NRTL-SAC and does not require the specification of a method and<br />
oligomer components as described below.<br />
The NRTLSAC model for Segments/Oligomers in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong> is a liquid activity coefficient model called NRTLSAC. To specify it:<br />
1. On the Properties | Specifications sheet, specify process type ALL.<br />
2. Specify base method NRTLSAC.<br />
In order to use this version of NRTLSAC, all components must be defined as<br />
oligomers. Four conceptual segments also must be defined. On the<br />
Components | Polymers | Oligomers sheet, enter a number for at least<br />
one conceptual segment for each oligomer component, as required by the<br />
definition of an oligomer. These numbers are not used by NRTL-SAC.<br />
On the Properties | Parameters | Binary Interaction | NRTL-1 form,<br />
enter the binary parameters between conceptual segments. In the following<br />
example, the conceptual segments are named X, Y-, Y+, and Z.<br />
Segment 1 X X Y- Y+ X<br />
Segment 2 Y- Z Z Z Y+<br />
AIJ 1.643 6.547 -2.000 2.000 1.643<br />
AJI 1.834 10.949 1.787 1.787 1.834<br />
CIJ 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.2<br />
On the Properties | Parameters | Binary Interaction | NRTLXY-1 form,<br />
enter a non-zero value for at least one of the four parameters for each<br />
component.<br />
Pitzer Activity Coefficient Model<br />
The Pitzer model was developed as an improvement upon an earlier model<br />
proposed by Guggenheim ( 1935, 1955). The earlier model worked well at low<br />
electrolyte concentrations, but contained discrepancies at higher<br />
concentrations (>0.1M). The Pitzer model resolved these discrepancies,<br />
without resorting to excessive arrays of higher-order terms.<br />
Important: The model can be used for aqueous electrolyte systems, up to 6<br />
molal ionic strength. It cannot be used for systems with any other solvent or<br />
mixed solvents. Any non-water molecular components are considered solutes<br />
and treated as Henry components.<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 135
This section provides theoretical background for the model. All model<br />
equations and parameter requirements are included.<br />
The Pitzer model is commonly used in the calculation of activity coefficients<br />
for aqueous electrolytes up to 6 molal ionic strength. Do not use this model if<br />
a non-aqueous solvent exists. Henry's law parameters are required for all<br />
other components in the aqueous solution. The model development and<br />
working equations are provided in the following sections. Parameter<br />
conversion between the Pitzer notation and our notation is also provided.<br />
The Pitzer model in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> involves usersupplied<br />
parameters that are used in the calculation of binary and ternary<br />
parameters for the electrolyte system.<br />
Five elements (P1 through P5) account for the temperature dependencies of<br />
parameters � (0) , � (1) , � (2) , � (3) , C � , �, and �. These parameters follow the<br />
temperature dependency relation:<br />
Where:<br />
T ref<br />
The user must:<br />
= 298.15 K<br />
� Supply these elements for the binary parameters using a Properties |<br />
Parameters | Binary | T-Dependent form.<br />
� Supply these elements for � on the Properties | Parameters |<br />
Electrolyte Ternary form.<br />
� Specify Comp ID i and Comp ID j (and Comp ID k for �) on these forms,<br />
using the same order that appears on the Components Specifications<br />
Selection sheet.<br />
The parameters are summarized in the following table. There is a Pitzer<br />
parameter databank in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> (see <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> Data).<br />
Parameter<br />
Name<br />
Provides<br />
P1 - P5 for<br />
Cation-Anion Parameters<br />
136 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
No. of<br />
Elements<br />
Default MDS Units<br />
GMPTB0 � (0) 5 0 x —<br />
GMPTB1 � (1) 5 0 x —<br />
GMPTB2 � (2) 5 0 x —<br />
GMPTB3 � (3) 5 0 x —<br />
GMPTC C � 5 0 x —<br />
Cation-Cation Parameters<br />
GMPTTH � cc'<br />
Anion-Anion Parameters<br />
GMPTTH � aa'<br />
Ternary Parameters<br />
5 0 x —<br />
5 0 x —
Parameter<br />
Name<br />
GMPTPS,<br />
GMPTP1,<br />
GMPTP2,<br />
GMPTP3,<br />
GMPTP4<br />
Provides<br />
P1 - P5 for<br />
� ijk<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 137<br />
No. of<br />
Elements<br />
Default MDS Units<br />
1 (in each<br />
parameter)<br />
0 x —<br />
Molecule-Ion and Molecule-Molecule Parameters<br />
GMPTB0 � (0) 5 0 x —<br />
GMPTB1 � (1) 5 0 x —<br />
GMPTC C � 5 0 x —<br />
Model Development<br />
The Pitzer model analyzes "hard-core" effects in the Debye-Hückel theory. It<br />
uses the following expansion as a radial distribution function:<br />
Where:<br />
gij = Distribution function<br />
r = Radius<br />
qij<br />
With:<br />
=<br />
zi = Charge of ion i<br />
Qe = Electron charge<br />
(pair potential of mean force)<br />
�j(r) = Average electric potential for ion j<br />
k = Boltzmann's constant<br />
T = Temperature<br />
This radial distribution function is used in the so-called pressure equation that<br />
relates this function and the intermolecular potential to thermodynamic<br />
properties. From this relation you can obtain an expression for the osmotic<br />
coefficient.<br />
Pitzer proposes a general equation for the excess Gibbs energy. The basic<br />
equation is:<br />
Where:<br />
G E<br />
= Excess Gibbs energy<br />
(1)<br />
(2)
R = Gas constant<br />
T = Temperature<br />
nw = Kilograms of water<br />
mi<br />
With:<br />
138 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
=<br />
xi = Mole fraction of ion i<br />
xw = Mole fraction of water<br />
(molality of ion i)<br />
Mw = Molecular weight of water (g/mol)<br />
ni = Moles of ion i<br />
The function f(I) is an electrostatic term that expresses the effect of longrange<br />
electrostatic forces between ions. This takes into account the hard-core<br />
effects of the Debye-Hückel theory. This term is discussed in detail in the<br />
following section. The parameters �ij are second virial coefficients that<br />
account for the short-range forces between solutes i and j. The parameters<br />
�ijk account for the interactions between solutes, i, j, k. For ion-ion<br />
interactions, �ij is a function of ionic strength. For molecule-ion or moleculemolecule<br />
interactions this ionic strength dependency is neglected. The<br />
dependence of �ijk on ionic strength is always neglected. The matrices �ij and<br />
�ijk are also taken to be symmetric (that is, �ij = �ji).<br />
Pitzer modified this expression for the Gibbs energy by identifying<br />
combinations of functions. He developed interaction parameters that can be<br />
evaluated using experimental data. He selected mathematical expressions for<br />
these parameters that best fit experimental data.<br />
Pitzer's model can be applied to aqueous systems of strong electrolytes and<br />
to aqueous systems of weak electrolytes with molecular solutes. These<br />
applications are discussed in the following section.<br />
In the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>, this model is applied using the<br />
reference state of infinite dilution solution in water for non-water molecular<br />
solutes and ionic species. The properties such as DHAQFM are obtained at 25<br />
C and 1 atm.<br />
Application of the Pitzer Model to Aqueous Strong<br />
Electrolyte <strong>System</strong>s<br />
Pitzer modified his basic equation to make it more useful for data correlation<br />
of aqueous strong electrolytes. He defined a set of more directly observable<br />
parameters to represent combinations of the second and third virial<br />
coefficients. The modified Pitzer equation is:
zi = Charge of ion i<br />
Subscripts c, c', and a, a' denote cations and anions of the solution. B, C, �,<br />
and � are interaction parameters. f(I) is an electrostatic term as a function of<br />
ionic strength. The cation-anion parameters B and C are characteristic for an<br />
aqueous single-electrolyte system. These parameters can be determined by<br />
the properties of pure (apparent) electrolytes. B is expressed as a function of<br />
� (0) and � (1) , or of � (0) , � (2) , and � (3) (see equations 11 through 15).<br />
The parameters � and � are for the difference of interaction of unlike ions of<br />
the same sign from the mean of like ions. These parameters can be measured<br />
from common-ion mixtures. Examples are NaCl + KCl + H2O or NaCl + NaNO3<br />
+ H2O (sic, Pitzer, 1989). These terms are discussed in detail later in this<br />
section.<br />
Fürst and Renon (1982) propose the following expression as the Pitzer<br />
equation for the excess Gibbs energy:<br />
The difference between equations 3 and 4 is that Pitzer orders cation before<br />
anions. Fürst and Renon do not. All summations are taken over all ions i and j<br />
(both cations and anions). This involves making the parameter matrices Bij,<br />
Cij, �ij, and �ijk symmetric, as follows:<br />
Second-order parameters are written Bij if i and j are ions of different sign. Bij<br />
= 0 if the sign of zi = sign of zj, and Bii = 0. Since cations are not ordered<br />
before anions, Bij = Bji. This eliminates the 2 in the second term in brackets in<br />
Pitzer's original expression (equation 3). Second-order parameters are written<br />
�ij if i and j are ions of the same sign. Thus �ij = 0 if the sign of zi is different<br />
from the sign of zj, and �ii = 0 with �ij = �ji.<br />
Third-order parameters are written Cij if i and j are ions with different signs.<br />
Cij = 0 if the sign of zi = sign of zj, and Cii = 0 with Cij = Cji. The factor of 2 in<br />
the fifth bracketed term in Pitzer's original expression (equation 3) becomes<br />
1/2 in equation 4. The matrix C is symmetric and is extended to all<br />
ions to make the equation symmetric.<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 139<br />
(3)<br />
(4)
�ijk is written for three different ions �ijk = �kij = �jki , and �ikk = 0. �ijk = 0<br />
if the sign of zi =sign of zj =sign of zk. The factor of 1/6 is different from 1/2<br />
in the last term in brackets in Pitzer's original expression. Pitzer distinguishes<br />
between cations and anions. In Pitzer's original model this parameter appears<br />
twice, as �cc'a and �c'ca. In this modified model, it appears six times, as �cc'a;<br />
�c'ca; �acc'; �ac'c; �cac'; and �c'ac. Fürst and Renon's expression, equation 4,<br />
calculates the expressions for activity coefficients and osmotic coefficients.<br />
Pitzer (1975) modified his model by adding the electrostatic unsymmetrical<br />
mixing effects, producing this modified Pitzer equation for the excess Gibbs<br />
energy:<br />
Calculation of Activity Coefficients<br />
The natural logarithm of the activity coefficient for ions is calculated from<br />
equation 4a to give:<br />
140 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(5)<br />
(4a)<br />
Where � is neglected and �ij and � ' ij are the electrostatic unsymmetric mixing<br />
effects:<br />
The X parameters are calculated differently on the option code.<br />
For option code = –1, there is no unsymmetric mixing correction term:
For option code = 0 (default), the unsymmetric mixing correction term is in<br />
polynomial form:<br />
For option code = 1, the unsymmetric mixing correction term is in integral<br />
form:<br />
For water the logarithm of the activity coefficient is calculated similarly, as<br />
follows:<br />
Applying:<br />
to equation 3 and using:<br />
Where Nw = moles water, gives:<br />
f(I), the electrostatic term, is expressed as a function of ionic strength I :<br />
I, the ionic strength, is defined as:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 141<br />
(7)<br />
(6)
Taking the derivative of equation 7 with respect to I, gives:<br />
So that:<br />
142 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(8)<br />
(9)<br />
(10)<br />
This equation is used in equation 6. In equations 7 and 9, is the usual Debye-<br />
Hückel constant for the osmotic coefficient, determined from:<br />
Where:<br />
NA = Avogadro's constant<br />
dw = Water density<br />
�B = Dielectric constant of solvent B<br />
(11)<br />
b is an adjustable parameter, which has been optimized in this model to equal<br />
1.2.<br />
B and B' need expressions so that equations 5 and 6 can completely be solved<br />
for the activity coefficients. The parameter B is determined differently for<br />
different electrolyte pairings. For 1-n electrolytes (1-1, 1-2, 2-1, and so on)<br />
the following expression gives the parameter B:<br />
with �1=2.0.<br />
(12)<br />
For n-m electrolytes, n and m>1 (2-2, 2-3, 3-4, and so on), B is determined<br />
by the following expression:<br />
with �2 = 12.0 and �3 = 1.4.<br />
(13)<br />
By taking appropriate derivatives, expressions for B' can be derived for 1–n<br />
electrolytes:<br />
(14)
and for n-m electrolytes:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 143<br />
(15)<br />
The parameters � (0) , � (1) , � (2) , � (3) and also C, �, and � can be found in<br />
Pitzer's articles .<br />
After the activity coefficients are calculated, they can be converted to the<br />
mole fraction scale from the molality scale by the following relations:<br />
For solutes:<br />
For water as a solvent:<br />
Where:<br />
�m = Activity coefficient (molality scale)<br />
�x = Activity coefficient (mole fraction scale)<br />
(16)<br />
(17)<br />
Application of the Pitzer Model to Aqueous<br />
Electrolyte <strong>System</strong>s with Molecular Solutes<br />
In aqueous weak electrolyte systems with molecular solutes, the second and<br />
third virial coefficients in the basic Pitzer equation for molecule-ion and<br />
molecule-molecule interactions must be considered. The following extensions<br />
of Pitzer's interaction parameters are made.<br />
The second-order parameters Bij are extended to include molecule-molecule<br />
and molecule-ion interaction parameters.<br />
The third-order parameters �ijk are extended to molecule-molecule-molecule<br />
interactions. The following expressions relate �ijk to Pitzer's original �ijk:<br />
�iii = 6�iii<br />
However, molecule-molecule interactions were not taken into account by<br />
Pitzer and coworkers. So �iii is an artificially introduced quantity.
The equations for activity coefficients and the Gibbs free energy are the same<br />
as equations 3 through 6.<br />
Parameters<br />
The Pitzer model in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> involves usersupplied<br />
parameters. These parameters are used in the calculation of binary<br />
and ternary parameters for the electrolyte system. These parameters include<br />
the cation-anion parameters � (0) , � (1) , � (2) , � (3) and C � , cation-cation<br />
parameter �cc', anion-anion parameter �aa', cation1-cation2-common anion<br />
parameter �cc'a, anion1-anion2-common cation parameter �caa', and the<br />
molecule-ion and molecule-molecule parameters � (0) , � (1) , and, C � . The<br />
parameter names in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> and their<br />
requirements are discussed in Pitzer Activity Coefficient Model.<br />
Parameter Conversion<br />
For n-m electrolytes, n and m>1 (2-2, 2-3, 3-4, and so on), the parameter<br />
� (3) corresponds to Pitzer's � (1) . � (2) is the same in both the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> and original Pitzer models. Pitzer refers to the n-m<br />
electrolyte parameters as � (1) , � (2) , � (0) . � (0) and � (2) retain their meanings in<br />
both models, but Pitzer's � (1) is � (3) in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>. Be<br />
careful to make this distinction when entering n-m electrolyte parameters.<br />
Pitzer often gives values of � (0) , � (1) , � (2) , � (3) , and C � that are corrected by<br />
some factors (see Pitzer and Mayorga (1973) for examples). These factors<br />
originate from one of Pitzer's earlier expressions for the excess Gibbs energy:<br />
Where:<br />
144 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
=<br />
na = Mole number of anions<br />
nc = Mole number of cation<br />
(18)<br />
Here � (0) , � (1) , � (2) , and � (3) are multiplied by a factor of 2ncna. C is multiplied<br />
by a factor of 2(ncna) 3/2 .<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> accounts for these correcting factors. Enter<br />
the parameters without their correcting factors.<br />
For example, Pitzer gives the values of parameters for MgCl2 as:<br />
4/3� (0) = 0.4698<br />
4/3� (1) = 2.242
= 0.00979<br />
Perform the necessary conversions and enter the parameters as:<br />
= 0.3524<br />
= 1.6815<br />
= 0.00520<br />
Parameter Sources<br />
Binary and ternary parameters for the Pitzer model for various electrolyte<br />
systems are available from Pitzer's series on the thermodynamics of<br />
electrolytes. These papers and the electrolyte parameters they give are:<br />
Reference Parameters available<br />
(Pitzer, 1973) Binary parameters (� (0) , � (1) , C � ) for 13<br />
dilute aqueous electrolytes<br />
(Pitzer and Mayorga, 1973) Binary parameters for 1-1 inorganic<br />
electrolytes, salts of carboxylic acids (1-1),<br />
tetraalkylammonium halids, sulfonic acids<br />
and salts, additional 1-1 organic salts, 2-1<br />
inorganic compounds, 2-1 organic<br />
electrolytes, 3-1 electrolytes, 4-1 and 5-1<br />
electrolytes<br />
(Pitzer and Mayorga, 1974) Binary parameters for 2-2 electrolytes in<br />
water at 25�C<br />
(Pitzer and Kim, 1974) Binary and ternary parameters for mixed<br />
electrolytes, binary mixtures without a<br />
common ion, mixed electrolytes with three<br />
or more solutes<br />
(Pitzer, 1975) Ternary parameters for systems mixing<br />
doubly and singly charged ions<br />
(Pitzer and Silvester, 1976) Parameters for phosphoric acid and its buffer<br />
solutions<br />
(Pitzer, Roy and Silvester, 1977) Parameters and thermodynamic properties<br />
for sulfuric acid<br />
(Silvester and Pitzer, 1977) Data for NaCl and aqueous NaCl solutions<br />
(Pitzer, Silvester, and Peterson, 1978) Rare earth chlorides, nitrates, and<br />
perchlorates<br />
(Peiper and Pitzer, 1982) Aqueous carbonate solutions, including<br />
mixtures of sodium carbonate, bicarbonate,<br />
and chloride<br />
(Phutela and Pitzer, 1983) Aqueous calcium chloride<br />
(Conceicao, de Lima, and Pitzer, 1983) Saturated aqueous solutions, including<br />
mixtures of sodium chloride, potassium<br />
chloride, and cesium chloride<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 145
Reference Parameters available<br />
(Pabalan and Pitzer, 1987) Parameters for polynomial unsymmetric<br />
mixing term<br />
(Kim and Frederick, 1988) Parameters for integral unsymmetric mixing<br />
term<br />
Pitzer References<br />
Conceicao, M., P. de Lima, and K.S. Pitzer, "Thermodynamics of Saturated<br />
Aqueous Solutions Including Mixtures of NaCl, KCl, and CsCl, "J. Solution<br />
Chem, Vol. 12, No. 3, (1983), pp. 171-185.<br />
Fürst, W. and H. Renon, "Effects of the Various Parameters in the Application<br />
of Pitzer's Model to Solid-Liquid Equilibrium. Preliminary Study for Strong 1-1<br />
Electrolytes," Ind. Eng. Chem. Process Des. Dev., Vol. 21, No. 3, (1982),<br />
pp. 396-400.<br />
Guggenheim, E.A., Phil. Mag., Vol. 7, No. 19, (1935), p. 588.<br />
Guggenheim, E.A. and J.C. Turgeon, Trans. Faraday Soc., Vol. 51, (1955), p.<br />
747.<br />
Kim, H. and W.J. Frederick, "Evaluation of Pitzer Ion Interaction Parameters<br />
of Aqueous Mixed Electrolyte Solution at 25C, Part 2: Ternary Mixing<br />
Parameters," J. Chem. Eng. Data, 33, (1988), pp. 278-283.<br />
Pabalan, R.T. and K.S. Pitzer, "Thermodynamics of Concentrated Electrolyte<br />
Mixtures and the Prediction of Mineral Solubilities to High Temperatures for<br />
Mixtures in the system Na-K-Mg-Cl-SO4-OH-H2O," Geochimica Acta, 51,<br />
(1987), pp. 2429-2443.<br />
Peiper, J.C. and K.S. Pitzer, "Thermodynamics of Aqueous Carbonate<br />
Solutions Including Mixtures of Sodium Carbonate, Bicarbonate, and<br />
Chloride," J. Chem. Thermodynamics, Vol. 14, (1982), pp. 613-638.<br />
Phutela, R.C. and K.S. Pitzer, "Thermodynamics of Aqueous Calcium<br />
Chloride," J. Solution Chem., Vol. 12, No. 3, (1983), pp. 201-207.<br />
Pitzer, K.S., "Thermodynamics of Electrolytes. I. Theoretical Basis and<br />
General Equations, " J. Phys. Chem., Vol. 77, No. 2, (1973), pp. 268-277.<br />
Pitzer, K.S., J. Solution Chem., Vol. 4, (1975), p. 249.<br />
Pitzer, K.S., "Fluids, Both Ionic and Non-Ionic, over Wide Ranges of<br />
Temperature and Composition," J. Chen. Thermodynamics, Vol. 21, (1989),<br />
pp. 1-17. (Seventh Rossini lecture of the commission on Thermodynamics of<br />
the IUPAC, Aug. 29, 1988, Prague, ex-Czechoslovakia).<br />
Pitzer, K.S. and J.J. Kim, "Thermodynamics of Electrolytes IV; Activity and<br />
Osmotic Coefficients for Mixed Electrolytes," J.Am. Chem. Soc., Vol. 96<br />
(1974), p. 5701.<br />
Pitzer, K.S. and G. Mayorga, "Thermodynamics of Electrolytes II; Activity and<br />
Osmotic Coefficients for Strong Electrolytes with One or Both Ions Univalent,"<br />
J. Phys. Chem., Vol. 77, No. 19, (1973), pp. 2300-2308.<br />
Pitzer, K.S. and G. Mayorga, J. Solution Chem., Vol. 3, (1974), p. 539.<br />
146 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Pitzer, K.S., J.R. Peterson, and L.F. Silvester, "Thermodynamics of<br />
Electrolytes. IX. Rare Earth Chlorides, Nitrates, and Perchlorates, "J. Solution<br />
Chem., Vol. 7, No. 1, (1978), pp. 45-56.<br />
Pitzer, K.S., R.N. Roy, and L.F. Silvester, "Thermodynamics of Electrolytes 7<br />
Sulfuric Acid," J. Am. Chem. Soc., Vol. 99, No. 15, (1977), pp. 4930-4936.<br />
Pitzer, K.S. and L.F. Silvester, J. Solution Chem., Vol. 5, (1976), p. 269.<br />
Silvester, L.F. and K.S. Pitzer, "Thermodynamics of Electrolytes 8 High-<br />
Temperature Properties, Including Enthalpy and Heat Capacity, With<br />
Application to Sodium Chloride," J. Phys. Chem., Vol. 81, No. 19, (1977), pp.<br />
1822-1828.<br />
Polynomial Activity Coefficient<br />
This model represents activity coefficient as an empirical function of<br />
composition and temperature. It is used frequently in metallurgical<br />
applications where multiple liquid and solid solution phases can exist.<br />
The equation is:<br />
Where:<br />
Ai<br />
Bi<br />
Ci<br />
Di<br />
Ei<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 147<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
For any component i, the value of the activity coefficient can be fixed:<br />
�i = fi<br />
This model is not part of any property method. To use it:<br />
1. On the Properties | Specifications sheet, specify an activity coefficient<br />
model, such as NRTL.<br />
2. Click the Properties | <strong>Property</strong> Methods folder.<br />
3. In the Object Manager, click New.<br />
4. In the Create New ID dialog box, enter a name for the new method.<br />
5. In the Base <strong>Property</strong> Method field, select NRTL.<br />
6. Click the <strong>Models</strong> tab.<br />
7. Change the Model Name for GAMMA from GMRENON to GMPOLY.<br />
Parameter<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
GMPLYP/1 a i1 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYP/2 a i2 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYP/3 a i3 0 x — — —
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
148 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
GMPLYP/4 b i1 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYP/5 b i2 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYP/6 b i3 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYP/7 c i1 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYP/8 c i2 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYP/9 c i3 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYP/10 d i1 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYP/11 d i2 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYP/12 d i3 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYP/13 e i1 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYP/14 e i2 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYP/15 e i3 0 x — — —<br />
GMPLYO f i — x — — —<br />
Units<br />
Note: If you specify GMPLYP on the Properties | Parameters | Pure<br />
Component | T-Dependent sheet, you can only enter the first 12 elements.<br />
If you want to specify values for elements 13 to 15, you should go to the<br />
Flowsheeting Options | Add-Input | Add After sheet in <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus or the<br />
Add-Input | Add-Input | Add After sheet in <strong>Aspen</strong> Properties, and enter<br />
the values of all 15 elements as in the following example:<br />
PROP-DATA GMPLYP-1<br />
IN-UNITS SI<br />
PROP-LIST GMPLYP<br />
PVAL WATER 0.0 1.5 0.0 &<br />
0.0 0.0 0.0 &<br />
0.0 0.0 0.0 &<br />
0.0 0.0 0.0 &<br />
0.0 16. 0.0<br />
Redlich-Kister<br />
This model calculates activity coefficients. It is a polynomial in the difference<br />
between mole fractions in the mixture. It can be used for liquid and solid<br />
mixtures (mixed crystals).<br />
The equation is:<br />
Where:<br />
nc = Number of components<br />
A1,ij = aij / T + bij<br />
A2,ij = cij / T + dij<br />
A3,ij = eij / T + fij
A4,ij = gij / T + hij<br />
A5,ij = mij / T + nij<br />
An,ii = An,jj = 0.0<br />
An,ji = An,ij(-1) (n-1)<br />
An,kj = An,jk(-1) (n-1)<br />
For any component i, the value of the activity coefficient can be fixed:<br />
�i = vi<br />
Parameter Name/<br />
Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 149<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
GMRKTB/1 a ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMRKTB/2 b ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMRKTB/3 c ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMRKTB/4 d ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMRKTB/5 e ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMRKTB/6 f ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMRKTB/7 g ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMRKTB/8 h ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMRKTB/9 m ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMRKTB/10 n ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMRKTO v i — x — — —<br />
Scatchard-Hildebrand<br />
Units<br />
The Scatchard-Hildebrand model calculates liquid activity coefficients. It is<br />
used in the CHAO-SEA property method and the GRAYSON property method.<br />
The equation for the Scatchard-Hildebrand model is:<br />
Where:<br />
Aij<br />
�i<br />
Vm *,l<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TC T ci — x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
DELTA � i<br />
VLCVT1 V i *,CVT<br />
GMSHVL V i *,l<br />
150 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
— x 10 3<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
10 5<br />
Units<br />
SOLUPARAM<br />
— x 0.0005 1.0 MOLE-<br />
VOLUME<br />
x 0.01 1.0 MOLE-<br />
VOLUME<br />
GMSHXL k ij 0.0 x -5 5 —<br />
Three-Suffix Margules<br />
This model can be used to describe the excess properties of liquid and solid<br />
solutions. It does not find much use in chemical engineering applications, but<br />
is still widely used in metallurgical applications. Note that the binary<br />
parameters for this model do not have physical significance.<br />
The equation is:<br />
Where kij is a binary parameter:<br />
For any component i, the value of the activity coefficient can be fixed:<br />
�i = di<br />
Parameter Name/ Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Element<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
GMMRGB/1 a ij 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
GMMRGB/2 b ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMMRGB/3 c ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMMRGO d i — x — — —<br />
References<br />
M. Margules, "Über die Zusammensetzung der gesättigten Dämpfe von<br />
Mischungen," Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Vienna, Vol. 104, (1895), p. 1293.<br />
D.A. Gaskell, Introduction to Metallurgical Thermodyanics, 2nd ed., (New<br />
York: Hemisphere Publishing Corp., 1981), p. 360.<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987).
Symmetric and Unsymmetric Electrolyte<br />
NRTL Activity Coefficient Model<br />
The Symmetric Electrolyte NRTL activity coefficient model (GMENRTLS) uses a<br />
symmetric reference state for ions as pure fused salts, rather than infinite<br />
dilution in aqueous solution. This basis is easier to use for nonaqueous and<br />
mixed-solvent systems, and eliminates the need to introduce water into<br />
otherwise water-free systems. It also allows the model to reduce to the<br />
standard NRTL model when there are no electrolytes in the system. The<br />
ENRTL-SR property method is based on this model.<br />
Chemical constants, enthalpy, and Gibbs free energy are calculated with<br />
respect to the symmetric ionic reference state.<br />
The Unsymmetric Electrolyte NRTL activity coefficient model (GMENRTLQ)<br />
uses the same equations as GMENRTLS, but the unsymmetric reference state<br />
for ions (infinite dilution in aqueous solution). The ENRTL-RK property method<br />
is based on this model. Unlike the original Electrolyte NRTL activity coefficient<br />
model, GMENRTLQ is also used to calculate enthalpy and Gibbs free energy<br />
from thermodynamics based on the unsymmetric ionic reference state.<br />
These models also handle zwitterions.<br />
Parameters<br />
Both symmetric and unsymmetric models share the same binary and pair<br />
parameters. The adjustable model parameters are the symmetric non-random<br />
factor parameters, �, and the asymmetric binary interaction energy<br />
parameters, �. These parameters exist for molecule-molecule pairs (�mm' =<br />
�m'm while �mm' � �m'm), molecule-electrolyte pairs (�m,ca = �ca,m while �m,ca �<br />
�ca,m where ca represents an ion pair), and electrolyte-electrolyte pairs (�ca,ca'<br />
= �ca',ca and �ca,c'a = �c'a,ca while �ca,ca' � �ca',ca and �ca,c'a � �c'a,ca)<br />
The parameters for ion pairs are temperature-dependent:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 151
where .<br />
The NRTL parameters are used for molecule-molecule parameters, with<br />
temperature dependence:<br />
The temperature dependency of the dielectric constant is given by:<br />
Option codes can affect the performance of this model. See Option Codes for<br />
Activity Coefficient <strong>Models</strong> for details.<br />
The following table lists the parameters used by GMENRTLS and GMENRTLQ:<br />
Parameter Symbol No. of Default MDS Units<br />
Name<br />
Elements<br />
Dielectric Constant Unary Parameters<br />
CPDIEC a 1 — — —<br />
152 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
b 1 0 — —<br />
T ref<br />
1 298.15 — TEMPERATURE †<br />
Ionic Born Radius Unary Parameters<br />
RADIUS r i 1 3x10 -10 — LENGTH<br />
Molecule-Molecule Binary Parameters<br />
NRTL/1 a ij — 0 x —<br />
a ji — 0 x —<br />
NRTL/2 b ij — 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
b ji — 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
NRTL/3 c ij=c ji — .3 x —<br />
NRTL/4 d ij=d ji — 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
NRTL/5 e ij — 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
e ji — 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
NRTL/6 f ji — 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
f ji — 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
Electrolyte-Molecule Pair Parameters<br />
GMENCC C ca,m 1 0 x —<br />
C m,ca 1 0 x —
Parameter Symbol No. of<br />
Name<br />
Elements<br />
Dielectric Constant Unary Parameters<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 153<br />
Default MDS Units<br />
GMENCD D ca,m 1 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
D m,ca 1 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
GMENCE E ca,m 1 0 x —<br />
GMENCN � ca,m = � m,ca<br />
E m,ca 1 0 x —<br />
Electrolyte-Electrolyte Pair Parameters<br />
1 .2 x —<br />
GMENCC C ca,c'a 1 0 x —<br />
C c'a,ca 1 0 x —<br />
C ca,ca' 1 0 x —<br />
C ca',ca 1 0 x —<br />
GMENCD D ca,c'a 1 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
D c'a,ca 1 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
D ca,ca' 1 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
D ca',ca 1 0 x TEMPERATURE †<br />
GMENCE E ca,c'a 1 0 x —<br />
GMENCN � ca,c'a = � c'a,ca<br />
E c'a,ca 1 0 x —<br />
E ca,ca' 1 0 x —<br />
E ca',ca 1 0 x —<br />
� ca,ca' = � ca',ca<br />
1 .2 x —<br />
1 .2 x —<br />
Zwitterions in Symmetric and Unsymmetric<br />
Electrolyte NRTL<br />
The Symmetric and Unsymmetric Electrolyte NRTL models support<br />
zwitterions, compounds with both positive and negative charges but net<br />
charge of zero. Zwitterions are defined as:<br />
� Components of type Conventional, similar to solvents<br />
� Parameter ZWITTER set to 1; all other components in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> default to zero for ZWITTER<br />
� Parameter PLXANT/1 less than -1.0E10 so that they are non-volatile.<br />
Zwitterions are handled as follows:<br />
� A zwitterion interacts with other molecular species through NRTL<br />
parameters only, excluding any interactions through Henry constants and<br />
pair parameters.<br />
� The activity coefficient is calculated as a solvent.<br />
� The contribution from zwitterions to the solution enthalpy and Gibbs free<br />
energy are calculated as solutes using the infinite dilution heat capacity<br />
model CPAQ0, DGAQFM, and DHAQFM.
Working Equations for Symmetric and<br />
Unsymmetric Electrolyte NRTL<br />
The symmetric and unsymmetric electrolyte NRTL models have two<br />
contributions, one from local interactions that exist at the immediate<br />
neighbourhood of any species, and the other from the long-range ion-ion<br />
interactions that exist beyond the immediate neighbourhood of an ionic<br />
species. To account for the local interactions, the model uses the electrolyte<br />
NRTL expression. To account for the long-range interactions, the model uses<br />
the Pitzer-Debye-Hückel (PDH) formula (Pitzer, 1980, 1986). The following<br />
equation is the basis of the electrolyte NRTL model for the excess Gibbs free<br />
energy of electrolyte systems:<br />
The excess Gibbs free energy Gm ex is defined as:<br />
where Gm is the Gibbs free energy of electrolyte systems and Gm id is the Gibbs<br />
free energy of an ideal solution at the same conditions of temperature,<br />
pressure, and composition.<br />
The activity coefficient �i of component i can be derived from Eq. 1 as follows:<br />
or<br />
Each of these terms will be discussed in subsequent sections.<br />
Reference States in Electrolyte <strong>System</strong>s<br />
The activity coefficient needs to be normalized by choosing a reference state<br />
for any molecular and ionic component, respectively.<br />
Reference state for molecular components<br />
The reference state for a molecular component m is defined as follows:<br />
This definition is the so-called standard state of pure liquids for molecular<br />
components and it is also called the symmetric reference state for molecular<br />
components.<br />
154 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(1)<br />
(2)<br />
(3)<br />
(4)<br />
(5)
Reference state for ionic components<br />
The standard state of pure liquids is hypothetical for ionic components in<br />
electrolyte systems. Instead, the symmetric reference state is defined as the<br />
pure fused salt state of each electrolyte component in the system.<br />
However, the conventional reference state for ionic components is the<br />
infinite-dilution activity coefficients; it is also called the unsymmetric<br />
reference state for ionic components.<br />
GMENRTLS uses the symmetric reference state, while GMENRTLQ uses the<br />
unsymmetric reference state.<br />
Pure fused salt state of an electrolyte component<br />
For an electrolyte component ca, the pure fused salt state can be defined as<br />
follows:<br />
Where �± is the mean ionic activity coefficient of the electrolyte component<br />
and is related to the corresponding cationic and anionic activity coefficients �c<br />
and �a by this expression:<br />
where �c is the cationic stoichiometric coefficient and �a is the anionic<br />
stoichiometric coefficient, and �=�c+�a (one mole of salt releases � moles of<br />
ions in solution). They are given by the chemical equation describing the<br />
dissociation of the electrolyte:<br />
with<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 155<br />
(6)<br />
(7)<br />
(8)<br />
(9)<br />
(10)<br />
Therefore Eq. 4 can be written in terms of charge numbers zc and za:<br />
(11)<br />
At the pure fused salt state, the total moles of ionic components (for one<br />
mole of salt) are:<br />
�=�c+�a<br />
therefore<br />
(12)<br />
(13)
156 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(14)<br />
(15)<br />
The symmetric reference state defined by Eq. 6 is restricted to systems<br />
containing a single electrolyte component. For multi-electrolyte systems, the<br />
symmetric reference state can be generalized from Eq. 6 as follows:<br />
(16)<br />
where m applies to all molecular components in the system. The symmetric<br />
reference state is a molecular-component-free medium.<br />
Infinite-dilution aqueous solution<br />
The condition of infinite-dilution aqueous solution for ionic components can be<br />
written as follows:<br />
xc=xa=0 (17)<br />
This condition applies to all ionic components in the solution, and water must<br />
be present in the solution for this reference state. In terms of the activity<br />
coefficients for ionic components, the condition for the aqueous solution as<br />
the unsymmetric reference state can be written as follows (where w=water):<br />
(18)<br />
This equation applies to all ionic components in the solution.<br />
Local Interaction Term<br />
In an electrolyte system, all component species can be categorized as one of<br />
three types: molecular species (solvents), m; cationic species (cations), c;<br />
and anionic species (anions), a. The model assumes that there are three<br />
types of local composition interactions. The first type consists of a central<br />
molecular species with other molecular species, cationic species, and anionic<br />
species in the immediate neighbourhood. Here, local electroneutrality is<br />
maintained. The other two types are based on the like-ion repulsion<br />
assumption and have either a cationic or anionic species as the central<br />
species. They also have an immediate neighbourhood consisting of molecular<br />
species and oppositely charged ionic species. Accordingly, the excess Gibbs<br />
energy from local interactions for an electrolyte system can be written as<br />
follows:<br />
or<br />
(19)
with<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 157<br />
(21)<br />
(22)<br />
(20)<br />
where the first term is the contribution when a molecular species is at the<br />
center, the second is the contribution when a cationic species is at the center,<br />
and the third term is the contribution when an anionic species is at the<br />
center. In Eq. 21, Ci=zi (charge number) for ionic species and Ci=1 for<br />
molecular species. Finally, in Eqs. 19 and 20, G and � are local binary<br />
quantities related to each other by the NRTL non-random factor parameter �:<br />
(23)<br />
The contribution to the activity coefficient of component i can be derived as<br />
follows:<br />
The results are:<br />
(24)<br />
(25)<br />
(26)
Binary Parameters<br />
158 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(27)<br />
The adjustable binary parameters for these models include moleculemolecule,<br />
molecule-electrolyte, and electrolyte-electrolyte binary parameters,<br />
where electrolyte here means an ion-pair composed of a cationic species and<br />
an anionic species. For each of these types, there are asymmetric binary<br />
interaction energy parameters, �, and symmetric non-random factor<br />
parameters, � (for calculating G). That is to say that the following are the<br />
adjustable parameters:<br />
(28)<br />
However, as seen in the preceding equations, we need these parameters for<br />
molecule-molecule, molecule-cation, molecule-anion, and cation-anion pairs.<br />
The molecule-molecule parameters are given directly by the model's<br />
adjustable binary parameters. The remaining parameters �cm, �am, �mc, �ma,<br />
�ca, �ac, �cm, �am, �mc, �ma, �ca, and �ac, are calculated from these parameters.<br />
The � parameters for pairs involving cations and anions are calculated from<br />
the adjustable binary parameters by applying a simple composition-average<br />
mixing rule.<br />
(29)<br />
(30)<br />
(31)<br />
(32)<br />
where Yc is a cationic charge composition fraction and Ya is an anionic charge<br />
composition fraction, defined as follows:<br />
(33)
G for these pairs is calculated the same way:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 159<br />
(34)<br />
(35)<br />
(36)<br />
(37)<br />
(38)<br />
(39)<br />
(40)<br />
And then the binary parameters � are calculated from G using Eq. 23:<br />
(41)<br />
Normalized contributions to activity coefficients<br />
From Eq. 5, it is easy to show that the local interaction contributions to<br />
activity coefficients for all molecular components are normalized; that is<br />
for all molecular components m in the system.<br />
(42)<br />
For ionic components with symmetric reference state, apply Eq. 16 to find:<br />
(43)<br />
(44)
160 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(45)<br />
(46)<br />
(47)<br />
(48)<br />
where xm�0 applies to all molecular components in the solution.<br />
For ionic components with infinite-dilution aqueous solution as reference<br />
state, apply Eq. 18 to get:<br />
(49)<br />
(50)<br />
where and are local interaction contributions to activity<br />
coefficients at infinite dilution aqueous solution:<br />
Long-Range Interaction Term<br />
(51)<br />
(52)<br />
To account for the long-range ion-ion interactions, the Symmetric and<br />
Unsymmetric Electrolyte NRTL models use the symmetric Pitzer-Debye-Hückel<br />
(PDH) formula (Pitzer, 1986):<br />
(53)
with<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 161<br />
(54)<br />
(55)<br />
where n is the total mole number of the solution, A� is the Debye-Hückel<br />
parameter, Ix is the ionic strength, � is the closest approach parameter, NA is<br />
Avogadro's number, vs is the molar volume of the solvent, Qe is the electron<br />
charge, �s is the dielectric constant of the solvent, kB is the Boltzmann<br />
constant, zi is the charge number of component i, and Ix 0 represents Ix at the<br />
reference state.<br />
For the unsymmetric reference state, Ix 0 = 0.<br />
For the symmetric reference state, the Debye-Hückel theory is originally<br />
based on a single electrolyte with water as the solvent. Therefore, we can<br />
obtain Ix 0 from Eqs. 13 and 14:<br />
(56)<br />
For multi-electrolyte systems with mixed-solvents, Ix 0 can take this form:<br />
so that<br />
(57)<br />
(58)<br />
(59)<br />
(60)<br />
where xm�0 applies to all molecular components in the solution. This<br />
definition ensures that the excess Gibbs free energy from the long range<br />
interactions will be zero at the symmetric reference state regardless of how<br />
many electrolytes are present in the solution.<br />
The contribution to the activity coefficient from component i can be derived<br />
as:<br />
(61)
For a solvent component, this is:<br />
For a cation or anion component:<br />
For the unsymmetric reference state:<br />
And for the symmetric reference state:<br />
or<br />
162 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(62)<br />
(63)<br />
(64)<br />
(65)<br />
(66)<br />
(67)<br />
(68)<br />
(69)<br />
The Debye-Hückel theory is original based on a single electrolyte with water<br />
as the solvent. The molar volume vs and the dielectric constant �s for the<br />
single solvent need to be extended for mixed-solvents; a simple composition<br />
average mixing rule is adequate to calculate them as follows:
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 163<br />
(70)<br />
(71)<br />
where s is a solvent component in the mixture and Msis the solvent molecular<br />
weight. Each sum is over all solvent components in the solution.<br />
Born term correction<br />
If the infinite dilution aqueous solution is chosen as the reference state, we<br />
need to correct the the Debye-Hückel term for the change of the reference<br />
state from the mixed-solvent composition to aqueous solution. The Born term<br />
(Robinson and Stokes, 1970; Rashin and Honig, 1985) is used for this<br />
purpose:<br />
(72)<br />
where NA is the Avogadro constant and R is the gas constant. is the<br />
Born term correction to the unsymmetric Pitzer-Debye-Hückel formula,<br />
, and �w is the dielectric constant of water, and ri is the Born radius<br />
of species i.<br />
The Born contribution to the activity coefficient of component i can be derived<br />
as follows:<br />
For a cation or anion component, this is:<br />
(73)<br />
The correction to the activity coefficient for a solvent component is zero:<br />
(75)<br />
Henry Components in the Symmetric and<br />
Unsymmetric Electrolyte NRTL <strong>Models</strong><br />
(74)<br />
Light gases (Henry components) are usually supercritical at the temperature<br />
and pressure of the system. In that case, pure component vapor pressure is
meaningless and therefore the pure liquid state at the temperature and<br />
pressure of the system cannot serve as the reference state. The reference<br />
state for a Henry component is redefined to be at infinite dilution (that is, at<br />
xi�0) and at the temperature and pressure of the system.<br />
The liquid phase reference fugacity, fi *,l , becomes the Henry’s constant for<br />
Henry components in the solution, Hi, and the activity coefficient, �i, is<br />
converted to the infinite dilution reference state through the relationship:<br />
164 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(76)<br />
�<br />
where �i is the infinite dilution activity coefficient of Henry component i<br />
(xi�0) in the solution.<br />
By this definition �i * approaches unity as xi approaches zero. The phase<br />
equilibrium relationship for Henry components becomes:<br />
(77)<br />
The Henry’s Law is available in all activity coefficient property methods. The<br />
model calculates the Henry’s constant for a dissolved gas component in all<br />
solvent components in the mixture:<br />
(78)<br />
(79)<br />
�<br />
where His and �is are the Henry’s constant and the infinite dilution activity<br />
coefficient of the dissolved gas component i in the solvent component s (xi�0<br />
and xs�1), respectively.<br />
Since ionic species exist only in the liquid phase and therefore do not<br />
participate directly in vapor-liquid equilibria, the activities of Henry<br />
components are mainly through the local interactions with solvents. We can<br />
calculate the activity coefficients for Henry components as follows:<br />
(80)<br />
(81)<br />
(82)<br />
where xh�0 applies to all Henry components in the solution.
Activity Coefficient Basis for Henry Components<br />
Regardless of the reference state for ionic components, there are two<br />
�<br />
possibilities for the basis of unsymmetric activity coefficients �h of Henry<br />
components: aqueous and mixed-solvent. This can be specified on the Setup<br />
| Simulation Options | Reactions sheet. Mixed-solvent is the default.<br />
�<br />
For mixed-solvent basis, �h is calculated as follows:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 165<br />
(83)<br />
where xh�0 applies to all Henry components and xi�0 to all ionic<br />
components in the solution.<br />
For aqueous basis, the unsymmetric activity coefficients of Henry components<br />
are calculated as follows:<br />
Electrolyte Chemical Equilibria<br />
(84)<br />
In determining the composition of an electrolyte system, it is important to<br />
know the equilibrium constants of the reactions taking place. An equilibrium<br />
constant is expressed as the product of the activity of each species raised to<br />
its stoichiometric coefficients. Two different scales are used in <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus: the<br />
molality scale and the mole fraction scale but both are based on aqueous<br />
electrolyte chemical equilibrium. For instance, the equilibrium constant for the<br />
mole fraction scale in <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus is written in one of these:<br />
Where:<br />
K = Equilibrium constant<br />
xw = Water mole fraction<br />
�w = Water activity coefficient<br />
xs = Non-water solvent mole fraction<br />
�s = Non-water solvent activity coefficient<br />
(85)<br />
(86)<br />
xi = Mole fraction of solute component (Henry or<br />
ion)<br />
�i * = Unsymmetric activity coefficient of solute<br />
component<br />
�i = Stoichiometric coefficient<br />
The above equations are limited to aqueous electrolyte chemical equilibria<br />
only. Therefore, the chemical constants in <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus databanks for
electrolyte systems with infinite dilution aqueous reference state cannot be<br />
used for electrolyte systems with the symmetric reference state for ionic<br />
components.<br />
The chemical constants for electrolyte systems with the symmetric reference<br />
state can be written in these forms:<br />
166 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(87)<br />
(88)<br />
where i indicates a molecular or ionic component and h represents a Henry<br />
component. Eq. 83 or 84 is used for calculation of the unsymmetric activity<br />
coefficients of Henry components. However, the calculation for the activity<br />
coefficients of ionic components is carried out with the symmetric reference<br />
state.<br />
Other Thermophysical Properties<br />
The activity coefficient model can be related to other properties through fundamental<br />
thermodynamic equations. These properties (called excess liquid functions) are relative to the<br />
ideal liquid mixture at the same condition:<br />
Excess molar liquid Gibbs free energy<br />
Excess molar liquid enthalpy<br />
Excess molar liquid entropy<br />
(89)<br />
(90)<br />
(91)<br />
The excess liquid functions given by Equations 89-91 are calculated from the<br />
same activity coefficient model. In practice, however, the activity coefficient �i<br />
is often derived first from the excess liquid Gibbs free energy of a mixture<br />
from an activity coefficient model:<br />
with<br />
(92)<br />
(93)<br />
(94)
Where is the liquid Gibbs free energy of mixing; it is defined as the<br />
difference between the Gibbs free energy of the mixture and that of the pure<br />
component and is the ideal Gibbs free energy of mixing. Once the<br />
excess liquid functions are known, the thermodynamic properties of liquid<br />
mixtures can be computed as follows:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 167<br />
(95)<br />
(96)<br />
(97)<br />
where Hi l and Hi ig are the enthalpy and ideal gas enthalpy of component i at<br />
the system conditions. Similarly, Gi l and Gi ig are the Gibbs free energy and<br />
ideal gas Gibbs free energy of component i at the system conditions. In <strong>Aspen</strong><br />
Plus, both Hi ig and Gi ig are computed by the expressions:<br />
where is the standard enthalpy of formation of ideal gas at<br />
, is the ideal gas heat capacity, and is the<br />
standard Gibbs free energy of formation of ideal gas at .<br />
However, the above equations are directly not applicable to mixtures<br />
containing ionic components because the ideal gas model becomes invalid for<br />
ionic components.<br />
The formulation to calculate the enthalpy and Gibbs free energy for<br />
electrolyte systems can be carried out as follows:<br />
(100)<br />
(101)<br />
(102)<br />
where indexes s, h, and ca are meant to represent the contributions from<br />
solvents, Henry components and ionic components, respectively.<br />
(98)<br />
(99)
Solvents<br />
The contribution from solvents can be written as follows:<br />
168 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(103)<br />
(104)<br />
(105)<br />
(106)<br />
(107)<br />
(108)<br />
where is the liquid fugacity coefficient of pure solvent<br />
component i, pi sat is the vapor pressure of pure component at the system<br />
temperature T, �i v is the vapor fugacity coefficient of pure component at T<br />
and pi sat (normally calculated from an equation-of-state model), and<br />
is the Poynting pressure correction from pi sat to p,<br />
and Vi l is the liquid molar volume at T and p.<br />
Henry components<br />
The contribution from Henry components can be written as follows:<br />
(109)<br />
(110)<br />
(111)<br />
(112)<br />
(113)
Ionic components<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 169<br />
(114)<br />
(115)<br />
The contribution from ionic components can be written as follows:<br />
(116)<br />
(117)<br />
(118)<br />
(119)<br />
(120)<br />
(121)<br />
where Hi ref and Gi ref are the enthalpy and Gibbs free energy of ionic<br />
component i at the system conditions with a specified reference state<br />
(symmetric or unsymmetric).<br />
The property calculations for solvents and Henry components are the same<br />
when the reference state is changed. Only for ionic components do the<br />
property methods need to be specified with a reference state. The methods<br />
with the unsymmetric reference state are available already in <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus and<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Properties. New methods are needed only for the symmetric reference<br />
state. Overall, the calculated total enthalpy or Gibbs free energy for the same<br />
electrolyte solution should be the same, regardless of the reference state<br />
specified.<br />
Enthalpy and Gibbs free energy of ionic components with the symmetric<br />
reference state can be written as follows:<br />
(122)<br />
(123)<br />
where and are enthalpy and Gibbs free energy of ionic component<br />
i with the unsymmetric reference state, respectively, and available already in
<strong>Aspen</strong> Plus and <strong>Aspen</strong> Properties. �Hi and �Gi are the new contributions from<br />
the symmetric reference state.<br />
The unsymmetric enthalpy for an ionic component is calculated from<br />
the infinite dilution aqueous phase heat capacity as follows:<br />
170 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(124)<br />
where T ref = 298.15K. By default, is calculated from the aqueous<br />
infinite dilution heat capacity polynomial. If the polynomial model parameters<br />
are not available, is calculated from the Criss-Cobble correlation.<br />
The unsymmetric Gibbs free energy for an ionic component is<br />
calculated from the infinite dilution aqueous phase heat capacity as<br />
follows:<br />
(125)<br />
(126)<br />
where the term RT ln (1000/Mw) is added because and<br />
are based on a molality scale, and is based on a mole fraction scale.<br />
�Hi and �Gi for the symmetric reference state<br />
The reference state for ionic components in the symmetric electrolyte NRTL<br />
model is the pure fused salts containing these ions, so the enthalpy or Gibbs<br />
free energy of the ionic components at the symmetric reference state is the<br />
enthalpy contributions or the Gibbs free energy contributions of these ions to<br />
the system of the pure fused salts. The condition of the pure fused salts can<br />
be defined as follows:<br />
which applies to all molecular components in the solution.<br />
(127)<br />
Given that the calculated total enthalpy or total Gibbs free energy of an<br />
electrolyte solution by any reference state should be the same, the<br />
formulation of enthalpy or Gibbs free energy of the ionic components at the<br />
symmetric reference state can be derived from the unsymmetric electrolyte<br />
NRTL enthalpy or Gibbs free energy calculations at the condition that all<br />
molecular components (solvents and Henry components) approach zero, i.e.
the pure fused salts. Applying Eq. 127, the system enthalpy and Gibbs free<br />
energy with the unsymmetric reference state can be expressed as:<br />
where and are the total enthalpy and total Gibbs<br />
free energy of the solution calculated by the unsymmetric electrolyte NRTL<br />
model at the limit of all molecular components approach zero, that is, the<br />
pure fused salts state, and and are the<br />
excess enthalpy and excess Gibbs free energy of ion i at the same limit<br />
condition.<br />
Applying Eq. 127, the system enthalpy and Gibbs free energy with the<br />
symmetric reference state can be expressed as:<br />
Comparing Eqs. 130 and 131 to Eqs. 128 and 129, we can get:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 171<br />
(132)<br />
(133)<br />
(130)<br />
(131)<br />
Therefore, the enthalpy and Gibbs free energy of ionic components with the<br />
symmetric reference state can be written as:<br />
(134)<br />
(135)<br />
(128)<br />
(129)
References for Symmetric and Unsymmetric<br />
Electrolyte NRTL<br />
C.-C. Chen and L.B. Evans, "A Local Composition Model for the Excess Gibbs<br />
Energy of Aqueous Electrolyte <strong>System</strong>s," AIChE Journal, 1986, 32, 444.<br />
Y. Song and C.-C. Chen, "Symmetric Nonrandom Two-Liquid Activity<br />
Coefficient Model for Electrolytes" (to be published).<br />
K.S. Pitzer, "Electrolytes. From Dilute Solutions to Fused Salts," J. Am. Chem.<br />
Soc., 1980, 102, 2902-2906.<br />
K.S. Pitzer and J.M. Simonson, "Thermodynamics of Multicomponent, Miscible,<br />
Ionic <strong>System</strong>s: Theory and Equations," J. Phys. Chem., 1986, 90, 3005-3009.<br />
R.A. Robinson and R.H. Stokes, Electrolyte Solutions, Second Revised Edition.<br />
Butterworths: London, 1970.<br />
A.A. Rashin and B. Honig, "Reevaluation of the Born Model of Ion Hydration,"<br />
J. Phys. Chem., 1985, 89 (26), pp 5588–5593.<br />
UNIFAC Activity Coefficient Model<br />
The UNIFAC model calculates liquid activity coefficients for the following<br />
property methods: UNIFAC, UNIF-HOC, and UNIF-LL. Because the UNIFAC<br />
model is a group-contribution model, it is predictive. All published group<br />
parameters and group binary parameters are stored in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>.<br />
The equation for the original UNIFAC liquid activity coefficient model is made<br />
up of a combinatorial and residual term:<br />
ln � = ln �i c + ln �i r<br />
ln �i c =<br />
Where the molecular volume and surface fractions are:<br />
and<br />
Where nc is the number of components in the mixture. The coordination<br />
number z is set to 10. The parameters ri and qi are calculated from the group<br />
volume and area parameters:<br />
and<br />
Where �ki is the number of groups of type k in molecule i, and ng is the<br />
number of groups in the mixture.<br />
The residual term is:<br />
172 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
�k is the activity coefficient of a group at mixture composition, and �k i is the<br />
activity coefficient of group k in a mixture of groups corresponding to pure i.<br />
The parameters �k and �k i are defined by:<br />
With:<br />
And:<br />
The parameter Xk is the group mole fraction of group k in the liquid:<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
UFGRP (k,� k, m, � m, ...)<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 173<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
— — — — —<br />
GMUFQ Q k — — — — —<br />
GMUFR R k — — — — —<br />
Units<br />
GMUFB b kn — — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
The parameter UFGRP stores the UNIFAC functional group number and<br />
number of occurrences of each group. UFGRP is stored in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> pure component databank for most components. For<br />
nondatabank components, enter UFGRP on the Properties Molecular Structure<br />
Functional Group sheet. See <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> Data, Chapter 3, for a list of<br />
the UNIFAC functional groups.<br />
UNIFAC-PSRK<br />
The PSRK property method uses GMUFPSRK, the UNIFAC-PSRK model, which<br />
is a variation on the standard UNIFAC model. UNIFAC-PSRK has special<br />
groups defined for the light gases CO2, H2, NH3, N2, O2, CO, H2S, and argon,<br />
and the group binary interaction parameters are temperature-dependent,
using the values in parameter UNIFPS, instead of the constant value from<br />
GMUFB used above, so that:<br />
Where a, b, and c are the three elements of UNIFPS.<br />
References<br />
Aa. Fredenslund, J. Gmehling and P. Rasmussen, "Vapor-Liquid Equilibria<br />
using UNIFAC," (Amsterdam: Elsevier, 1977).<br />
Aa. Fredenslund, R.L. Jones and J.M. Prausnitz, AIChE J., Vol. 21, (1975), p.<br />
1086.<br />
H.K. Hansen, P. Rasmussen, Aa. Fredenslund, M. Schiller, and J. Gmehling,<br />
"Vapor-Liquid Equilibria by UNIFAC Group Contribution. 5 Revision and<br />
Extension", Ind. Eng. Chem. Res., Vol. 30, (1991), pp. 2352-2355.<br />
UNIFAC (Dortmund Modified)<br />
The UNIFAC modification by Gmehling and coworkers (Weidlich and<br />
Gmehling, 1987; Gmehling et al., 1993), is slightly different in the<br />
combinatorial part. It is otherwise unchanged compared to the original<br />
UNIFAC:<br />
With:<br />
The temperature dependency of the interaction parameters is:<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
UFGRPD (k,� k, m, � m, ...)<br />
174 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
— — — — —<br />
GMUFDQ Q k — — — — —<br />
GMUFDR R k — — — — —<br />
Units<br />
UNIFDM/1 a mn,1 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
UNIFDM/2 a mn,2 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
UNIFDM/3 a mn,3 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
The parameter UFGRPD stores the group number and the number of<br />
occurrences of each group. UFGRPD is stored in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong> pure component databank. For nondatabank components, enter<br />
UFGRPD on the Properties Molecular Structure Functional Group sheet. See<br />
<strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> Data, Chapter 3, for a list of the Dortmund modified UNIFAC<br />
functional groups.
References<br />
U. Weidlich and J. Gmehling, "A Modified UNIFAC Model 1. Prediction of VLE,<br />
h E and ," Ind. Eng. Chem. Res., Vol. 26, (1987), pp. 1372–1381.<br />
J. Gmehling, J. Li, and M. Schiller, "A Modified UNIFAC Model. 2. Present<br />
Parameter Matrix and Results for Different Thermodynamic Properties," Ind.<br />
Eng. Chem. Res., Vol. 32, (1993), pp. 178–193.<br />
UNIFAC (Lyngby Modified)<br />
The equations for the "temperature-dependent UNIFAC" (Larsen et al., 1987)<br />
are similar to the original UNIFAC:<br />
Volume fractions are modified:<br />
With:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 175<br />
,<br />
Where �k and �k i have the same meaning as in the original UNIFAC, but<br />
defined as:<br />
With:
The temperature dependency of a is described by a function instead of a<br />
constant:<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
UFGRPL (k,� k, m, � m, ...)<br />
176 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
— — — — —<br />
GMUFLQ Q k — — — — —<br />
GMUFLR R k — — — — —<br />
Units<br />
UNIFLB/1 a mn,1 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
UNIFLB/2 a mn,2 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
UNIFLB/3 a mn,3 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
The parameter UFGRPL stores the modified UNIFAC functional group number<br />
and the number of occurrences of each group. UFGRPL is stored in the <strong>Aspen</strong><br />
<strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> pure component databank. For nondatabank<br />
components, enter UFGRP on the Properties | Molecular Structure |<br />
Functional Group sheet. See <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> Data, Chapter 3, for a list of<br />
the Larsen modified UNIFAC functional groups.<br />
Reference: B. Larsen, P. Rasmussen, and Aa. Fredenslund, "A Modified<br />
UNIFAC Group-Contribution Model for Prediction of Phase Equilibria and Heats<br />
of Mixing," Ind. Eng. Chem. Res., Vol. 26, (1987), pp. 2274 – 2286.<br />
UNIQUAC Activity Coefficient Model<br />
The UNIQUAC model calculates liquid activity coefficients for these property<br />
methods: UNIQUAC, UNIQ-2, UNIQ-HOC, UNIQ-NTH, and UNIQ-RK. It is<br />
recommended for highly non-ideal chemical systems, and can be used for VLE<br />
and LLE applications. This model can also be used in the advanced equations<br />
of state mixing rules, such as Wong-Sandler and MHV2.<br />
The equation for the UNIQUAC model is:<br />
Where:<br />
�i<br />
=<br />
�i' =<br />
�i<br />
li<br />
=<br />
=
ti' =<br />
�ij<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 177<br />
=<br />
z = 10<br />
aij, bij, cij, and dij are unsymmetrical. That is, aij may not be equal to aji, etc.<br />
Absolute temperature units are assumed for the binary parameters aij, bij, cij,<br />
dij, and eij.<br />
can be determined from VLE and/or LLE data regression. The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has a large number of built-in parameters for the UNIQUAC<br />
model. The binary parameters have been regressed using VLE and LLE data<br />
from the Dortmund Databank. The binary parameters for VLE applications<br />
were regressed using the ideal gas, Redlich-Kwong, and Hayden-O'Connell<br />
equations of state. See <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> Data, Chapter 1, for details.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
GMUQR r i — x — — —<br />
GMUQQ q i — x — — —<br />
GMUQQ1 q i' q x — — —<br />
UNIQ/1 a ij 0 x -50.0 50.0 —<br />
Units<br />
UNIQ/2 b ij 0 x -15000.0 15000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
UNIQ/3 c ij 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
UNIQ/4 d ij 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
UNIQ/5 T lower 0 K x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
UNIQ/6 T upper 1000 K x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
UNIQ/7 e ij 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
Absolute temperature units are assumed for elements 2 through 4 and 7 of<br />
UNIQ.<br />
The UNIQ-2 property method uses data set 2 for UNIQ. All other UNIQUAC<br />
methods use data set 1.<br />
References<br />
D.S. Abrams and J.M. Prausnitz, "Statistical Thermodynamics of liquid<br />
mixtures: A new expression for the Excess Gibbs Energy of Partly or<br />
Completely Miscible <strong>System</strong>s," AIChE J., Vol. 21, (1975), p. 116.<br />
A. Bondi, "<strong>Physical</strong> Properties of Molecular Crystals, Liquids and Gases," (New<br />
York: Wiley, 1960).<br />
Simonetty, Yee and Tassios, "Prediction and Correlation of LLE," Ind. Eng.<br />
Chem. Process Des. Dev., Vol. 21, (1982), p. 174.
Van Laar Activity Coefficient Model<br />
The Van Laar model (Van Laar 1910) calculates liquid activity coefficients for<br />
the property methods: VANLAAR, VANL-2, VANL-HOC, VANL-NTH, and VANL-<br />
RK. It can be used for highly nonideal systems.<br />
Where:<br />
zi<br />
Ai<br />
Bi<br />
Ci<br />
Aij<br />
Cij<br />
178 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Cij = Cji<br />
Aii = Bii = Cii = 0<br />
aij and bij are unsymmetrical. That is, aij may not be equal to aji, and bij may<br />
not be equal to bji.<br />
Parameters Symbol DefaultMDS Lower Limit Upper<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
VANL/1 a ij 0 x -50.0 50.0 —<br />
Units<br />
VANL/2 b ij 0 x -15000.0 15000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
VANL/3 c ij 0 x -50.0 50.0 —<br />
VANL/4 d ij 0 x -15000.0 15000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
The VANL-2 property method uses data set 2 for VANL. All other Van Laar<br />
methods use data set 1.<br />
References<br />
J.J. Van Laar, "The Vapor Pressure of Binary Mixtures," Z. Phys. Chem., Vol.<br />
72, (1910), p. 723.<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed. (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987).
Wagner Interaction Parameter<br />
The Wagner Interaction Parameter model calculates activity coefficients. This<br />
model is used for dilute solutions in metallurgical applications.<br />
The relative activity coefficient with respect to the reference activity<br />
coefficient of a solute i (in a mixture of solutes i, j, and l and solvent A) is:<br />
Where:<br />
The parameter �i ref is the reference activity coefficient of solute i:<br />
kij is a binary parameter:<br />
For any component i, the value of the activity coefficient can be fixed:<br />
�i = gi<br />
This model is recommended for dilute solutions.<br />
Parameter Name/<br />
Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 179<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
GMWIPR/1 a i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
GMWIPR/2 b i 0 x — — —<br />
GMWIPR/3 c i 0 x — — —<br />
GMWIPB/1 d ij 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
GMWIPB/2 e ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMWIPB/3 f ij 0 x — — —<br />
GMWIPO g i — x — — —<br />
GMWIPS — 0 x — — —<br />
GMWIPS is used to identify the solvent component. You must set GMWIPS to<br />
1.0 for the solvent component. This model allows only one solvent.<br />
References<br />
A.D. Pelton and C. W. Bale, "A Modified Interaction Parameter Formalism for<br />
Non-Dilute Solutions," Metallurgical Transactions A, Vol. 17A, (July 1986),<br />
p. 1211.<br />
Wilson Activity Coefficient Model<br />
The Wilson model calculates liquid activity coefficients for the following<br />
property methods: WILSON, WILS2, WILS-HOC, WILS-NTH, WILS-RK, WILS-
HF, WILS-LR, and WILS-GLR. It is recommended for highly nonideal systems,<br />
especially alcohol-water systems. It can also be used in the advanced<br />
equation-of-state mixing rules, such as Wong-Sandler and MHV2. This model<br />
cannot be used for liquid-liquid equilibrium calculations.<br />
The equation for the Wilson model is:<br />
Where:<br />
ln Aij<br />
180 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
=<br />
The extended form of ln Aij provides more flexibility in fitting phase<br />
equilibrium and enthalpy data. aij, bij, cij, dij, and eij are unsymmetrical. That<br />
is, aij may not be equal to aji, etc.<br />
The binary parameters aij, bij, cij, dij, and eij must be determined from data<br />
regression or VLE and/or heat-of-mixing data. The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong> has a large number of built-in binary parameters for the Wilson<br />
model. The binary parameters have been regressed using VLE data from the<br />
Dortmund Databank. The binary parameters were regressed using the ideal<br />
gas, Redlich-Kwong, and Hayden-O'Connell equations of state. See <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> Data, Chapter 1, for details.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower Limit Upper<br />
Limit<br />
WILSON/1 a ij 0 x -50.0 50.0 —<br />
†<br />
Units<br />
WILSON/2 b ij 0 x -15000.0 15000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
††<br />
WILSON/3 c ij 0 x -— — TEMPERATURE<br />
††<br />
WILSON/4 d ij 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
††<br />
WILSON/5 T lower 0 K x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
WILSON/6 T upper 1000 K x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
WILSON/7 e ij 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
††<br />
The WILS-2 property method uses data set 2 for WILSON. All other Wilson<br />
methods use data set 1.<br />
† In the original formulation of the Wilson model, aij = ln Vj/Vi, cij = dij = eij =<br />
0, and<br />
bij = -(�ij - �ii)/R, where Vj and Vi are pure component liquid molar volume at<br />
25�C.<br />
†† If any of biA, ciA, and eiA are non-zero, absolute temperature units are<br />
assumed for all coefficients. If biA, ciA, and eiA are all zero, the others are<br />
interpreted in input units. The temperature limits are always interpreted in<br />
input units.
References<br />
G.M. Wilson, J. Am. Chem. Soc., Vol. 86, (1964), p. 127.<br />
Wilson Model with Liquid Molar Volume<br />
This Wilson model (used in the method WILS-VOL) calculates liquid activity<br />
coefficients using the original formulation of Wilson (Wilson 1964) except that<br />
liquid molar volume is calculated at system temperature, instead of at 25�C.<br />
It is recommended for highly nonideal systems, especially alcohol water<br />
systems. It can be used in any activity coefficient property method or in the<br />
advanced equation of state mixing rules, such as Wong Sandler and MHV2.<br />
This model cannot be used for liquid liquid equilibrium calculations.<br />
The equation for the Wilson model is:<br />
Where:<br />
ln Aij<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 181<br />
=<br />
Vj and Vi are pure component liquid molar volume at the system temperature<br />
calculated using the General Pure Component Liquid Molar Volume model. The<br />
extended form of ln Aij provides more flexibility in fitting phase equilibrium<br />
and enthalpy data. aij, bij, cij, dij, and eij are unsymmetrical. That is, aij may<br />
not be equal to aji, etc.<br />
The binary parameters aij, bij, cij, dij, and eij must be determined from data<br />
regression of VLE and/or heat-of-mixing data. There are no built in binary<br />
parameters for this model.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
SymbolDefault MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
WSNVOL/1 a ij 0 x -50.0 50.0 —<br />
†<br />
Units<br />
WSNVOL/2 b ij 0 x -15000.0 15000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
††<br />
WSNVOL/3 c ij 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
††<br />
WSNVOL/4 d ij 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
††<br />
WSNVOL/5 e ij 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
††<br />
WSNVOL/6 T lower 0 K x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
WSNVOL/7 T upper 1000 K x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
Pure component parameters for the General Pure Component Liquid Molar<br />
Volume model are also required.<br />
† In the original formulation of the Wilson model, aij = cij = dij = eij = 0 and<br />
. Vj and Vi are calculated at 25�C.
†† If any of biA, ciA, and eiA are non-zero, absolute temperature units are<br />
assumed for all coefficients. If biA, ciA, and eiA are all zero, the others are<br />
interpreted in input units. The temperature limits are always interpreted in<br />
input units.<br />
Reference: G.M. Wilson, J. Am. Chem. Soc., Vol. 86, (1964), p. 127.<br />
Vapor Pressure and Liquid<br />
Fugacity <strong>Models</strong><br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has the following built-in vapor pressure<br />
and liquid fugacity models. This section describes the vapor pressure and<br />
liquid fugacity models available.<br />
Model Type<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Vapor<br />
Pressure<br />
182 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Vapor pressure<br />
API Sour Vapor pressure<br />
Braun K-10 Vapor pressure<br />
Chao-Seader Fugacity<br />
Grayson-Streed Fugacity<br />
Kent-Eisenberg Fugacity<br />
Maxwell-Bonnell Vapor pressure<br />
Solid Antoine Vapor pressure<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Vapor<br />
Pressure<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has several submodels for calculating<br />
vapor pressure of a liquid. It uses parameter THRSWT/3 to determine which<br />
submodel is used. See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent Properties<br />
for details.<br />
If THRSWT/3<br />
is<br />
Then this equation is<br />
used<br />
0 Extended Antoine PLXANT<br />
And this parameter is used<br />
200-211 Barin CPLXP1, CPLXP2, CPIXP1, CPIXP2,<br />
and CPIXP3<br />
301 Wagner WAGNER<br />
302 PPDS Modified Wagner WAGNER<br />
400 PML LNVPEQ and one of LNVP1, LOGVP1,<br />
LNPR1, LOGPR1, LNPR2, LOGPR2<br />
401 IK-CAPE PLPO<br />
501 NIST TDE Polynomial PLTDEPOL<br />
502 NIST Wagner 25 WAGNER25
Extended Antoine Equation<br />
Parameters for many components are available for the extended Antoine<br />
equation from the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> pure component databank.<br />
This equation can be used whenever the parameter PLXANT is available.<br />
The equation for the extended Antoine vapor pressure model is:<br />
Extrapolation of ln pi *,l versus 1/T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/ Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 183<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
PLXANT/1 C 1i x PRESSURE,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
PLXANT/2 C 2i x TEMPERATURE<br />
PLXANT/3, . . . , 7 C 3i, ..., C 7i 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
PLXANT/8 C 8i 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
PLXANT/9 C 9i 1000 x TEMPERATURE<br />
If C5i, C6i, or C7i is non-zero, absolute temperature units are assumed for all<br />
coefficients C1i through C7i. The temperature limits are always in user input<br />
units.<br />
Barin<br />
See Barin Equations for Gibbs Energy, Enthalpy, Entropy, and Heat Capacity<br />
for details about this submodel.<br />
Wagner Vapor Pressure Equation<br />
The Wagner vapor pressure equation is the best equation for correlation. The<br />
equation can be used if the parameter WAGNER is available:<br />
Where:<br />
Tri = T / Tci<br />
pri *,l = pi *,l / pci<br />
Linear extrapolation of ln pi *,l versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
PPDS Modified Wagner Vapor Pressure Equation<br />
The PPDS equation also uses the same parameter WAGNER as the standard<br />
Wagner equation:
Where:<br />
Tri = T / Tci<br />
pri *,l = pi *,l / pci<br />
Linear extrapolation of ln pi *,l versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
184 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
WAGNER/1 C 1i x<br />
WAGNER/2 C 2i 0 x<br />
WAGNER/3 C 3i 0 x<br />
WAGNER/4 C 4i 0 x<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
WAGNER/5 C 5i 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
WAGNER/6 C 6i 1000 x TEMPERATURE<br />
TC T ci TEMPERATURE<br />
PC p ci PRESSURE<br />
NIST Wagner 25 Liquid Vapor Pressure Equation<br />
This equation is the same as the PPDS Modified Wagner equation above, but<br />
it uses parameter WAGNER25 instead of WAGNER, and it uses critical<br />
properties from this parameter set also.<br />
Where:<br />
Tri = T / Tci<br />
Linear extrapolation of ln pi *,l versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
WAGNER25/1 C 1i x<br />
WAGNER25/2 C 2i 0 x<br />
WAGNER25/3 C 3i 0 x<br />
WAGNER25/4 C 4i 0 x<br />
WAGNER25/5 ln p ci 0 x<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
WAGNER25/6 T ci x TEMPERATURE<br />
WAGNER25/7 T lower 0 x TEMPERATURE<br />
WAGNER25/8 T upper 1000 x TEMPERATURE
IK-CAPE Vapor Pressure Equation<br />
The IK-CAPE model is a polynomial equation. If the parameter PLPO is<br />
available, the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> can use the IK-CAPE vapor<br />
pressure equation:<br />
Linear extrapolation of ln pi *,l versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 185<br />
Symbol DefaultMDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
PLPO/1 C 1i X PRESSURE<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
PLPO/2, ..., 10 C 2i , ..., C 10i 0 X TEMPERATURE<br />
PLPO/11 C 11i 0 X TEMPERATURE<br />
PLPO/12 C 12i 1000 X TEMPERATURE<br />
PML Vapor Pressure Equations<br />
The PML vapor pressure equations are modified versions of the Antoine and<br />
Wagner equations. Each equation comes in two alternate forms, identical<br />
except for the use of natural or base-10 logarithms. Parameter LNVPEQ/1<br />
specifies the number of the equation used. Each equation uses a separate<br />
parameter: LNVP1 for equation 1, LOGVP1 for 2, LNPR1 for 3, LOGPR1 for 4,<br />
LNPR2 for 5, and LOGPR2 for 6.<br />
Equation 1 (natural logarithm) and 2 (base 10 logarithm):<br />
Equation 3 (natural logarithm) and 4 (base 10 logarithm):<br />
Equation 5 (natural logarithm) and 6 (base 10 logarithm):<br />
Where:<br />
Tri = T / Tci<br />
pri *,l = pi *,l / pci<br />
LNVPEQ/2 and LNVPEQ/3 are the lower and upper temperature limits,<br />
respectively.<br />
In equations 1-4, if elements 4, 7, or 8 are non-zero, absolute temperature<br />
units are assumed for all elements.
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
186 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
LNVP1/1, ...,8 C 1i, ..., C 8i x PRESSURE<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
LOGVP1/1, ..., 8 C 1i, ..., C 8i x PRESSURE<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
LNPR1/1, ..., 8 C 1i, ..., C 8i x PRESSURE<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
LOGPR1/1, ..., 8 C 1i, ..., C 8i x PRESSURE<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
LNPR2/1,2 C 1i, C 2i x<br />
LOGPR2/1,2 C 1i, C 2i x<br />
LNVPEQ/1 (equation<br />
number)<br />
LNVPEQ/2 T lower 0 X TEMPERATURE<br />
LNVPEQ/3 T upper 1000 X TEMPERATURE<br />
TC T ci TEMPERATURE<br />
PC p ci PRESSURE<br />
NIST TDE Polynomial for Liquid Vapor Pressure<br />
This equation can be used for calculating vapor pressure when parameter<br />
PLTDEPOL is available.<br />
Linear extrapolation of ln pi *,l versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
If elements 2, 3, 6, or 8 are non-zero, absolute temperature units are<br />
assumed for all elements.<br />
Parameter Symbol DefaultMDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
PLTDEPOL/1 C 1i X<br />
PLTDEPOL/2 C 2i 0 X TEMPERATURE<br />
PLTDEPOL/3 C 3i 0 X<br />
PLTDEPOL/4, ..., 8 C 4i , ..., C 8i 0 X TEMPERATURE<br />
PLTDEPOL/9 T lower 0 X TEMPERATURE<br />
PLTDEPOL/10 T upper 1000 X TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
Reid, Prausnitz, and Poling, The Properties of Gases and Liquids, 4th ed.,<br />
(New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987).
Harlacher and Braun, "A Four-Parameter Extension of the Theorem of<br />
Corresponding States," Ind. Eng. Chem. Process Des. Dev., Vol. 9, (1970), p.<br />
479.<br />
W. Wagner, Cryogenics, Vol. 13, (1973), pp. 470-482.<br />
D. Ambrose, M. B. Ewing, N. B. Ghiassee, and J. C. Sanchez Ochoa "The<br />
ebulliometric method of vapor-pressure measurement: vapor pressures of<br />
benzene, hexafluorobenzene, and naphthalene," J. Chem. Thermodyn. 22<br />
(1990), p. 589.<br />
API Sour Model<br />
The API Sour model is based on the API sour water model for correlating the<br />
ammonia, carbon dioxide, and hydrogen sulfide volatilities from aqueous sour<br />
water system. The model assumes aqueous phase chemical equilibrium<br />
reactions involving CO2, H2S, and NH3. The model is not usable with chemistry<br />
in the true component approach. Use the apparent component approach with<br />
this model.<br />
The model is applicable from 20 C to 140 C. The authors developed the model<br />
using available phase equilibrium data and reported average errors between<br />
the model and measured partial pressure data as follows<br />
Compound Average Error, %<br />
Up to 60 C Above 60 C<br />
Ammonia 10 36<br />
Carbon dioxide 11 24<br />
Hydrogen sulfide 12 29<br />
Detail of the model is described in the reference below and is too involved to<br />
be reproduced here.<br />
Reference<br />
New Correlation of NH3, CO2, and H2S Volatility Data from Aqueous Sour<br />
Water <strong>System</strong>s, API Publication 955, March 1978 (American Petroleum<br />
Institute).<br />
Braun K-10 Model<br />
The BK10 model uses the Braun K-10 K-value correlations, which were<br />
developed from the K10 charts (K-values at 10 psia) for both real and pseudo<br />
components. The form of the equation used is an extended Antoine vapor<br />
pressure equation with coefficients specific to real components and pseudo<br />
component boiling ranges.<br />
This method is strictly applicable to heavy hydrocarbons at low pressures.<br />
However, our model includes coefficients for a large number of hydrocarbons<br />
and light gases. For pseudocomponents the model covers boiling ranges 450<br />
– 700 K (350 – 800F). Heavier fractions can also be handled using the<br />
methods developed by <strong>Aspen</strong>Tech.<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 187
References<br />
B.C. Cajander, H.G. Hipkin, and J.M. Lenoir, "Prediction of Equilibrium Ratios<br />
from Nomograms of Improved Accuracy," Journal of Chemical Engineering<br />
Data, vol. 5, No. 3, July 1960, p. 251-259.<br />
J.M. Lenoir, "Predict K Values at Low Temperatures, part 1," Hydrocarbon<br />
Processing, p. 167, September 1969.<br />
J.M. Lenoir, "Predict K Values at Low Temperatures, part 2," Hydrocarbon<br />
Processing, p. 121, October 1969.<br />
Chao-Seader Pure Component Liquid<br />
Fugacity Model<br />
The Chao-Seader model calculates pure component fugacity coefficient, for<br />
liquids. It is used in the CHAO-SEA property method. This is an empirical<br />
model with the Curl-Pitzer form. The general form of the model is:<br />
Where:<br />
188 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
=<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower Limit Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PC p ci — — 10 5<br />
OMEGA � i<br />
References<br />
10 8<br />
— — -0.5 2.0 —<br />
PRESSURE<br />
K.C. Chao and J.D. Seader, "A General Correlation of Vapor-Liquid Equilibria<br />
in Hydrocarbon Mixtures," AIChE J., Vol. 7, (1961), p. 598.<br />
Grayson-Streed Pure Component Liquid<br />
Fugacity Model<br />
The Grayson-Streed model calculates pure component fugacity coefficients for<br />
liquids, and is used in the GRAYSON/GRAYSON2 property methods. It is an<br />
empirical model with the Curl-Pitzer form. The general form of the model is:<br />
Where:<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower Limit Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 189<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower Limit Upper<br />
Limit<br />
PC p ci — — 10 5<br />
OMEGA � i<br />
References<br />
10 8<br />
— — -0.5 2.0 —<br />
Units<br />
H.G. Grayson and C.W. Streed, Paper 20-PO7, Sixth World Petroleum<br />
Conference, Frankfurt, June 1963.<br />
Kent-Eisenberg Liquid Fugacity Model<br />
PRESSURE<br />
The Kent-Eisenberg model calculates liquid mixture component fugacity<br />
coefficients and liquid enthalpy for the AMINES property method.<br />
The chemical equilibria in H2S + CO2 + amine systems are described using<br />
these chemical reactions:<br />
Where:<br />
R' = Alcohol substituted alkyl groups<br />
The equilibrium constants are given by:<br />
The chemical equilibrium equations are solved simultaneously with the<br />
balance equations. This obtains the mole fractions of free H2S and CO2 in<br />
solution. The equilibrium partial pressures of H2S and CO2 are related to the<br />
respective free concentrations by Henry's constants:
The apparent fugacities and partial molar enthalpies, Gibbs energies and<br />
entropies of H2S and CO2 are calculated by standard thermodynamic<br />
relationships. The chemical reactions are always considered.<br />
The values of the coefficients for the seven equilibrium constants (A1i, ... A5i)<br />
and for the two Henry's constants B1i and B2i are built into the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>. The coefficients for the equilibrium constants were<br />
determined by regression. All available data for the four amines were used:<br />
monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, disopropanolamine and diglycolamine.<br />
You are not required to enter any parameters for this model.<br />
References<br />
R.L. Kent and B. Eisenberg, Hydrocarbon Processing, (February 1976),<br />
pp. 87-92.<br />
Maxwell-Bonnell Vapor Pressure Model<br />
The Maxwell-Bonnell model calculates vapor pressure using the Maxwell-<br />
Bonnell vapor pressure correlation for all hydrocarbon pseudo-components as<br />
a function of temperature. This is an empirical correlation based on API<br />
procedure 5A1.15, 5A1.13. This model is used in property method MXBONNEL<br />
for calculating vapor pressure and liquid fugacity coefficients (K-values).<br />
References<br />
API procedure 5A1.15 and 5A1.13.<br />
Solid Antoine Vapor Pressure Model<br />
The vapor pressure of a solid can be calculated using the Antoine equation.<br />
Parameters for some components are available for the extended Antoine<br />
equation from the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> pure component databank.<br />
This equation can be used whenever the parameter PSANT is available.<br />
The equation for the solid Antoine vapor pressure model is:<br />
Extrapolation of ln pi *,s versus 1/T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
190 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower Limit Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
PSANT/1 C 1i — x — — PRESSURE,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
PSANT/2 C 2i — x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
PSANT/3 C 3i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
PSANT/4 C 4i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
PSANT/5 C 5i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE
General Pure Component Heat<br />
of Vaporization<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has several submodels for calculating<br />
pure component heat of vaporization. It uses parameter THRSWT/4 to<br />
determine which submodel is used. See Pure Component Temperature-<br />
Dependent Properties for details.<br />
If THRSWT/4<br />
is<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 191<br />
Then this equation is used And this parameter is<br />
used<br />
0 Watson DHVLWT<br />
106 DIPPR DHVLDP<br />
301 PPDS DHVLDS<br />
401 IK-CAPE DHVLPO<br />
505 NIST TDE Watson equation DHVLTDEW<br />
DIPPR Heat of Vaporization Equation<br />
The DIPPR equation is used to calculate heat of vaporization when THRSWT/4<br />
is set to 106. (Other DIPPR equations may sometimes be used. See Pure<br />
Component Temperature-Dependent Properties for details.)<br />
The equation for the DIPPR heat of vaporization model is:<br />
Where:<br />
Tri = T / Tci<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
Linear extrapolation of �vapHi * versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds,<br />
using the slope at the temperature bound, except that �vapHi * is zero for<br />
.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
DHVLDP/1 C 1i — x — — MOLE-ENTHALPY<br />
DHVLDP/2, ..., 5 C 2i, ..., C 5i 0 x — — —<br />
DHVLDP/6 C 6i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DHVLDP/7 C 7i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
Watson Heat of Vaporization Equation<br />
The Watson equation is used to calculate heat of vaporization when<br />
THRSWT/4 is set to 0. See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent<br />
Properties for details.
The equation for the Watson model is:<br />
Where:<br />
�vapHi * (T1) = Heat of vaporization at temperature T1<br />
Linear extrapolation of �vapHi * versus T occurs below the minimum<br />
temperature bound, using the slope at the temperature bound.<br />
Parameter<br />
Symbol Default Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
TC T ci — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
DHVLWT/1 � vapH i * (T1) — 5x10 4<br />
192 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
5x10 8<br />
MOLE-ENTHALPY<br />
DHVLWT/2 T 1 — 4.0 3500.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
DHVLWT/3 a i 0.38 -2.0 2.0 —<br />
DHVLWT/4 b i 0 -2.0 2.0 —<br />
DHVLWT/5 T min 0 0.0 1500.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PPDS Heat of Vaporization Equation<br />
The PPDS equation is used to calculate heat of vaporization when THRSWT/4<br />
is set to 301. See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent Properties for<br />
details.<br />
The equation for the PPDS model is:<br />
where R is the gas constant.<br />
Linear extrapolation of �vapHi * versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds,<br />
using the slope at the temperature bound.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TC T ci — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
DHVLDS/1 C 1i — — — — —<br />
DHVLDS/2 C 2i 0 — — — —<br />
DHVLDS/3 C 3i 0 — — — —<br />
DHVLDS/4 C 4i 0 — — — —<br />
DHVLDS/5 C 5i 0 — — — —<br />
DHVLDS/6 C 6i 0 — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DHVLDS/7 C 7i 1000 — — TEMPERATURE
IK-CAPE Heat of Vaporization Equation<br />
The IK-CAPE equation is used to calculate heat of vaporization when<br />
THRSWT/4 is set to 401. See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent<br />
Properties for details.<br />
The equation for the IK-CAPE model is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of �vapHi * versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds,<br />
using the slope at the temperature bound<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 193<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
DHVLPO/1 C 1i — X — — MOLE-<br />
ENTHALPY<br />
DHVLPO/2, ..., 10C 2i, ..., C 10i 0 X — — MOLE-<br />
ENTHALPY<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
DHVLPO/11 C 11i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DHVLPO/12 C 12i 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST TDE Watson Heat of Vaporization<br />
Equation<br />
The NIST TDE Watson equation is used to calculate heat of vaporization when<br />
THRSWT/4 is set to 505. See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent<br />
Properties for details.<br />
The equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of �vapHi * versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds,<br />
using the slope at the temperature bound<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
DHVLTDEW/1 C 1i — X — — —<br />
DHVLTDEW/2, 3,<br />
4<br />
C 2i, C 3i, C 4i 0 X — — —<br />
Units<br />
DHVLTDEW/5 T ci — X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DHVLTDEW/6 nTerms 4 X — — —<br />
DHVLTDEW/7 T lower 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DHVLTDEW/8 T upper 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE
Clausius-Clapeyron Equation<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> can calculate heat of vaporization using<br />
the Clausius Clapeyron equation:<br />
Where:<br />
Vi *,v<br />
Vi *,l<br />
194 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
= Slope of the vapor pressure curve calculated from the Extended<br />
Antoine equation<br />
= Vapor molar volume calculated from the Redlich Kwong<br />
equation of state<br />
= Liquid molar volume calculated from the Rackett equation<br />
For parameter requirements, see General Pure Component Liquid Vapor<br />
Pressure, the General Pure Component Liquid Molar Volume model, and<br />
Redlich Kwong.<br />
Molar Volume and Density<br />
<strong>Models</strong><br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has the following built-in molar volume<br />
and density models available. This section describes the molar volume and<br />
density models.<br />
Model Type<br />
API Liquid Volume Liquid volume<br />
Brelvi-O'Connell Partial molar liquid<br />
volume of gases<br />
Clarke Aqueous Electrolyte Volume Liquid volume<br />
COSTALD Liquid Volume Liquid volume<br />
Debye-Hückel Volume Electrolyte liquid volume<br />
Liquid Constant Molar Volume Model Liquid volume<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Molar<br />
Volume<br />
Rackett/Campbell-Thodos Mixture Liquid<br />
Volume<br />
Liquid volume/liquid<br />
density<br />
Liquid volume<br />
Modified Rackett Liquid volume<br />
General Pure Component Solid Molar Volume Solid volume<br />
Liquid Volume Quadratic Mixing Rule Liquid volume<br />
API Liquid Molar Volume<br />
This model calculates liquid molar volume for a mixture, using the API<br />
procedure and the Rackett model. Ideal mixing is assumed:
Where:<br />
xp = Mole fraction of pseudocomponents<br />
xr = Mole fraction of real components<br />
For pseudocomponents, the API procedure is used:<br />
Where:<br />
fcn = A correlation based on API procedure 6A3.5 (API Technical Data<br />
Book, Petroleum Refining, 4th edition)<br />
At high density, the Ritter equation is used (adapted from Ritter, Lenoir, and<br />
Schweppe, Petrol. Refiner 37 [11] 225 (1958)):<br />
Where SG is the specific gravity, Tb is the mean average boiling point in<br />
Rankine, T is the temperature of the system in Rankine, and the mass volume<br />
is produced in units of cubic feet per pound-mass.<br />
This procedure is valid over the following conditions:<br />
� UOPK: 10.5 - 12.5<br />
� API: 0 - 95<br />
� Mean Average Boiling Point: 0 - 1100 F<br />
� Temperature: 0 - 1000 F<br />
� Calculated density: 0.4 - 1.05 g/cc<br />
The effect of pressure is automatically accounted for using procedure 6A3.10.<br />
This procedure has the following validity range:<br />
� Density at low pressure: 0.7 - 1.0 g/cc<br />
� Pressure: 0 - 100,000 psig<br />
For real components, the mixture Rackett model is used:<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
See the Rackett model for descriptions.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 195<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TB T b — — 4.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
API API — — -60.0 500.0 —<br />
TC T c — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
196 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
PC p c — — 10 5<br />
RKTZRA Z RA<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
10 8<br />
ZC — 0.1 0.5 —<br />
Units<br />
PRESSURE<br />
There are two versions of this model: VL2API and VL2API5. Model VL2API is<br />
used in route VLMX20, while model VL2API5 is used in route VLMX24.<br />
The main difference between the VL2API and VL2API5 models is as follows:<br />
� The VL2API model calculates the liquid density for each pseudocomponent<br />
using the API procedure 6A3.5 (or Ritter equation), then computes the<br />
density of the pseudocomponent mixture as a mole-fraction-weighted<br />
average.<br />
� The VL2API5 model calculates the liquid density of the mixture of the<br />
pseudocomponents as a whole. It first computes the specific gravity and<br />
mean average boiling point of the pseudocomponent mixture, then uses the<br />
API procedure 6A3.5 (or Ritter equation) to compute the mixture liquid<br />
density.<br />
Both models use the same procedure 6A3.10 for pressure correction.<br />
Experience shows that VL2API5 is less sensitive to how the<br />
pseudocomponents are generated from the same assay (number of cut<br />
points, etc.).<br />
Brelvi-O'Connell<br />
The Brelvi-O'Connell model calculates partial molar volume of a supercritical<br />
component i at infinite dilution in pure solvent A. Partial molar volume at<br />
infinite dilution is required to compute the effect of pressure on Henry's<br />
constant. (See Henry's Constant.)<br />
The general form of the Brelvi-O'Connell model is:<br />
Where:<br />
i = Solute or dissolved-gas component<br />
A = Solvent component<br />
The liquid molar volume of solvent is obtained from the Rackett model:<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
TC T cA — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PC p cA — — 10 5<br />
RKTZRA Z A RA<br />
10 8<br />
ZC x 0.1 1.0 —<br />
PRESSURE
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
VLBROC/1 V i BO<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 197<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
VC x -1.0 1.0 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
VLBROC/2 — 0 x -0.1 0.1 TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
S.W. Brelvi and J.P. O'Connell, AIChE J., Vol. 18, (1972), p. 1239.<br />
S.W. Brelvi and J.P. O'Connell, AIChE J., Vol. 21, (1975), p. 157.<br />
Clarke Aqueous Electrolyte Volume<br />
The Clarke model calculates liquid molar volume for electrolytes solutions.<br />
The model is applicable to mixed solvents and is based on:<br />
� Molar volume of molecular solvents (equation 2)<br />
� The relationship between the partial molar volume of an electrolyte and its<br />
mole fraction in the solvent (equation 4)<br />
All quantities are expressed in terms of apparent components.<br />
If option code 1 is set to 1, the liquid volume quadratic mixing rule is used<br />
instead. The default option uses this equation to calculate the liquid molar<br />
volume for electrolyte solutions:<br />
Where:<br />
Vm l<br />
Vs l<br />
Ve l<br />
(1)<br />
= Liquid molar volume for electrolyte solutions.<br />
= Liquid molar volume for solvent mixtures.<br />
= Liquid molar volume for electrolytes.<br />
Apparent Component Approach<br />
For molecular solvents, the liquid molar volume is calculated by:<br />
Where:<br />
xw = Mole fraction of water<br />
Vw *<br />
(2)<br />
= Molar volume of water from the steam table.<br />
xnws = Sum of the mole fractions of all non-water<br />
solvents.<br />
Vnws l<br />
For electrolytes:<br />
= Liquid molar volume for the mixture of all nonwater<br />
solvents. It is calculated using the<br />
Rackett equation.
Where:<br />
xca = Apparent mole fraction of electrolyte ca<br />
Vca = Liquid molar volume for electrolyte ca<br />
The mole fractions xca are reconstituted arbitrarily from the true ionic<br />
concentrations, even if you use the apparent component approach. This<br />
technique is explained in Electrolyte Calculation in <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> Methods.<br />
The result is that electrolytes are generated from all possible combinations of<br />
ions in solution. The following equation is consistently applied to determine<br />
the amounts of each possible apparent electrolyte nca:<br />
Where:<br />
198 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
(3)<br />
(4)<br />
(5)<br />
(6)<br />
(7)<br />
nca = Number of moles of apparent electrolyte ca<br />
zc = Charge of c<br />
zfactor = zc if c and a have the same number of<br />
charges; otherwise 1.<br />
nc = Number of moles of cation c<br />
na = Number of moles of anion a<br />
For example: given an aqueous solution of Ca 2+ , Na + , SO4 2- , Cl - four<br />
electrolytes are found: CaCl2, Na2SO4, CaSO4, and NaCl. The Clarke<br />
parameters of all four electrolytes are used. You can rely on the default,<br />
which calculates the Clarke parameters from ionic parameters. Otherwise, you<br />
must enter parameters for any electrolytes that may not exist in the<br />
components list. If you do not want to use the default, the first step in using<br />
the Clarke model is to add any needed components for electrolytes not in the<br />
components list.<br />
True Component Approach<br />
The true molar volume is obtained from the apparent molar volume:
Where:<br />
Vm l,t = Liquid volume per number of true species<br />
Vm l,a = Liquid volume per number of apparent species, Vm l<br />
of equation 1<br />
n a<br />
n t<br />
= Number of apparent species<br />
= Number of true species<br />
The apparent molar volume is calculated as explained in the preceding<br />
subsection.<br />
Temperature Dependence<br />
The temperature dependence of the molar volume of the solution is<br />
approximately equal to the temperature dependence of the molar volume of<br />
the solvent mixture:<br />
Where Vm l (298.15K) is calculated from equation 1.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Applicable<br />
Components<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 199<br />
(8)<br />
(9)<br />
Symbol Default Units<br />
VLCLK/1 Cation-Anion † MOLE-VOLUME<br />
VLCLK/2 Cation-Anion A ca 0.020 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
†If VLCLK/1 is missing, it is calculated based on VLBROC and CHARGE as<br />
follows:<br />
(10)<br />
If VLBROC/1 is missing, the default value of -0.0012 is used. See the Brelvi-<br />
O'Connell model for VLBROC and also Rackett/Campbell-Thodos Mixture<br />
Liquid Volume for additional parameters used in the Rackett equation.<br />
Reference<br />
C.C. Chen, private communication.<br />
COSTALD Liquid Volume<br />
The equation for the COSTALD liquid volume model is:
Where:<br />
Vm R,0 and Vm R,� are functions or Tr for<br />
For , there is a linear interpolation between the liquid density at<br />
Tr = 0.95 and the vapor density at Tr = 1.05. This model can be used to<br />
calculate saturated and compressed liquid molar volume. The compressed<br />
liquid molar volume is calculated using the Tait equation:<br />
Where B and C are functions of T, �, Tc, Pc and P sat is the saturated pressure<br />
at T.<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
Mixing Rules:<br />
Where:<br />
To improve results, the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> uses a special<br />
correlation for water when this model is used. Changing the VSTCTD and<br />
OMGCTD parameters for water will not affect the results of the special<br />
correlation.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
200 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
VSTCTD V r *,CTD<br />
OMGCTD � r<br />
References<br />
VC X 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
OMEGA X -0.5 2.0 —<br />
R.W. Hankinson and G.H. Thomson, AIChE J., Vol. 25, (1979), p. 653.<br />
G.H. Thomson, K.R. Brobst, and R.W. Hankinson, AIChE J., Vol. 28, (1982),<br />
p. 4, p. 671.
Debye-Hückel Volume<br />
The Debye-Hückel model calculates liquid molar volume for aqueous<br />
electrolyte solutions.<br />
The equation for the Debye-Hückel volume model is:<br />
Where:<br />
�<br />
Vk is the molar volume for water and is calculated from the ASME steam<br />
table.<br />
Vk is calculated from the Debye-Hückel limiting law for ionic species. It is<br />
assumed to be the infinite dilution partial volume for molecular solutes.<br />
Where:<br />
�<br />
Vk = Partial molar ionic volume at infinite dilution<br />
zk = Charge number of ion k<br />
Av = Debye-Hückel constant for volume<br />
b = 1.2<br />
I =<br />
mk = Molarity of ion k<br />
Av is computed as follows:<br />
Where:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 201<br />
the ionic strength, with<br />
A� = Debye-Hückel constant for the osmotic<br />
coefficients (Pitzer, 1979)<br />
�w = Density of water (kg / m 3 )<br />
�w = Dielectric constant of water (Fm -1 ), a function<br />
of pressure and temperature (Bradley and<br />
Pitzer, 1979)<br />
Parameter Name Applicable<br />
Components<br />
Symbol Default Units<br />
VLBROC Ions, molecular Solutes �<br />
Vk 0 MOLE-VOLUME
References<br />
D. J. Bradley, K. S. Pitzer, "Thermodynamics of Electrolytes," J. Phys. Chem.,<br />
83 (12), 1599 (1979).<br />
H.C. Helgeson and D.H. Kirkham, "Theoretical prediction of the<br />
thermodynamic behavior of aqueous electrolytes at high pressure and<br />
temperature. I. Thermodynamic/electrostatic properties of the solvent", Am.<br />
J. Sci., 274, 1089 (1974).<br />
K.S. Pitzer, "Theory: Ion Interaction Approach," Activity Coefficients in<br />
Electrolyte Solutions, Pytkowicz, R. ed., Vol. I, (CRC Press Inc., Boca Raton,<br />
Florida, 1979).<br />
Liquid Constant Molar Volume Model<br />
This model, VL0CONS, uses a constant value entered by the user as the pure<br />
component liquid molar volume. It is not a function of temperature or<br />
pressure. This is used with the solids handling property method for modeling<br />
nonconventional solids.<br />
Parameter Name Default MDS Units<br />
VLCONS 1 x MOLE-VOLUME<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Molar<br />
Volume<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has several submodels for calculating<br />
liquid molar volume. It uses parameter THRSWT/2 to determine which<br />
submodel is used. See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent Properties<br />
for details.<br />
If THRSWT/2 is This equation is used And this parameter is used<br />
0 Rackett RKTZRA<br />
100-116 DIPPR DNLDIP<br />
301 PPDS DNLPDS<br />
401 IK-CAPE VLPO<br />
503 NIST ThermoML<br />
Polynomial<br />
202 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
DNLTMLPO<br />
504 NIST TDE expansion DNLEXSAT<br />
514 NIST TDE Rackett DNLRACK<br />
515 NIST COSTALD DNLCOSTD<br />
For liquid molar volume of mixtures, the Rackett mixture equation is always<br />
used by default. This is not necessarily consistent with the pure component<br />
molar volume or density. If you need consistency, select route VLMX26 on the<br />
Properties | <strong>Property</strong> Methods form. This route calculates mixture molar<br />
volume from the mole-fraction average of pure component molar volumes.<br />
Many of these equations calculate density first, and return calculate liquid<br />
molar volume based on that density:
DIPPR<br />
DIPPR equation 105 is the default DIPPR equation for most substances:<br />
This equation is similar to the Rackett equation.<br />
DIPPR equation 116 is the default equation for water.<br />
� = 1 - T / Tc<br />
Other DIPPR equations, such as equation 100, may be used for some<br />
substances. Check the value of THRSWT/2 to determine the equation used.<br />
See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent Properties for details about<br />
DIPPR equations.<br />
In either case, linear extrapolation of �i *,l versus T occurs outside of<br />
temperature bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 203<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
DNLDIP/1 C 1i — x — — MOLE-DENSITY †<br />
DNLDIP/2 C 2i 0 x — — †<br />
DNLDIP/3 C 3i T ci † x — — TEMPERATURE †<br />
DNLDIP/4 C 4i 0 x — — †<br />
DNLDIP/5 C 5i 0 x — — †<br />
DNLDIP/6 C 6i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DNLDIP/7 C 7i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
† For equation 116, the units are MOLE-DENSITY for parameters DNLDIP/1<br />
through DNLDIP/5 and the default for DNLDIP/3 is 0. For equation 105,<br />
DNLDIP/5 is not used, and absolute temperature units are assumed for<br />
DNLDIP/3.<br />
PPDS<br />
The PPDS equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of �i *,l versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol DefaultMDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
Units
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
204 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol DefaultMDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
VC V ci — — 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
DNLPDS/1 C 1i — — — — MASS-DENSITY<br />
DNLPDS/2 C 2i 0 — — — MASS-DENSITY<br />
DNLPDS/3 C 3i 0 — — — MASS-DENSITY<br />
DNLPDS/4 C 4i 0 — — — MASS-DENSITY<br />
DNLPDS/5 C 5i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DNLPDS/6 C 6i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
IK-CAPE<br />
The IK-CAPE equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of Vi *,l versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
VLPO/1 C 1i — X — — MOLE-<br />
VOLUME<br />
VLPO/2, ..., 10 C 2i, ..., C 10i 0 X — — MOLE-<br />
VOLUME<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
VLPO/11 C 11i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
VLPO/12 C 12i 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST ThermoML Polynomial<br />
This equation can be used when parameter DNLTMLPO is available.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
DNLTMLPO/1 C 1i — X — — MOLE-<br />
DENSITY<br />
DNLTMLPO/2, 3,<br />
4<br />
C 2i, C 3i, C 4i 0 X — — MOLE-<br />
DENSITY<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
DNLTMLPO/5 nTerms 4 X — — —<br />
DNLTMLPO/6 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DNLTMLPO/7 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE
Rackett<br />
The Rackett equation is:<br />
Where:<br />
Tr = T / Tci<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
Note: Above Tr=0.99 an extrapolation method is used to smooth the<br />
transition to constant molar volume equal to the critical volume.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 205<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PC p ci — — 10 5<br />
RKTZRA Z i *,RA<br />
NIST TDE Rackett Parameters<br />
10 8<br />
ZC x 0.1 1.0 —<br />
PRESSURE<br />
This equation can be used when the parameter DNLRACK is available.<br />
Linear extrapolation of Vi *,l versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
DNLRACK/1 Z c — x — — —<br />
DNLRACK/2 n 2/7 x — — —<br />
Units<br />
DNLRACK/3 T ci — x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DNLRACK/4 p ci 0 x — — PRESSURE<br />
DNLRACK/5 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DNLRACK/6 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST COSTALD Parameters<br />
This equation can be used when the parameter DNLCOSTD is available.
Linear extrapolation of Vi *,l versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
206 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
DNLCOSTD/1 V oi — x — — VOLUME<br />
DNLCOSTD/2 � 0 x — — —<br />
DNLCOSTD/3 T ci — x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DNLCOSTD/4 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DNLCOSTD/5 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST TDE Expansion<br />
This equation can be used when the parameter DNLEXSAT is available.<br />
Linear extrapolation of Vi *,l versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
DNLEXSAT/1 � ci<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
— x — — MOLE-<br />
DENSITY<br />
DNLEXSAT/2 C 1i — x — — MOLE-<br />
DENSITY<br />
DNLEXSAT/3, C2i, ..., C6i 0 x — — MOLE-<br />
..., DNLEXSAT/7<br />
DENSITY<br />
DNLEXSAT/8 T ci — x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DNLEXSAT/9 nTerms 6 x — — —<br />
DNLEXSAT/10 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DNLEXSAT/11 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
H.G. Rackett, J.Chem. Eng. Data., Vol. 15, (1970), p. 514.<br />
C.F. Spencer and R.P. Danner, J. Chem. Eng. Data, Vol. 17, (1972), p. 236.
Rackett/Campbell-Thodos Mixture Liquid<br />
Volume<br />
The Rackett equation calculates liquid molar volume for all activity coefficient<br />
based and petroleum tuned equation of state based property methods. In the<br />
last category of property methods, the equation is used in conjunction with<br />
the API model. The API model is used for pseudocomponents, while the<br />
Rackett model is used for real components. (See API Liquid Volume .)<br />
Campbell-Thodos is a variation on the Rackett model which allows the<br />
compressibility term Zi *,RA to vary with temperature.<br />
Rackett<br />
The equation for the Rackett model is:<br />
Where:<br />
Tc<br />
Zm RA<br />
Vcm<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Tr = T / Tc<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
Note: Above Tr=0.99 an extrapolation method is used to smooth the<br />
transition to constant molar volume equal to the critical volume.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 207<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PC p ci — — 10 5<br />
10 8<br />
PRESSURE<br />
VCRKT V ci VC x 0.001 3.5 MOLE-<br />
VOLUME<br />
RKTZRA Z i *,RA<br />
ZC x 0.1 1.0 —<br />
RKTKIJ k ij x -5.0 5.0 —
Campbell-Thodos<br />
The Campbell-Thodos model uses the same equation and parameters as the<br />
Rackett model, above, except that Zm RA is allowed to vary with temperature:<br />
Zm RA<br />
=<br />
Campbell-Thodos also uses separately-adjustable versions of the critical<br />
parameters. Tmin and Tmax define the temperature range where the<br />
equation is applicable.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
208 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
RACKET/1 R*T ci/P ci R*Tci/Pci — — — MOLE-<br />
VOLUME<br />
RACKET/2 Z i *,RA<br />
RKTZRA x 0.1 1.0 —<br />
RACKET/3 d i 0 x 0 0.11 —<br />
RACKET/4 T min 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
RACKET/5 T max 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
The Campbell-Thodos model is used when RACKET/3 is set to a value less<br />
than 0.11. The default value, 2/7, indicates that the standard Rackett<br />
equation should be used. When Campbell-Thodos is not used, RACKET/3<br />
should be kept at its default value of 2/7 for all components.<br />
References<br />
H.G. Rackett, J.Chem, Eng. Data., Vol. 15, (1970), p. 514.<br />
C.F. Spencer and R.P. Danner, J. Chem. Eng. Data, Vol. 17, (1972), p. 236.<br />
Modified Rackett Liquid Molar Volume<br />
The Modified Rackett equation improves the accuracy of liquid mixture molar<br />
volume calculation by introducing additional parameters to compute the pure<br />
component parameter RKTZRA and the binary parameter kij.<br />
The equation for the Modified Rackett model is:<br />
Where:<br />
Tc<br />
kij<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=
Zm RA<br />
Zi *,RA<br />
Vcm<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 209<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Tr = T / Tc<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
Note: Above Tr=0.99 an extrapolation method is used to smooth the<br />
transition to constant molar volume equal to the critical volume.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MRKZRA/1 a i RKTZRA x 0.1 0.5 —<br />
MRKZRA/2 b i 0 x — — —<br />
MRKZRA/3 c i 0 x — — —<br />
MRKKIJ/1 A ij x — — —<br />
MRKKIJ/2 B ij 0 x — — —<br />
MRKKIJ/3 C ij 0 x — — —<br />
References<br />
H.G. Rackett, J.Chem, Eng. Data., Vol. 15, (1970), p. 514.<br />
C.F. Spencer and R.P. Danner, J. Chem. Eng. Data, Vol. 17, (1972), p. 236.<br />
Rackett Extrapolation Method<br />
Units<br />
The Rackett equation has a formula involving an exponent of 1+(1-Tr ) 2/7<br />
which is invalid above the critical temperature. As a result, a special<br />
extrapolation method is required for this equation. This method involves the<br />
calculation of an intermediate temperature T00 near the critical temperature.<br />
When the temperature exceeds T00, the volume is constant at the critical<br />
volume. When the temperature is between 0.99Tc and T00, a circle equation is<br />
used to smoothly interpolate the volume between the value and slope at<br />
0.99Tc and the constant value at T00.
Details<br />
First the volume V0 at 0.99Tc and the critical volume Vc are calculated:<br />
Then the volume difference is calculated, as well as the temperature<br />
difference required for the circle equation:<br />
From this, the required intermediate temperature T00 can be calculated:<br />
Then the volume V00 at the circle's center can be calculated:<br />
Finally, the equation of the circle is used to determine any point (T,V) for<br />
0.99Tc < T < T00:<br />
210 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
General Pure Component Solid Molar<br />
Volume<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has several submodels for calculating<br />
solid molar volume. It uses parameter THRSWT/1 to determine which<br />
submodel is used. See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent Properties<br />
for details.<br />
If THRSWT/1 is This equation is used And this parameter is<br />
used<br />
0 <strong>Aspen</strong> VSPOLY<br />
100 DIPPR DNSDIP<br />
401 IK-CAPE VSPO<br />
503 NIST ThermoML<br />
polynomial<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Polynomial<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 211<br />
DNSTMLPO<br />
The equation for the <strong>Aspen</strong> solids volume polynomial is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of Vi *,s versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name<br />
Applicable<br />
Components<br />
Symbol MDS Default Units<br />
VSPOLY/1 Salts, CI solids C 1i x — MOLE-VOLUME<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
VSPOLY/2, ..., 5 Salts, CI solids C 2i, ..., C 5i x 0 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
VSPOLY/6 Salts, CI solids C 6i x 0 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
VSPOLY/7 Salts, CI solids C 7i x 1000 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
IK-CAPE Equation<br />
The IK-CAPE equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of Vi *,s versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
VSPO/1 C 1i — X — — MOLE-<br />
VOLUME
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
212 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
VSPO/2, ..., 10 C 2i, ..., C 10i 0 X — — MOLE-<br />
VOLUME<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
VSPO/11 C 11i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
VSPO/12 C 12i 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DIPPR<br />
The DIPPR equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of �i *,s versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Vi *,s = 1 / �i *,s<br />
(Other DIPPR equations may sometimes be used. See Pure Component<br />
Temperature-Dependent Properties for details.)<br />
The model returns solid molar volume for pure components.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
DNSDIP/1 C 1i — x — — MOLE-<br />
DENSITY<br />
DNSDIP/2, ..., 5 C 2i, ..., C 5i 0 x — — MOLE-<br />
DENSITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
DNSDIP/6 C 6i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DNSDIP/7 C 7i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST ThermoML Polynomial<br />
Linear extrapolation of �i *,s versus T occurs outside of temperature bounds.<br />
Vi *,s = 1 / �i *,s<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
DNSTMLPO/1 C 1i — x — — MOLE-<br />
DENSITY<br />
DNSTMLPO/2,...,8 C 2i, ..., C 8i 0 x — — MOLE-<br />
DENSITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
DNSTMLPO/9 nTerms 8 x — — —<br />
DNSTMLPO/10 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DNSTMLPO/11 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE
Liquid Volume Quadratic Mixing Rule<br />
With i and j being components, the liquid volume quadratic mixing rule is:<br />
Option Codes<br />
Option Code Value Descriptions<br />
1 0 Use normal pure component liquid volume model for all<br />
components (default)<br />
1 Use steam tables for water<br />
2 0 Use mole basis composition (default)<br />
Parameter<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
1 Use mass basis composition<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 213<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
VLQKIJ K ij - x - - —<br />
Units<br />
This model is not part of any property method. To use it, you will need to<br />
define a property method on the Properties | <strong>Property</strong> Methods form.<br />
Specify the route VLMXQUAD for VLMX on the Routes sheet of this form, or<br />
the model VL2QUAD for VLMX on the <strong>Models</strong> sheet.<br />
Heat Capacity <strong>Models</strong><br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has five built-in heat capacity models.<br />
This section describes the heat capacity models available.<br />
Model Type<br />
Aqueous Infinite Dilution Heat Capacity<br />
Polynomial<br />
Criss-Cobble Aqueous Infinite Dilution<br />
Ionic Heat Capacity<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Heat<br />
Capacity<br />
General Pure Component Ideal Gas Heat<br />
Capacity<br />
General Pure Component Solid Heat<br />
Capacity<br />
Electrolyte liquid<br />
Electrolyte liquid<br />
Liquid<br />
Ideal gas<br />
Solid<br />
Aqueous Infinite Dilution Heat Capacity<br />
The aqueous phase infinite dilution enthalpies, entropies, and Gibbs energies<br />
are calculated from the heat capacity polynomial. The values are used in the<br />
calculation of aqueous and mixed solvent properties of electrolyte solutions:
versus T is linearly extrapolated using the slope at C7i for T < C7i<br />
versus T is linearly extrapolated using the slope at C8i for T < C8i<br />
Parameter Applicable<br />
Symbol Default Units<br />
Name/Element Components<br />
CPAQ0/1 Ions, molecular solutes C 1i — TEMPERATURE and<br />
HEAT CAPACITY<br />
CPAQ0/2,…,6 Ions, molecular solutes C 2i, ..., C 6i 0 TEMPERATURE and<br />
HEAT CAPACITY<br />
CPAQ0/7 Ions, molecular solutes C 7i 0 TEMPERATURE<br />
CPAQ0/8 Ions, molecular solutes C 8i 1000 TEMPERATURE<br />
If any of C4i through C6i is non-zero, absolute temperature units are<br />
assumed for C1i through C6i . Otherwise, user input units for temperature are<br />
used. The temperature limits are always interpreted in user input units.<br />
Criss-Cobble Aqueous Infinite Dilution Ionic<br />
Heat Capacity<br />
The Criss-Cobble correlation for aqueous infinite dilution ionic heat capacity is<br />
used if no parameters are available for the aqueous infinite dilution heat<br />
capacity polynomial. From the calculated heat capacity, the thermodynamic<br />
properties entropy, enthalpy and Gibbs energy at infinte dilution in water are<br />
derived:<br />
Parameter<br />
Name<br />
214 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Applicable<br />
Components<br />
Symbol Default Units<br />
IONTYP Ions Ion Type 0 —<br />
SO25C Anions MOLE-ENTROPY<br />
Cations MOLE-ENTROPY<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Heat<br />
Capacity<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has several submodels for calculating<br />
liquid heat capacity. It uses parameter THRSWT/6 to determine which<br />
submodel is used. See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent Properties<br />
for details.<br />
If THRSWT/6 is This equation is used And this parameter is used<br />
100 DIPPR CPLDIP
If THRSWT/6 is This equation is used And this parameter is used<br />
200-211 Barin CPLXP1, CPLXP2<br />
301 PPDS CPLPDS<br />
401 IK-CAPE heat capacity<br />
polynomial<br />
403 IK-CAPE liquid heat<br />
capacity<br />
503 NIST ThermoML<br />
polynomial<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 215<br />
CPLPO<br />
CPLIKC<br />
CPLTMLPO<br />
506 NIST TDE equation CPLTDECS<br />
This liquid heat capacity model is used to calculate pure component liquid<br />
heat capacity and pure component liquid enthalpy. To use this model, two<br />
conditions must exist:<br />
� One of the parameters for calculating heat capacity (see table) is<br />
available.<br />
� The component is not supercritical (HENRY-COMP).<br />
The model uses a specific method (see Methods in <strong>Property</strong> Calculation<br />
Methods and Routes):<br />
Where<br />
= Reference enthalpy calculated at T ref<br />
= Ideal gas enthalpy<br />
= Vapor enthalpy departure<br />
= Enthalpy of vaporization<br />
T ref is the reference temperature; it defaults to 298.15 K. You can enter a<br />
different value for the reference temperature. This is useful when you want to<br />
use this model for very light components or for components that are solids at<br />
298.15K.<br />
Activate this model by specifying the route DHL09 for the property DHL on<br />
the Properties <strong>Property</strong> Methods Routes sheet. For equation of state property<br />
method, you must also modify the route for the property DHLMX to use a<br />
route with method 2 or 3, instead of method 1. For example, you can use the<br />
route DHLMX00 or DHLMX30. You must ascertain that the route for DHLMX<br />
that you select contains the appropriate vapor phase model and heat of<br />
mixing calculations. Click the View button on the form to see details of the<br />
route.<br />
Optionally, you can specify that this model is used for only certain<br />
components. The properties for the remaining components are then<br />
calculated by the standard model. Use the parameter COMPHL to specify the
components for which this model is used. By default, all components with the<br />
CPLDIP or CPLIKC parameters use this model.<br />
Barin<br />
See Barin Equations for Gibbs Energy, Enthalpy, Entropy, and Heat Capacity<br />
for details about this submodel.<br />
DIPPR Liquid Heat Capacity<br />
The DIPPR equation is used to calculate liquid heat capacity when parameter<br />
THRSWT/6 is 100.<br />
The DIPPR equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation occurs for Cp *,l versus T outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
216 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPLDIP/1 C 1i — x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
CPLDIP/2, ..., 5 C 2i, ..., C 5i 0 x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
CPLDIP/6 C 6i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPLDIP/7 C 7i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
TREFHL T ref<br />
298.15 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
COMPHL — — — — — —<br />
To specify that the model is used for a component, enter a value of 1.0 for<br />
COMPHL.<br />
(Other DIPPR equations may sometimes be used. See Pure Component<br />
Temperature-Dependent Properties for details.)<br />
PPDS Liquid Heat Capacity<br />
The PPDS equation is used to calculate liquid heat capacity when parameter<br />
THRSWT/6 is 301.<br />
The PPDS equation is:<br />
Where R is the gas constant.<br />
Linear extrapolation occurs for Cp *,l versus T outside of bounds.
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 217<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
CPLPDS/1 C 1i — — — — —<br />
CPLPDS/2 C 2i 0 — — — —<br />
CPLPDS/3 C 3i 0 — — — —<br />
CPLPDS/4 C 4i 0 — — — —<br />
CPLPDS/5 C 5i 0 — — — —<br />
CPLPDS/6 C 6i 0 — — — —<br />
Units<br />
CPLPDS/7 C 7i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPLPDS/8 C 8i 0.99 TC x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
IK-CAPE Liquid Heat Capacity<br />
Two IK-CAPE equations can be used to calculate liquid heat capacity. Linear<br />
extrapolation occurs for Cp *,l versus T outside of bounds for either equation.<br />
When THRSWT/6 is 403, the IK-CAPE liquid heat capacity equation is used.<br />
The equation is:<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
CPLIKC/1 C 1i —<br />
T<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPLIKC/2,...,4 C 2i, ..., C 4i 0 x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
CPLIKC/5 C 5i 0 x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE †<br />
CPLIKC/6 C 6i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPLIKC/7 C 7i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
† If C5i is non-zero, absolute temperature units are assumed for C2i through<br />
C5i. Otherwise, user input units for temperature are used. The temperature<br />
limits are always interpreted in user input units.<br />
When THRSWT/6 is 401, the IK-CAPE heat capacity polynomial is used.The<br />
equation is:<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPLPO/1 C 1i — X — — MOLE-CAPACITY<br />
CPLPO/2,…,10 C 2i, ..., C 10i 0 X — — MOLE-CAPACITY<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
CPLPO/11 C 11i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
218 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPLPO/12 C 12i 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent Properties for details on the<br />
THRSWT parameters.<br />
NIST Liquid Heat Capacity<br />
Two NIST equations can be used to calculate liquid heat capacity. Linear<br />
extrapolation occurs for Cp *,l versus T outside of bounds for either equation.<br />
When THRSWT/6 is 503, the ThermoML polynomial is used to calculate liquid<br />
heat capacity:<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPLTMLPO/1 C 1i — X — — J/K^2/mol<br />
CPLTMLPO/2,…,5 C 2i, ..., C 5i 0 X — — J/K^2/mol<br />
CPLTMLPO/6 nTerms 5 X — — —<br />
CPLTMLPO/7 T lower 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPLTMLPO/8 T upper 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
When THRSWT/6 is 506, the TDE equation is used to calculate liquid heat<br />
capacity:<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPLTDECS/1 C 1i — X — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPLTDECS/2,…,4 C 2i, ..., C 4i 0 X — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPLTDECS/5 B 0 X — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPLTDECS/6 T ci — X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPLTDECS/7 nTerms 4 X — — —<br />
CPLTDECS/8 T lower 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPLTDECS/9 T upper 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent Properties for details on the<br />
THRSWT parameters.
General Pure Component Ideal Gas Heat<br />
Capacity<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has several submodels for calculating<br />
ideal gas heat capacity. It uses parameter THRSWT/7 to determine which<br />
submodel is used. See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent Properties<br />
for details.<br />
If THRSWT/7 is This equation is used And this parameter is<br />
used<br />
0 Ideal gas heat capacity<br />
polynomial<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 219<br />
CPIG<br />
107, 127 DIPPR 107 or 127 CPIGDP<br />
200-211 Barin CPIXP1, CPIXP2, CPIXP3<br />
301 PPDS CPIGDS<br />
401 IK-CAPE heat capacity<br />
polynomial<br />
503 NIST ThermoML<br />
polynomial<br />
CPIGPO<br />
CPITMLPO<br />
513 NIST Aly-Lee CPIALEE<br />
These equations are also used to calculate ideal gas enthalpies, entropies,<br />
and Gibbs energies.<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Ideal Gas Heat Capacity Polynomial<br />
The ideal gas heat capacity polynomial is available for components stored in<br />
ASPENPCD, AQUEOUS, and SOLIDS databanks. This model is also used in<br />
PCES.<br />
Cp *,ig is linearly extrapolated using slope at<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPIG/1 C 1i — — — — MOLE-HEAT-CAPACITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
CPIG/2, ..., 6 C 2i, ..., C 6i 0 — — — MOLE-HEAT-CAPACITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
CPIG/7 C 7i 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPIG/8 C 8i 1000 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPIG/9, 10,<br />
11<br />
C 9i, C 10i, C 11i — — — — MOLE-HEAT-CAPACITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE †<br />
† If C10i or C11i is non-zero, then absolute temperature units are assumed for<br />
C9i through C11i. Otherwise, user input temperature units are used for all<br />
parameters. User input temperature units are always used for C1i through C8i.
NIST ThermoML Polynomial<br />
This equation can be used when parameter CPITMLPO is available.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
220 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPITMLPO /1 C 1i — x — — J/K^2/mol<br />
CPITMLPO /2,<br />
..., 6<br />
C 2i, ..., C 6i 0 x — — J/K^2/mol<br />
CPITMLPO/7 nTerms 6 x — — —<br />
CPITMLPO /8 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPITMLPO /9 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DIPPR Equation 107<br />
The DIPPR ideal gas heat capacity equation 107 by Aly and Lee 1981 is:<br />
No extrapolation is used with this equation.<br />
(Other DIPPR equations may sometimes be used. See Pure Component<br />
Temperature-Dependent Properties for details.)<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
CPIGDP/1 C 1i — x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPIGDP/2 C 2i 0 x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPIGDP/3 C 3i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE ††<br />
CPIGDP/4 C 4i 0 x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPIGDP/5 C 5i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE ††<br />
CPIGDP/6 C 6i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPIGDP/7 C 7i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
†† Absolute temperature units are assumed for C3i and C5i. The temperature<br />
limits are always interpreted in user input units.<br />
DIPPR Equation 127<br />
The DIPPR ideal gas heat capacity equation 127 is:
(Other DIPPR equations may sometimes be used. See Pure Component<br />
Temperature-Dependent Properties for details.)<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
CPIGDP/1 C 1i — x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPIGDP/2 C 2i 0 x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPIGDP/3 C 3i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE ††<br />
CPIGDP/4 C 4i 0 x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPIGDP/5 C 5i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE ††<br />
CPIGDP/6 C 6i 0 x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPIGDP/7 C 7i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE ††<br />
†† Absolute temperature units are assumed for C3i, C5i and C7i.<br />
Barin<br />
See Barin Equations for Gibbs Energy, Enthalpy, Entropy, and Heat Capacity<br />
for details about this submodel.<br />
NIST Aly-Lee<br />
This equation is the same as the DIPPR Aly and Lee equation 107 above, but<br />
it uses a different parameter set. Note that elements 6 and 7 of the CPIALEE<br />
parameter are not used in the equation.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 221<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPIALEE/1 C 1i — x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPIALEE/2 C 2i 0 x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPIALEE/3 C 3i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE ††<br />
CPIALEE/4 C 4i 0 x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY<br />
CPIALEE/5 C 5i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE ††<br />
CPIALEE/8 C 6i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPIALEE/9 C 7i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
†† Absolute temperature units are assumed for C3i and C5i. The temperature<br />
limits are always interpreted in user input units.<br />
PPDS<br />
The PPDS equation is:
where R is the gas constant.<br />
Linear extrapolation of Cp *,ig versus T is performed outside temperature<br />
bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
222 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPIGDS/1 C 1i — — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPIGDS/2, …, 8 C 2i, ..., C 8i 0 — — — —<br />
CPIGDS/9 C 9i 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPIGDS/10 C 10i 1000 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
IK-CAPE Heat Capacity Polynomial<br />
The equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of Cp *,ig versus T is performed outside temperature<br />
bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPIGPO/1 C 1i — X — — MOLE-CAPACITY<br />
CPIGPO/2,…,10 C 2i, ..., C 10i 0 X — — MOLE-CAPACITY<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
CPIGPO/11 C 11i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPIGPO/12 C 12i 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
Data for the Ideal Gas Heat Capacity Polynomial: Reid, Prausnitz and Poling,<br />
The Properties of Gases and Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987).<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> combustion data bank, JANAF<br />
Thermochemical Data, Compiled and calculated by the Thermal Research<br />
Laboratory of Dow Chemical Company.<br />
F. A. Aly and L. L. Lee, "Self-Consistent Equations for Calculating the Ideal<br />
Gas Heat Capacity, Enthalpy, and Entropy, Fluid Phase Eq., Vol. 6, (1981), p.<br />
169.
General Pure Component Solid Heat<br />
Capacity<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has several submodels for calculating<br />
solid heat capacity. It uses parameter THRSWT/5 to determine which<br />
submodel is used. See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent Properties<br />
for details.<br />
If THRSWT/5 is This equation is used And this parameter is<br />
used<br />
0 <strong>Aspen</strong> solid heat capacity CPSPO1<br />
polynomial<br />
100 or 102 DIPPR CPSDIP<br />
200-211 Barin CPSXP1, CPSXP2, …,<br />
CPSXP7<br />
401 IK-CAPE heat capacity<br />
polynomial<br />
503 NIST ThermoML<br />
polynomial<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 223<br />
CPSPO<br />
CPSTMLPO<br />
The enthalpy, entropy, and Gibbs energy of solids are also calculated from<br />
these equations:<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Solid Heat Capacity Polynomial<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation occurs for Cp,i *,s versus T outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name<br />
Applicable<br />
Components<br />
Symbol MDS Default Units<br />
CPSPO1/1 Solids, Salts C 1i x — †<br />
CPSPO1/2, ..., 6 Solids, Salts C 2i, ..., C 6i x 0 †<br />
CPSPO1/7 Solids, Salts C 7i x 0 †<br />
CPSPO1/8 Solids, Salts C 8i x 1000 †<br />
† The units are TEMPERATURE and HEAT-CAPACITY for all elements. If any of<br />
C4i through C6i are non-zero, absolute temperature units are assumed for<br />
elements C1i through C6i. Otherwise, user input temperature units are<br />
assumed for all elements. The temperature limits are always interpreted in<br />
user input units.<br />
Barin<br />
See Barin Equations for Gibbs Energy, Enthalpy, Entropy, and Heat Capacity<br />
for details about this submodel.<br />
DIPPR<br />
There are two DIPPR equations that may generally be used.<br />
The more common one, DIPPR equation 100, is:
Linear extrapolation occurs for Cp,i *,s versus T outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
224 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPSDIP/1 C 1i — x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
CPSDIP/2,...,5 C 2i, ..., C 5i 0 x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
CPSDIP/6 C 6i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPSDIP/7 C 7i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DIPPR equation 102 is:<br />
Linear extrapolation occurs for Cp,i *,s versus T outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPSDIP/1 C 1i — x — — MOLE-HEAT-<br />
CAPACITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
CPSDIP/2 C 2i — x — — —<br />
CPSDIP/3,4 C 3i, C 4i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPSDIP/6 C 6i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPSDIP/7 C 7i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
If C3i or C4i are non-zero or C2i is negative, absolute temperature units are<br />
assumed for elements C1i through C4i. Otherwise, user input temperature<br />
units are assumed for all elements. The temperature limits are always<br />
interpreted in user input units.<br />
(Other DIPPR equations may sometimes be used. See Pure Component<br />
Temperature-Dependent Properties for details.)<br />
NIST ThermoML Polynomial<br />
The equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation occurs for Cp,i *,s versus T outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPSTMLPO/1 C 1i — x — — J/K^2/mol<br />
CPSTMLPO/2,...,5C 2i, ..., C 5i 0 x — — J/K^2/mol<br />
CPSTMLPO/6 nTerms 5 x — — —<br />
CPSTMLPO/7 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 225<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPSTMLPO/8 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
IK-CAPE Heat Capacity Polynomial<br />
The equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation occurs for Cp,i *,s versus T outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
CPSPO/1 C 1i — X — — MOLE-CAPACITY<br />
CPSPO/2,…,10 C 10i 0 X — — MOLE-CAPACITY<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
CPSPO/11 C 11i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
CPSPO/12 C 12i 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
Solubility Correlations<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has three built-in solubility correlation<br />
models. This section describes the solubility correlation models available.<br />
Model Type<br />
Henry's constant Gas solubility in liquid<br />
Water solubility Water solubility in organic liquid<br />
Hydrocarbon solubility Hydrocarbon solubility in water-rich<br />
liquid<br />
Henry's Constant<br />
The Henry's constant model is used when Henry's Law is applied to calculate<br />
K-values for dissolved gas components in a mixture. Henry's Law is available<br />
in all activity coefficient property methods, such as the WILSON property<br />
method. The model calculates Henry's constant for a dissolved gas component<br />
(i) in one or more solvents (A or B):<br />
Where:<br />
wA<br />
=<br />
ln HiA(T, pA *,l ) =
Linear extrapolation occurs for ln HiA versus T outside of bounds.<br />
HiA(T, P) =<br />
The parameter is obtained from the Brelvi-O'Connell model. pA *,l is<br />
obtained from the Antoine model. is obtained from the appropriate activity<br />
coefficient model.<br />
The Henry's constants aiA, biA, ciA, diA, and eiA are specific to a solute-solvent<br />
pair. They can be obtained from regression of gas solubility data. The <strong>Aspen</strong><br />
<strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has a large number of built-in Henry's constants for<br />
many solutes in solvents. These parameters were obtained using data from<br />
the Dortmund Databank. In addition, a small number of Henry's constants<br />
from the literature are available in the BINARY databank. See <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> Data, Chapter 1, for details.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
226 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
VC V cA — — 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
HENRY/1 a iA †† x — — PRESSURE,<br />
TEMPERATURE †<br />
HENRY/2 b iA 0 x — — TEMPERATURE †<br />
HENRY/3 c iA 0 x — — TEMPERATURE †<br />
HENRY/4 d iA 0 x — — TEMPERATURE †<br />
HENRY/5 T L 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
HENRY/6 T H 2000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
HENRY/7 e iA 0 x — — TEMPERATURE †<br />
† If any of biA, ciA, and eiA are non-zero, absolute temperature units are<br />
assumed for all coefficients. If biA, ciA, and eiA are all zero, the others are<br />
interpreted in input units. The temperature limits are always interpreted in<br />
input units.<br />
†† If aiA is missing, is set to zero and the weighting factor wA is<br />
renormalized.<br />
Reference for BINARY Databank<br />
E. Wilhelm, R. Battino, and R.J. Wilcock, "Low-Pressure Solubility of Gases in<br />
Liquid Water," Chemical Reviews, 1977, Vol. 77, No. 2, pp 219 - 262.<br />
Water Solubility<br />
This model calculates solubility of water in a hydrocarbon-rich liquid phase.<br />
The model is used automatically when you model a hydrocarbon-water<br />
system with the free-water option. See Free-Water Immiscibility Simplification<br />
in Free-Water and Three-Phase Calculations for details.
The expression for the liquid mole fraction of water in the ith hydrocarbon<br />
species is:<br />
No extrapolation is used with this equation.<br />
The parameters for about 60 components are stored in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> pure component databank.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
WATSOL/1 C 1i fcn(T bi, SG i, M i) — -10.0 33.0 —<br />
WATSOL/2 C 2i fcn(T bi, SG i, M i) — -10000.0 3000.0 TEMPERATURE †<br />
WATSOL/3 C 3i 0 — -0.05 0.05 TEMPERATURE †<br />
WATSOL/4 C 4i 0 — 0.0 500 TEMPERATURE †<br />
WATSOL/5 C 5i 1000 — 4.0 1000 TEMPERATURE †<br />
† Absolute temperature units are assumed for elements 2 through 5.<br />
Hydrocarbon Solubility<br />
This model calculates solubility of hydrocarbon in a water-rich liquid phase.<br />
The model is used automatically when you model a hydrocarbon-water<br />
system with the dirty-water option. See Free-Water Immiscibility<br />
Simplification in Free-Water and Rigorous Three-Phase Calculations for<br />
details.<br />
The expression for the liquid mole fraction of the ith hydrocarbon species in<br />
water is:<br />
No extrapolation is used with this equation.<br />
The parameters for about 40 components are stored in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> pure component databank.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
HCSOL/1 C 1i fcn(carbon<br />
number) †<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 227<br />
— -1000.0 1000.0 —<br />
HCSOL/2 C 2i 0 — -100000.0 100000.0 TEMPERATURE ††<br />
HCSOL/3 C 3i 0 — -100.0 100.0 TEMPERATURE ††<br />
HCSOL/4 C 4i 0 — 0.0 500 TEMPERATURE<br />
HCSOL/5 C 5i 1000 — 4.0 1000 TEMPERATURE<br />
† For Hydrocarbons and pseudocomponents, the default values are estimated<br />
by the method given by API Procedure 9A2.17 at 25 C.<br />
†† Absolute temperature units are assumed for elements 2 and 3. The<br />
temperature limits are always interpreted in user input units.
Reference<br />
C. Tsonopoulos, Fluid Phase Equilibria, 186 (2001), 185-206.<br />
Other Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong><br />
<strong>Models</strong><br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has some built-in additional<br />
thermodynamic property models that do not fit in any other category. This<br />
section describes these models:<br />
� Cavett Liquid Enthalpy Departure<br />
� Barin Equations for Gibbs Energy, Enthalpy, Entropy and Heat Capacity<br />
� Electrolyte NRTL Enthalpy<br />
� Electrolyte NRTL Gibbs Energy<br />
� Liquid Enthalpy from Liquid Heat Capacity Correlation<br />
� Enthalpies Based on Different Reference States<br />
� Helgeson Equations of State<br />
� Quadratic Mixing Rule<br />
Cavett<br />
The general form for the Cavett model is:<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
228 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PC p ci — — 10 5<br />
DHLCVT ZC X 0.1 0.5 —<br />
10 8<br />
PRESSURE<br />
Barin Equations for Gibbs Energy, Enthalpy,<br />
Entropy, and Heat Capacity<br />
The following equations are used when parameters from the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong><br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> inorganic databank are retrieved.<br />
� Gibbs energy:<br />
� Enthalpy:<br />
(2)<br />
(1)
� Entropy:<br />
� Heat capacity:<br />
� refers to an arbitrary phase which can be solid, liquid, or ideal gas. For each<br />
phase, multiple sets of parameters from 1 to n are present to cover multiple<br />
temperature ranges. The value of the parameter n depends on the phase.<br />
(See tables that follow.) When the temperature is outside all these<br />
temperature ranges, linear extrapolation of properties versus T is performed<br />
using the slope at the end of the nearest temperature bound.<br />
The four properties Cp, H, S, and G are interrelated as a result of the<br />
thermodynamic relationships:<br />
There are analytical relationships between the expressions describing the<br />
properties Cp, H, S, and G (equations 1 to 4). The parameters an,i to hn,i can<br />
occur in more than one equation.<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has other models which can be used to<br />
calculate temperature-dependent properties which the BARIN equations can<br />
calculate. The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> uses the parameters in<br />
THRSWT to determine which model is used. See Pure Component<br />
Temperature-Dependent Properties for details.<br />
If this parameter is 200 to 211 Then the BARIN equations are<br />
used to calculate<br />
THRSWT/3 Liquid vapor pressure<br />
THRSWT/5 Solid heat capacity<br />
THRSWT/6 Liquid heat capacity<br />
THRSWT/7 Ideal gas heat capacity<br />
The liquid vapor pressure is computed from Gibbs energy as follows:<br />
ln p = (G L - G V )/RT + ln p ref<br />
where p is the vapor pressure, and p ref is the reference pressure 101325 Pa.<br />
Thus, parameters for both liquid and vapor are necessary to calculate vapor<br />
pressure.<br />
Solid Phase<br />
The parameters in range n are valid for temperature: Tn,l s < T < Tn,h s<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 229<br />
(4)<br />
(3)
When you specify this parameter, be sure to specify at least elements 1<br />
through 3.<br />
Parameter Name †<br />
/Element<br />
CPSXPn/1 T n,l s<br />
CPSXPn/2 T n,h s<br />
CPSXPn/3 a n,i s<br />
CPSXPn/4 b n,i s<br />
CPSXPn/5 c n,i s<br />
CPSXPn/6 d n,i s<br />
CPSXPn/7 e n,i s<br />
CPSXPn/8 f n,i s<br />
CPSXPn/9 g n,i s<br />
CPSXPn/10 h n,i s<br />
230 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
— x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
— x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
— x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
† n is 1 through 7. CPSXP1 vector stores solid parameters for the first<br />
temperature range. CPSXP2 vector stores solid parameters for the second<br />
temperature range, and so on.<br />
†† TEMPERATURE, ENTHALPY, ENTROPY<br />
Liquid Phase<br />
The parameters in range n are valid for temperature: Tn,l l < T < Tn,h l<br />
When you specify this parameter, be sure to specify at least elements 1<br />
through 3.<br />
Parameter Name †<br />
/Element<br />
CPLXPn/1 T n,l l<br />
CPLXPn/2 T n,h l<br />
CPLXPn/3 a n,i l<br />
CPLXPn/4 b n,i l<br />
CPLXPn/5 c n,i l<br />
CPLXPn/6 d n,i l<br />
CPLXPn/7 e n,i l<br />
CPLXPn/8 f n,i l<br />
CPLXPn/9 g n,i l<br />
CPLXPn/10 h n,i l<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
— x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
— x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
— x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
† n is 1 through 2. CPLXP1 stores liquid parameters for the first temperature<br />
range. CPLXP2 stores liquid parameters for the second temperature range.<br />
†† TEMPERATURE, ENTHALPY, ENTROPY<br />
Ideal Gas Phase<br />
The parameters in range n are valid for temperature: Tn,l ig < T < Tn,h ig<br />
When you specify this parameter, be sure to specify at least elements 1<br />
through 3.
Parameter Name †<br />
/Element<br />
CPIXPn/1 T n,l ig<br />
CPIXPn/2 T n,h ig<br />
CPIXPn/3 a n,i ig<br />
CPIXPn/4 b n,i ig<br />
CPIXPn/5 c n,i ig<br />
CPIXPn/6 d n,i ig<br />
CPIXPn/7 e n,i ig<br />
CPIXPn/8 f n,i ig<br />
CPIXPn/9 g n,i ig<br />
CPIXPn/10 h n,i ig<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 231<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
— x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
— x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
— x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
0 x — — ††<br />
† n is 1 through 3. CPIXP1 vector stores ideal gas parameters for the first<br />
temperature range. CPIXP2 vector stores ideal gas parameters for the second<br />
temperature range, and so on.<br />
†† TEMPERATURE, ENTHALPY, ENTROPY<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Enthalpy Model<br />
(HMXENRTL)<br />
The equation for the electrolyte NRTL enthalpy model (HMXENRTL) is:<br />
The molar enthalpy Hm * and the molar excess enthalpy Hm *E are defined with<br />
the asymmetrical reference state: the pure solvent water and infinite dilution<br />
of molecular solutes and ions. (here * refers to the asymmetrical reference<br />
state.)<br />
Hw* is the pure water molar enthalpy, calculated from the Ideal Gas model<br />
and the ASME Steam Table equation-of-state. (here * refers to pure<br />
component.)<br />
Hs *,l is the enthalpy contribution from a non-water solvent. It is calculated as<br />
usual for components in activity coefficient models:<br />
Hs *,l (T) = Hs *,ig + DHVs(T,p) - �Hs,vap(T).<br />
The term DHVs(T,p) = Hs *,v - Hs *,ig is the vapor enthalpy departure<br />
contribution to liquid enthalpy; option code 5 determines how this is<br />
calculated.<br />
�<br />
The aqueous infinite dilution thermodynamic enthalpy Hk is calculated from<br />
the infinite dilution aqueous phase heat capacity as follows:
where the subscript k refers to any ion or molecular solute. By default,<br />
is calculated from the aqueous infinite dilution heat capacity polynomial. If<br />
the polynomial model parameters are not available, is calculated from<br />
the Criss-Cobble correlation for ionic solutes.<br />
For molecular solutes (e.g. Henry components), if the aqueous infinite dilution<br />
�<br />
heat capacity polynomial model parameters are not available, Hk is<br />
calculated from Henry's law:<br />
Hm *E is calculated from the electrolyte NRTL activity coefficient model.<br />
See Criss-Cobble correlation model and Henry's law model for more<br />
information.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name<br />
Applicable<br />
Components<br />
232 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default Units<br />
IONTYP Ions † Ion 0 —<br />
SO25C Cations � ,aq<br />
Sc (T=298) — MOLE-ENTROPY<br />
Anions � ,aq<br />
Sa (T=298) — MOLE-ENTROPY<br />
DHAQFM Ions, Molecular Solutes<br />
††<br />
CPAQ0 Ions, Molecular Solutes<br />
††<br />
� ,aq �f H — MOLE-ENTHALPY<br />
k<br />
� ,aq<br />
C — HEAT-CAPACITY<br />
p,k<br />
DHFORM Molecular Solutes †† � f H i *,ig — MOLE-ENTHALPY<br />
Water, Solvents � f H w *,ig — MOLE-ENTHALPY<br />
CPIG Molecular Solutes C p,i *,ig<br />
Water, Solvents C p,w *,ig<br />
† IONTYP is not needed if CPAQ0 is given for ions.<br />
— †††<br />
— †††<br />
†† DHFORM is not used if DHAQFM and CPAQ0 are given for molecular solutes<br />
(components declared as Henry's components). If CPAQ0 is missing, DHFORM<br />
and Henry's constants are used to calculate infinite dilution enthalpy for<br />
solutes.<br />
††† The unit keywords for CPIG are TEMPERATURE and HEAT-CAPACITY. If<br />
CPIG/10 or CPIG/11 is non-zero, then absolute temperature units are<br />
assumed for CPIG/9 through CPIG/11. Otherwise, user input temperature<br />
units are used for all elements of CPIG. User input temperature units are<br />
always used for other elements of CPIG.
Option Codes for Electrolyte NRTL Enthalpy Model<br />
(HMXENRTL)<br />
The electrolyte NRTL enthalpy model (HMXENRTL) has seven option codes<br />
and the option codes can affect the performance of this model.<br />
Option code 1. Use this option code to specify the default values of pair<br />
parameters for water/solute and solvent/solute; the solute represents a<br />
cation/anion pair. The value (1) sets the default values to zero and the value<br />
(3) sets the default values for water/solute to (8,-4) and for solvent/solute to<br />
(10,-2). The value (3) is the default choice of the option code.<br />
Option code 2. Use this option code to specify the vapor phase equation-ofstate<br />
(EOS) model used for the liquid enthalpy calculation. The value (0) sets<br />
the ideal gas EOS model and the value (1) sets the HF EOS model. The value<br />
(0) is the default.<br />
Option code 3. Always leave this option code set to the value (1) to use the<br />
solvent/solvent binary parameters obtained from NRTL parameters.<br />
Option code 4. Not used.<br />
Option code 5. Use this option code to specify how the vapor phase enthalpy<br />
departure (DHV) is calculated. The value (0) sets DHV = 0, the value (1)<br />
specifies using Redlich-Kwong equation of state, and the value (3) specifies<br />
using Hayden-O’Connell equation of state. The value (0) is the default.<br />
Option code 6. Not used.<br />
Option code 7. Use this option code to specify the method for handling<br />
Henry components and multiple solvents. The value (0) sets the pure liquid<br />
enthalpy to that calculated by aqueous infinite dilution heat capacity (only<br />
water as solvent) and the value (1) sets the pure liquid enthalpy for Henry<br />
components using Henry’s law. Use value (1) when there are multiple<br />
solvents. The value (0) is the default.<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Gibbs Free Energy Model<br />
(GMXENRTL)<br />
The equation for the NRTL Gibbs free energy model (GMXENRTL) is:<br />
The molar Gibbs free energy and the molar excess Gibbs free energy Gm * and<br />
Gm *E are defined with the asymmetrical reference state: as pure water and<br />
infinite dilution of molecular solutes and ions. (* refers to the asymmetrical<br />
reference state.) The ideal mixing term is calculated normally, where j refers<br />
to any component. The molar Gibbs free energy of pure water (or<br />
thermodynamic potential) �w* is calculated from the ideal gas contribution.<br />
This is a function of the ideal gas heat capacity and the departure function.<br />
(here * refers to the pure component.)<br />
The departure function is obtained from the ASME steam tables.<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 233
�s* ,l is the Gibbs free energy contribution from a non-water solvent. It is<br />
calculated as usual for components in activity coefficient models.<br />
�<br />
The aqueous infinite dilution thermodynamic potential �k is calculated from<br />
the infinite dilution aqueous phase heat capacity polynomial model, by<br />
default. Subscript k refers to any ion or molecular solute. If polynomial model<br />
parameters are not available, it is calculated from the Criss-Cobble model for<br />
ionic solutes:<br />
where the subscript k refers to any ion or molecular solute and the term RT<br />
�,aq<br />
are based on a molality<br />
�,aq<br />
ln(1000/Mw) is added because �f Hk and �f Gk<br />
�<br />
scale, while �k is based on mole fraction scale.<br />
By default, is calculated from the aqueous infinite dilution heat<br />
capacity polynomial. If the polynomial model parameters are not available,<br />
is calculated from the Criss-Cobble correlation for ionic solutes.<br />
For molecular solutes (e.g. Henry components), if the aqueous infinite dilution<br />
�<br />
heat capacity polynomial model parameters are not available, �k is<br />
calculated from Henry's law:<br />
Gm *E is calculated from the electrolyte NRTL activity coefficient model.<br />
See the Criss-Cobble correlation model and Henry's law model for more<br />
information.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name<br />
Applicable<br />
Components<br />
234 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default Units<br />
IONTYP Ions † Ion 0 —<br />
SO25C Cations † � ,aq<br />
Sc (T=298) — MOLE-ENTROPY<br />
Anions † � ,aq<br />
Sa (T=298) — MOLE-ENTROPY<br />
DGAQFM Ions, Molecular Solutes<br />
††<br />
CPAQ0 Ions, Molecular Solutes<br />
††<br />
DGFORM Molecular Solutes †† � f G i<br />
Water, Solvents � f G w<br />
� ,aq �f G — MOLE-ENTHALPY<br />
k<br />
� ,aq<br />
C — HEAT-CAPACITY<br />
p,k<br />
— MOLE-ENTHALPY<br />
— MOLE-ENTHALPY
Parameter<br />
Name<br />
Applicable<br />
Components<br />
CPIG Molecular Solutes C p,i *,ig<br />
Water, Solvents C p,w *,ig<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 235<br />
Symbol Default Units<br />
— †††<br />
— †††<br />
† IONTYP and SO25C are not needed if CPAQ0 is given for ions.<br />
†† DGFORM is not needed if DHAQFM and CPAQ0 are given for molecular<br />
solutes.<br />
††† The unit keywords for CPIG are TEMPERATURE and HEAT-CAPACITY. If<br />
CPIG/10 or CPIG/11 is non-zero, then absolute temperature units are<br />
assumed for CPIG/9 through CPIG/11. Otherwise, user input temperature<br />
units are used for all elements of CPIG. User input temperature units are<br />
always used for other elements of CPIG.<br />
Option Codes for Electrolyte NRTL Gibbs Free Energy<br />
Model (GMXENRTL)<br />
The electrolyte NRTL Gibbs free energy model (GMXENRTL) has six option<br />
codes and the option codes can affect the performance of this model.<br />
Option code 1. Use this option code to specify the default values of pair<br />
parameters for water/solute and solvent/solute; the solute represents a<br />
cation/anion pair. The value (1) sets the default values to zero and the value<br />
(3) sets the default values for water/solute to (8,-4) and for solvent/solute to<br />
(10,-2). The value (3) is the default choice of the option code.<br />
Option code 2. Use this option code to specify the vapor phase equation-ofstate<br />
(EOS) model used for the liquid Gibbs free energy calculation. The value<br />
(0) sets the ideal gas EOS model and the value (1) sets the HF EOS model.<br />
The value (0) is the default.<br />
Option code 3. Always leave this option code set to the value (1) to use the<br />
solvent/solvent binary parameters obtained from NRTL parameters.<br />
Option code 4. Not used.<br />
Option code 5. Use this option code to specify how the pure vapor phase<br />
fugacity coefficient (PHIV) is calculated. The value (0) sets PHIV = 1 (ideal<br />
gas law), the value (1) specifies using Redlich-Kwong equation of state, and<br />
the value (3) specifies using Hayden-O’Connell equation of state. The value<br />
(0) is the default.<br />
Option code 6. Use this option code to specify the method for handling<br />
Henry components and multiple solvents. The value (0) sets the pure liquid<br />
Gibbs free energy to that calculated by aqueous infinite dilution heat capacity<br />
(only water as solvent) and the value (1) sets the pure liquid Gibbs free<br />
energy for Henry components using Henry’s law. Use value (1) when there<br />
are multiple solvents. The value (0) is the default.<br />
Liquid Enthalpy from Liquid Heat Capacity<br />
Correlation<br />
Liquid enthalpy is directly calculated by integration of liquid heat capacity:
The reference enthalpy is calculated at T ref as:<br />
Where:<br />
Hi *,ig<br />
Hi *,v - Hi *,ig<br />
= Ideal gas enthalpy<br />
236 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
= Vapor enthalpy departure from equation of state<br />
�vapHi *,l = Heat of vaporization from General model<br />
T ref<br />
= Reference temperature, specified by user. Defaults to<br />
298.15 K<br />
See General Pure Component Heat of Vaporization for parameter requirement<br />
and additional details.<br />
Enthalpies Based on Different Reference<br />
States<br />
Two property methods, WILS-LR and WILS-GLR, are available to calculate<br />
enthalpies based on different reference states. The WILS-LR property method<br />
is based on saturated liquid reference state for all components. The WILS-GLR<br />
property method allows both ideal gas and saturated liquid reference states<br />
for different components.<br />
These property methods use an enthalpy method that optimizes the accuracy<br />
tradeoff between liquid heat capacity, heat of vaporization, and vapor heat<br />
capacity at actual process conditions. This highly recommended method<br />
eliminates many of the problems associated with accurate thermal properties<br />
for both phases, especially the liquid phase.<br />
The liquid enthalpy of mixture is calculated by the following equation (see the<br />
table labeled Liquid Enthalpy Methods):<br />
Where:<br />
Hm ig<br />
Hi *,ig<br />
= Enthalpy of ideal gas mixture<br />
=<br />
= Ideal gas enthalpy of pure component i<br />
(Hm l -Hm ig ) = Enthalpy departure of mixture<br />
For supercritical components, declared as Henry's components, the enthalpy<br />
departure is calculated as follows:
For subcritical components:<br />
Hm l -Hm ig<br />
Hm E,l<br />
HA *,l -HA *,ig<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 237<br />
=<br />
=<br />
= Enthalpy departure of pure component A<br />
H *,ig and H *,l can be calculated based on either saturated liquid or ideal gas as<br />
reference state as described in the sections that follow.<br />
For the WILS-LR property method, H *,ig and H *,l are calculated based on the<br />
saturated liquid reference state for all components.<br />
For the WILS-GLR property method, H *,ig and H *,l can be calculated based on<br />
the saturated liquid reference state for some components and the ideal gas<br />
reference state for other components. You can set the value of a pure<br />
component parameter called RSTATE to specify the reference state for each<br />
component. RSTATE = 1 denotes ideal gas reference state. RSTATE = 2<br />
denotes saturated liquid reference state. If it is not set, the following default<br />
rules apply based on the normal boiling point of the component, i, TB(i):<br />
� If TB(i) 298.15 K, saturated liquid reference state is used.<br />
Saturated Liquid as Reference State<br />
The saturated liquid enthalpy at temperature T is calculated as follows:<br />
Where:<br />
Hi ref,l<br />
Cp,i *,l<br />
= Reference enthalpy for liquid state at Ti ref,l<br />
= Liquid heat capacity of component i<br />
The saturated liquid Gibbs free energy is calculated as follows:<br />
Where:<br />
Gi ref,l<br />
= Reference Gibbs free energy for liquid state at Ti ref,l<br />
�i *,l = Liquid fugacity coefficient of component i<br />
p = <strong>System</strong> pressure<br />
p ref<br />
= Reference pressure (=101325 N/m 2 )<br />
For the WILS-LR property method, Hi ref,l and Gi ref,l default to zero (0). The<br />
reference temperature Ti ref,l defaults to 273.15K.<br />
For the WILS-GLR property method, the reference temperature Ti ref,l defaults<br />
to 298.15K and Hi ref,l defaults to:
And Gi ref,l defaults to:<br />
Where:<br />
Hi ref,ig<br />
Gi ref,ig<br />
238 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
= Ideal gas enthalpy of formation for liquid state at<br />
298.15K<br />
= Ideal gas Gibbs free energy of formation for liquid<br />
state at 298.15K<br />
�Hi *,v = Vapor enthalpy departure of component i<br />
�Gi *,v = Vapor Gibbs free energy departure of component i<br />
�vapHi * = Enthalpy of vaporization of component i<br />
Note that we cannot default the liquid reference enthalpy and Gibbs free<br />
energy to zero, as is the case for WILS-LR, because it will cause inconsistency<br />
with the enthalpy of components that use ideal-gas reference state. The<br />
default values used result in the enthalpies of all components being on the<br />
same basis. In fact, if you enter values for Hi ref,l and Gi ref,l for a liquidreference<br />
state component you must make sure that they are consistent with<br />
each other and are consistent with the enthalpy basis of the remaining<br />
components in the mixture. If you enter a value for Hi ref,l , you should also<br />
enter a value for Gi ref,l to ensure consistency.<br />
When the liquid-reference state is used, the ideal gas enthalpy at<br />
temperature T is not calculated from the integration of the ideal gas heat<br />
capacity equation (see Ideal Gas as Reference State section below). For<br />
consistency, it is calculated from liquid enthalpy as follows:<br />
Where:<br />
Ti con,l<br />
= Temperature of conversion from liquid to vapor<br />
enthalpy for component i<br />
�vapHi * (Ti con,l ) = Heat of vaporization of component i at<br />
temperature of T con,l<br />
�Hi *,v (Ti con,l , pi *,l ) = Vapor enthalpy departure of component i at the<br />
conversion temperature and vapor pressure pi *,l<br />
pi *,l<br />
= Liquid vapor pressure of component i<br />
= Ideal gas heat capacity of component i<br />
Ti con,l is the temperature at which one crosses from liquid state to the vapor<br />
state. This is a user defined temperature that defaults to the system<br />
temperature T. Ti con,l may be selected such that heat of vaporization for<br />
component i at the temperature is most accurate.
The vapor enthalpy is calculated from ideal gas enthalpy as follows:<br />
Where:<br />
�Hi *,v (T, P) = Vapor enthalpy departure of pure component i at the<br />
system temperature and pressure<br />
The liquid heat capacity and the ideal gas heat capacity can be calculated<br />
from the General Pure Component Liquid Heat Capacity and General Pure<br />
Component Ideal Gas Heat Capacity, or other available models. The heat of<br />
vaporization can be calculated from the General Pure Component Heat of<br />
Vaporization, or other available models. The enthalpy departure is obtained<br />
from an equation-of-state that is being used in the property method. For<br />
WILS-LR and WILS-GLR, the ideal gas equation of state is used.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 239<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
RSTATE † — 2 — — — —<br />
TREFHL T i ref,l<br />
DHLFRM H i ref,l<br />
DGLFRM G i ref,l<br />
TCONHL T i con,l<br />
Units<br />
†† — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
††† — — — MOLE ENTHALPY<br />
†††† — — — MOLE ENTHALPY<br />
T — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
† Enthalpy reference state given by RSTATE. 2 denotes saturated liquid as<br />
reference state.<br />
†† For WILS-LR property method TREFHL defaults to 273.15K. For WILS-GLR<br />
property method, TREFHL defaults to 298.15 K.<br />
††† For WILS-LR property method, DHLFRM defaults to zero (0). For WILS-<br />
GLR property method, DHLFRM defaults to the equation above.<br />
†††† For WILS-LR property method, DGLFRM defaults to zero (0). For WILS-<br />
GLR property method, DGLFRM defaults to the equation above.<br />
Liquid heat capacity equation is required for all components.<br />
Ideal Gas as Reference State<br />
The saturated liquid enthalpy is calculated as follows:<br />
Where:<br />
Hi ref,ig<br />
Ti ref,ig<br />
= Reference state enthalpy for ideal gas at Ti ref,ig<br />
= Heat of formation of ideal gas at 298.15 K by default<br />
= Reference temperature corresponding to Hi ref,ig .<br />
Defaults to 298.15 K
Ti con,ig<br />
240 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
= The temperature at which one crosses from vapor<br />
state to liquid state. This is a user defined<br />
temperature that defaults to the system temperature<br />
T. Ti con,ig may be selected such that heat of<br />
vaporization of component i at the temperature is<br />
most accurate.<br />
The ideal gas enthalpy is calculated as follows:<br />
The vapor enthalpy is calculated as follows:<br />
The liquid heat capacity and the ideal gas heat capacity can be calculated<br />
from the General Pure Component Liquid Heat Capacity and General Pure<br />
Component Ideal Gas Heat Capacity, or other available models. The heat of<br />
vaporization can be calculated from the General Pure Component Heat of<br />
Vaporization, or other available models. The enthalpy departure is obtained<br />
from an equation of state that is being used in the property method. For<br />
WILS-LR and WILS-GLR, the ideal gas equation of state is used.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
RSTATE — 1 † — — — —<br />
TREFHI T i ref,ig<br />
DHFORM H i ref,ig<br />
TCONHI T i con,ig<br />
Units<br />
†† — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
— — — — MOLE ENTHALPY<br />
T — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
† Enthalpy reference state RSTATE for a component. Value of 1 denotes ideal<br />
gas.<br />
††For components with TB � 298.15 K, RSTATE defaults to 1 (ideal gas).<br />
TREFHI defaults to 298.15 K. For components with TB > 298.15 K, RSTATE<br />
defaults to 2 (liquid) and TREFHI does not apply to these components. See<br />
the Saturated Liquid as Reference State section for more details.<br />
Helgeson Equations of State<br />
The Helgeson equations of state for standard volume , heat capacity ,<br />
entropy , enthalpy of formation , and Gibbs energy of formation<br />
at infinite dilution in aqueous phase are:
Where:<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 241
Where:<br />
� = Pressure constant for a solvent (2600 bar for water)<br />
� = Temperature constant for a solvent (228 K for<br />
water)<br />
� = Born coefficient<br />
� = Dielectric constant of a solvent<br />
Tr = Reference temperature (298.15 K)<br />
Pr = Reference pressure (1 bar)<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
AHGPAR/1, ... ,<br />
4<br />
CHGPAR/1, ... ,<br />
2<br />
242 2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
a 1, ..., a 4 0 — — — —<br />
c 1, c 2 x — — — —<br />
DHAQHG 0 — -0.5x10 10 0.5x10 10 MOLE-ENTHALPY<br />
DGAQHG 0 — -0.5x10 10 0.5x10 10 MOLE-ENTHALPY<br />
S25HG 0 — -0.5x10 10 0.5x10 10 MOLE-ENTROPY<br />
OMEGHG 0 — -0.5x10 10 0.5x10 10 MOLE-ENTHALPY<br />
If pressure is under 200 bar, AHGPAR may not be required.<br />
References<br />
Tanger, J.C. IV and H.C. Helgeson, "Calculation of the thermodynamic and<br />
transport properties of aqueous species at high pressures and temperatures:<br />
Revised equation of state for the standard partial properties of ions and<br />
electrolytes," American Journal of Science, Vol. 288, (1988), p. 19-98.<br />
Shock, E.L. and H.C. Helgeson, "Calculation of the thermodynamic and<br />
transport properties of aqueous species at high pressures and temperatures:
Correlation algorithms for ionic species and equation of state predictions to 5<br />
kb and 1000 �C," Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, Vol. 52, p. 2009-2036.<br />
Shock, E.L., H.C. Helgeson, and D.A. Sverjensky, "Calculation of the<br />
thermodynamic and transport properties of aqueous species at high pressures<br />
and temperatures: Standard partial molal properties of inorganic neutral<br />
species," Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, Vol. 53, p. 2157-2183.<br />
Quadratic Mixing Rule<br />
The quadratic mixing rule is a general-purpose mixing rule which can be<br />
applied to various properties. For a given property Q, with i and j being<br />
components, the rule is:<br />
The pure component properties Qi and Qj are calculated by the default model<br />
for that property, unless modified by option codes. Composition xi and xj is in<br />
mole fraction unless modified by option codes. Kij is a binary parameter<br />
specific to the mixing rule for each property. A variation on the equation using<br />
the logarithm of the property is used for viscosity.<br />
2 Thermodynamic <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 243
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
This section describes the transport property models available in the <strong>Aspen</strong><br />
<strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>. The following table provides an overview of the<br />
available models. This table lists the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> model<br />
names, and their possible use in different phase types, for pure components<br />
and mixtures.<br />
Viscosity models<br />
These models calculate MUL (pure) and/or MULMX (mixture) for the liquid<br />
phase, and MUV (pure) and/or MUVMX (mixture) for the vapor phase, except<br />
models marked with * calculate MUVLP (pure) and/or MUVMXLP (mixture) for<br />
the vapor phase, and models marked with ** calculate MUVPC (pure) and<br />
MUVMXPC (mixture).<br />
Model Model name Phase(s) Pure Mixture<br />
Andrade Liquid Mixture<br />
Viscosity<br />
General Pure Component<br />
Liquid Viscosity<br />
244 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
MUL2ANDR L — X<br />
MUL0ANDR L X —<br />
API Liquid Viscosity MUL2API L — X<br />
API 1997 Liquid Viscosity MULAPI97 L — X<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Liquid Mixture Viscosity MUASPEN L — X<br />
ASTM Liquid Mixture Viscosity MUL2ASTM L — X<br />
General Pure Component<br />
Vapor Viscosity *<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Brokaw-<br />
Wilke Mixing Rule *<br />
Chung-Lee-Starling Low<br />
Pressure *<br />
MUV0CEB V X —<br />
MUV2BROK,<br />
MUV2WILK<br />
MUV0CLSL,<br />
MUV2CLSL<br />
Chung-Lee-Starling MUV0CLS2,<br />
MUV2CLS2,<br />
MUL0CLS2,<br />
MUL2CLS2<br />
Dean-Stiel Pressure Correction<br />
**<br />
MUV0DSPC,<br />
MUV2DSPC<br />
IAPS Viscosity MUV0H2O,<br />
MUL0H2O<br />
V — X<br />
V X X<br />
V L X X<br />
V X X<br />
V L X —
Model Model name Phase(s) Pure Mixture<br />
Jones-Dole Electrolyte<br />
Correction<br />
Letsou-Stiel MUL0LEST,<br />
MUL2LEST<br />
Lucas MUV0LUC,<br />
MUV2LUC<br />
TRAPP viscosity MUL0TRAP,<br />
MUL2TRAP,<br />
MUV0TRAP,<br />
MUV2TRAP<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 245<br />
MUL2JONS L — X<br />
L X X<br />
V X X<br />
V L X X<br />
Twu liquid viscosity MUL2TWU L — X<br />
Viscosity quadratic mixing rule MUL2QUAD L — X<br />
Thermal conductivity models<br />
These models calculate KL (pure) and/or KLMX (mixture) for the liquid phase,<br />
and KV (pure) and/or KVMX (mixture) for the vapor phase, except models<br />
marked with * calculate KVLP (pure) and/or KVMXLP (mixture) for the vapor<br />
phase, and models marked with ** calculate KVPC (pure) and KVMXPC<br />
(mixture) for the vapor phase.<br />
Model Model name Phase(s) Pure Mixture<br />
Chung-Lee-Starling Thermal<br />
Conductivtity<br />
IAPS Thermal Conductivity for<br />
Water<br />
KV0CLS2,<br />
KV2CLS2,<br />
KL0CLS2,<br />
KL2CLS2<br />
KV0H2O<br />
KL0H2O<br />
V L X X<br />
Li Mixing Rule KL2LI L X X<br />
Riedel Electrolyte Correction KL2RDL L — X<br />
General Pure Component<br />
Liquid Thermal Conductivity<br />
General Pure Component<br />
Vapor Thermal Conductivity *<br />
Stiel-Thodos Pressure<br />
Correction **<br />
KL0SR,<br />
KL2SRVR<br />
V<br />
L<br />
X<br />
X<br />
—<br />
—<br />
L X X<br />
KV0STLP V X —<br />
KV0STPC,<br />
KV2STPC<br />
TRAPP Thermal Conductivity KV0TRAP,<br />
KV2TRAP,<br />
KL0TRAP,<br />
KL2TRAP<br />
V X X<br />
V L X X<br />
Vredeveld Mixing Rule KL2SRVR L X X<br />
Wassiljewa-Mason-Saxena<br />
mixing rule *<br />
Diffusivity models<br />
KV2WMSM V X X<br />
These models calculate DL (binary) and/or DLMX (mixture) for the liquid<br />
phase, and DV (binary) and/or DVMX (mixture) for the vapor phase.<br />
Model Model name Phase(s) BinaryMixture<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Wilke-Lee<br />
Binary<br />
DV0CEWL V X —
Model Model name Phase(s) BinaryMixture<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Wilke-Lee<br />
Mixture<br />
Dawson-Khoury-Kobayashi<br />
Binary<br />
Dawson-Khoury-Kobayashi<br />
Mixture<br />
Nernst-Hartley Electrolytes DL0NST,<br />
DL1NST<br />
246 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
DV1CEWL V — X<br />
DV1DKK V X —<br />
DV1DKK V — X<br />
L X X<br />
Wilke-Chang Binary DL0WC2 L X —<br />
Wilke-Chang Mixture DL1WC L — X<br />
Surface tension models<br />
These models calculate SIGL (pure) and/or SIGLMX (mixture).<br />
Model Model name Phase(s) Pure Mixture<br />
Liquid Mixture Surface Tension SIG2IDL L — X<br />
API Surface Tension SIG2API L — X<br />
General Pure Component<br />
Liquid Surface Tension<br />
SIG0HSS,<br />
SIG2HSS<br />
L X —<br />
IAPS surface tension SIG0H2O L X —<br />
Onsager-Samaras Electrolyte<br />
Correction<br />
SIG2ONSG L — X<br />
Modified MacLeod-Sugden SIG2MS L — X<br />
Viscosity <strong>Models</strong><br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has the following built-in viscosity<br />
models:<br />
Model Type<br />
Andrade Liquid Mixture Viscosity Liquid<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Viscosity Pure component liquid<br />
API liquid viscosity Liquid<br />
API 1997 liquid viscosity Liquid<br />
General Pure Component Vapor Viscosity Low pressure vapor,<br />
pure components<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Brokaw-Wilke Mixing Rule Low pressure vapor,<br />
mixture<br />
Chung-Lee-Starling Low Pressure Low pressure vapor<br />
Chung-Lee-Starling Liquid or vapor<br />
Dean-Stiel Pressure correction Vapor<br />
IAPS viscosity Water or steam<br />
Jones-Dole Electrolyte Correction Electrolyte<br />
Letsou-Stiel High temperature liquid<br />
Lucas Vapor<br />
TRAPP viscosity Vapor or liquid
Model Type<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Liquid Mixture Viscosity Liquid<br />
ASTM Liquid Mixture Viscosity Liquid<br />
Twu liquid viscosity Liquid<br />
Viscosity quadratic mixing rule Liquid<br />
Andrade Liquid Mixture Viscosity<br />
The liquid mixture viscosity is calculated by the modified Andrade equation:<br />
Where:<br />
kij<br />
mij<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 247<br />
=<br />
=<br />
fi depends on the option code for the model MUL2ANDR.<br />
If first option code of<br />
Then fi is<br />
MUL2ANDR is<br />
0 (Default) Mole fraction of component i<br />
1 Mass fraction of component i<br />
Note that the Andrade liquid mixture viscosity model is called from other<br />
models. The first option codes of these models cause fi to be mole or mass<br />
fraction when Andrade is used in the respective models. To maintain<br />
consistency across models, if you set the first option code for MUL2ANDR to<br />
1, you should also the set the first option code of the other models to 1, if<br />
they are used in your simulation.<br />
Model Model Name<br />
MUL2JONS Jones-Dole Electrolyte Viscosity model<br />
DL0WCA Wilke-Chang Diffusivity model (binary)<br />
DL1WCA Wilke-Chang Diffusivity model (mixture)<br />
DL0NST Nernst-Hartley Electrolyte Diffusivity model (binary)<br />
DL1NST Nernst-Hartley Electrolyte Diffusivity model (mixture)<br />
The binary parameters kij and mij allow accurate representation of complex<br />
liquid mixture viscosity. Both binary parameters default to zero.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
ANDKIJ/1 a ij 0 — — — —<br />
ANDKIJ/2 b ij 0 — — — —<br />
ANDMIJ/1 c ij 0 — — — —<br />
ANDMIJ/2 d ij 0 — — — —<br />
The pure component liquid viscosity �i *,l is calculated by the General Pure<br />
Component Liquid Viscosity model.
General Pure Component Liquid Viscosity<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has several submodels for calculating<br />
pure component liquid viscosity. It uses parameter TRNSWT/1 to determine<br />
which submodel is used. See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent<br />
Properties for details.<br />
If TRNSWT/1 is This equation is used And this parameter is used<br />
0 Andrade MULAND<br />
101, 115 DIPPR 101 or 115 MULDIP<br />
301 PPDS MULPDS<br />
401 IK-CAPE polynomial equation MULPO<br />
404 IK-CAPE exponential equation MULIKC<br />
508 NIST TDE equation MULNVE<br />
509 NIST PPDS9 MULPPDS9<br />
Andrade Liquid Viscosity<br />
The Andrade equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of ln(viscosity) versus 1/T occurs for temperatures<br />
outside bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
248 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
MULAND/1 A i — X — — VISCOSITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE †<br />
MULAND/2 B i — X — — TEMPERATURE †<br />
MULAND/3 C i — X — — TEMPERATURE †<br />
MULAND/4 T l 0.0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MULAND/5 T h 500.0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
† If Bi or Ci is non-zero, absolute temperature units are assumed for Ai, Bi,<br />
and Ci. Otherwise, all coefficients are interpreted in user input temperature<br />
units. The temperature limits are always interpreted in user input units.<br />
DIPPR Liquid Viscosity<br />
There are two DIPPR equations for liquid viscosity. The value of TRNSWT/1<br />
determines which one is used.<br />
Equation 101 for the DIPPR liquid viscosity model is:<br />
Equation 115 for the DIPPR liquid viscosity model is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of ln(viscosity) versus 1/T occurs for temperatures<br />
outside bounds.
(Other DIPPR equations may sometimes be used. See Pure Component<br />
Temperature-Dependent Properties for details.)<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
MULDIP/1 C 1i — X — — VISCOSITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE ††<br />
MULDIP/2, ..., 5 C 2i, ..., C 5i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE ††<br />
MULDIP/6 C 6i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MULDIP/7 C 7i 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
†† If any of C3i through C5i are non-zero, absolute temperature units are<br />
assumed for C3i through C5i. Otherwise, all coefficients are interpreted in user<br />
input temperature units. The temperature limits are always interpreted in<br />
user input units.<br />
PPDS<br />
The PPDS equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of viscosity versus T occurs for temperatures outside<br />
bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 249<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MULPDS/1 C 1i — — — — —<br />
MULPDS/2 C 2i — — — —<br />
Units<br />
MULPDS/3 C 3i — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MULPDS/4 C 4i — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MULPDS/5 C 5i — — — — VISCOSITY<br />
MULPDS/6 C 6i — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MULPDS/7 C 7i — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST PPDS9 Equation<br />
This is the same as the PPDS equation above, but it uses parameter<br />
MULPPDS9. Note that the parameters are in a different order.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
MULPPDS9/1 C 5i — — — — Pa*S<br />
MULPPDS9/2 C 1i — — — —<br />
MULPPDS9/3 C 2i — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MULPPDS9/4 C 3i — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MULPPDS9/5 C 4i — — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MULPPDS9/6 C 6i — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MULPPDS9/7 C 7i — — — TEMPERATURE
IK-CAPE Liquid Viscosity Model<br />
The IK-CAPE liquid viscosity model includes both exponential and polynomial<br />
equations.<br />
Exponential<br />
Linear extrapolation of viscosity versus T occurs for temperatures outside<br />
bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
250 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
SymbolDefault MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
MULIKC/1 C 1i — X — — VISCOSITY<br />
MULIKC/2 C 2i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE †††<br />
MULIKC/3 C 3i 0 X — — VISCOSITY<br />
MULIKC/4 C 4i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MULIKC/5 C 5i 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
††† Absolute temperature units are assumed for C2i. The temperature limits<br />
are always interpreted in user input units.<br />
Polynomial<br />
Linear extrapolation of viscosity versus T occurs for temperatures outside<br />
bounds.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
MULPO/1 C 1i — X — — VISCOSITY<br />
MULPO/2, ..., 10 C 2i, ..., C 10i 0 X — — VISCOSITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
MULPO/11 C 11i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MULPO/12 C 12i 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST TDE Equation<br />
Linear extrapolation of viscosity versus T occurs for temperatures outside<br />
bounds.<br />
Absolute temperature units are assumed for C2i, C3i, and C4i. The temperature<br />
limits are always interpreted in user input units.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MULNVE/1 C 1i — X — — —<br />
Units
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 251<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
MULNVE/2, 3, 4 C 2i, C 3i, C 4i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MULNVE/5 C 5i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MULNVE/6 C 6i 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 439.<br />
API Liquid Viscosity<br />
The liquid mixture viscosity is calculated using a combination of the API and<br />
General equations. This model is recommended for petroleum and<br />
petrochemical applications. It is used in the CHAO-SEA, GRAYSON, LK-PLOCK,<br />
PENG-ROB, and RK-SOAVE option sets.<br />
For pseudocomponents, the API model is used:<br />
Where:<br />
fcn = A correlation based on API Procedures and Figures 11A4.1, 11A4.2,<br />
and 11A4.3 (API Technical Data Book, Petroleum Refining, 4th<br />
edition)<br />
Vm l is obtained from the API liquid volume model.<br />
For real components, the General model is used.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TB T bi — — 4.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
API API i — — -60.0 500.0 —<br />
API 1997 Liquid Viscosity<br />
The liquid mixture viscosity is calculated using a combination of the API and<br />
General equations. This model is recommended over the earlier API viscosity<br />
model.<br />
This model is applicable to petroleum fractions with normal boiling points from<br />
150 F to 1200 F and API gravities between 0 and 75. Testing by <strong>Aspen</strong>Tech<br />
indicates that this model is slightly more accurate than the Twu model for<br />
light and medium boiling petroleum components, while the Twu model is<br />
superior for heavy fractions.<br />
For pseudocomponents, the API model is used:<br />
Where:
fcn = A correlation based on API Procedures and Figures 11A4.2, 11A4.3,<br />
and 11A4.4 (API Technical Data Book, Petroleum Refining, 1997<br />
edition)<br />
Vm l is obtained from the API liquid volume model.<br />
For real components, the General model is used.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
252 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TB T bi — — 4.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
API API i — — -60.0 500.0 —<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Liquid Mixture Viscosity<br />
The liquid mixture viscosity is calculated by the equation:<br />
Where:<br />
Xi = Mole fraction or weight fraction of component i<br />
kij = Symmetric binary parameter (kij = kji)<br />
lij = Antisymmetric binary parameter (lij = -lji)<br />
The pure component liquid viscosity �i *,l is calculated by the General Pure<br />
Component Liquid Viscosity model.<br />
The binary parameters kij and lij allow accurate representation of complex<br />
liquid mixture viscosity. Both binary parameters default to zero.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
MUKIJ k ij 0 — -100.0 100.0 —<br />
MULIJ l ij 0 — 100.0 100.0 —<br />
ASTM Liquid Mixture Viscosity<br />
It is generally difficult to predict the viscosity of a mixture of viscous<br />
components. For hydrocarbons, the following weighting method (ASTM †) is<br />
known to give satisfactory results:<br />
Where:<br />
wi = Weight fraction of component i<br />
�m = Absolute viscosity of the mixture (N-sec/sqm)
�i = Viscosity of component i (N-sec/sqm)<br />
log = Common logarithm (base 10)<br />
f = An adjustable parameter, typically in the<br />
range of 0.5 to 1.0<br />
The individual component viscosities are calculated by the General Pure<br />
Component Liquid Viscosity model. The parameter f can be specified by<br />
setting the value for MULOGF for the first component in the component list<br />
(as defined on the Components | Specifications | Selection sheet).<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 253<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MULOGF f 1.0 — 0.0 2.0 —<br />
Units<br />
† "Petroleum Refining, 1 Crude Oil, Petroleum Products, Process Flowsheets",<br />
Institut Francais du Petrole Publications, 1995, p. 130.<br />
General Pure Component Vapor Viscosity<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has several submodels for calculating<br />
pure component low pressure vapor viscosity. It uses parameter TRNSWT/2<br />
to determine which submodel is used. See Pure Component Temperature-<br />
Dependent Properties for details.<br />
If TRNSWT/2 is This equation is used And this parameter is<br />
used<br />
0 Chapman-Enskog-<br />
Brokaw<br />
STKPAR, LJPAR<br />
102 DIPPR MUVDIP<br />
301 PPDS MUVPDS<br />
302 PPDS kinetic theory MUVCEB<br />
401 IK-CAPE polynomial<br />
equation<br />
402 IK-CAPE Sutherland<br />
equation<br />
503 NIST ThermoML<br />
polynomial<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Brokaw<br />
MUVPO<br />
MUVSUT<br />
MUVTMLPO<br />
The equation for the Chapman-Enskog model is:<br />
Where:<br />
�� =<br />
A parameter � is used to determine whether to use the Stockmayer or<br />
Lennard-Jones potential parameters for �/k (energy parameter) and �<br />
(collision diameter). To calculate �, the dipole moment p and either the
Stockmayer parameters or Tb and Vb are needed. The polarity correction is<br />
from Brokaw.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
254 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
MUP p i — — 0.0 5x10 -24<br />
Units<br />
DIPOLEMOMENT<br />
STKPAR/1 (� i/k) ST fcn(T bi, V bi, p i) — X — TEMPERATURE<br />
STKPAR/2 � i ST fcn(T bi, V bi, p i) X — — LENGTH<br />
LJPAR/1 (� i/k) LJ<br />
LJPAR/2 � i LJ<br />
DIPPR Vapor Viscosity<br />
fcn(T ci, � i) X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
fcn(T ci, p ci, � i)<br />
The equation for the DIPPR vapor viscosity model is:<br />
X — — LENGTH<br />
When necessary, the vapor viscosity is extrapolated beyond this temperature<br />
range linearly with respect to T, using the slope at the temperature limits.<br />
(Other DIPPR equations may sometimes be used. See Pure Component<br />
Temperature-Dependent Properties for details.)<br />
PCES uses the DIPPR equation in estimating vapor viscosity.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
MUVDIP/1 C 1i — X — — VISCOSITY<br />
MUVDIP/2 C 2i 0 X — — —<br />
MUVDIP/3, 4 C 3i, C 4i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE †<br />
MUVDIP/5 †† 0 X — — —<br />
MUVDIP/6 C 6i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MUVDIP/7 C 7i 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
† If any of C2i through C4i are non-zero, absolute temperature units are<br />
assumed for C1i through C4i. Otherwise, all coefficients are interpreted in user<br />
input temperature units. The temperature limits are always interpreted in<br />
user input units.<br />
†† MUVDIP/5 is not used in this equation. It is normally set to zero. The<br />
parameter is provided for consistency with other DIPPR equations.<br />
PPDS<br />
The PPDS submodel includes both the basic PPDS vapor viscosity equation<br />
and the PPDS kinetic theory vapor viscosity equation. For either equation,<br />
linear extrapolation of viscosity versus T occurs for temperatures outside<br />
bounds.<br />
PPDS Vapor Viscosity<br />
The equation is:
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 255<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
MUVPDS/1 C 1i — — — — VISCOSITY<br />
MUVPDS/2 C 2i 0 — — — —<br />
MUVPDS/3 C 3i 0 — — — —<br />
MUVPDS/4 C 4i 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MUVPDS/5 C 5i 1000 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
PPDS Kinetic Theory Vapor Viscosity<br />
The equation is:<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
Units<br />
MUVCEB/1 C 1i — — — — LENGTH<br />
MUVCEB/2 C 2i — — — — TEMPERATURE †<br />
MUVCEB/3 C 3i 0 — — — —<br />
MUVCEB/4 C 4i 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MUVCEB/5 C 5i 1000 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
† Absolute temperature units are assumed for C2i . The temperature limits are<br />
always interpreted in user input units.<br />
IK-CAPE Vapor Viscosity<br />
The IK-CAPE vapor viscosity model includes both the Sutherland equation and<br />
the polynomial equation. For either equation, linear extrapolation of viscosity<br />
versus T occurs for temperatures outside bounds.<br />
Sutherland Equation<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
MUVSUT/1 C 1i — X — — VISCOSITY<br />
MUVSUT/2 C 2i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE ††<br />
MUVSUT/3 C 3i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
256 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
MUVSUT/4 C 4i 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
†† If C2i is non-zero, absolute temperature units are assumed for C1i and C2i.<br />
Otherwise, all coefficients are interpreted in user input temperature units. The<br />
temperature limits are always interpreted in user input units.<br />
Polynomial<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
MUVPO/1 C 1i — X — — VISCOSITY<br />
MUVPO/2, ..., 10 C 2i, ..., C 10i 0 X — — VISCOSITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
MUVPO/11 C 11i 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MUVPO/12 C 12i 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST ThermoML Polynomial<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
MUVTMLPO/1 C 1i — X — — Pa*s/T<br />
MUVTMLPO/2, ..., 4 C 2i , ..., C 4i 0 X — — Pa*s/T<br />
MUVTMLPO/5 nTerms 4 X — — —<br />
MUVTMLPO/6 T lower 0 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
MUVTMLPO/7 T upper 1000 X — — TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling. The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 392.<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Brokaw-Wilke Mixing<br />
Rule<br />
The low pressure vapor mixture viscosity is calculated by the Wilke<br />
approximation of the Chapman-Enskog equation:<br />
For �ij,the formulation by Brokaw is used:
Where:<br />
The Stockmayer or Lennard-Jones potential parameters �/k (energy<br />
parameter) and � (collision diameter) and the dipole moment p are used to<br />
calculate �� The k represents Boltzmann's constant 1.38065 x 10 -23 J/K. If the<br />
Stockmayer parameters are not available, � is estimated from Tb and Vb:<br />
Where p is in debye.<br />
The pure component vapor viscosity �i *,v (p = 0) can be calculated using the<br />
General Pure Component Vapor Viscosity (or another low pressure vapor<br />
viscosity model).<br />
Ensure that you supply parameters for �i *,v (p = 0).<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 257<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
MUP p i — — 0.0 5x10 -24<br />
Units<br />
DIPOLEMOMENT<br />
STKPAR/1 (� i/k) ST fcn(T bi, V bi, p i) — X — TEMPERATURE
Parameter<br />
Name/<br />
Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
258 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
STKPAR/2 � i ST fcn(T bi, V bi, p i) X — — LENGTH<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and T.K. Sherwood, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 3rd ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1977), pp. 410–416.<br />
Chung-Lee-Starling Low-Pressure Vapor<br />
Viscosity<br />
The low-pressure vapor viscosity by Chung, Lee, and Starling is:<br />
Where the viscosity collision integral is:<br />
The shape and polarity correction is:<br />
The parameter pr is the reduced dipolemoment:<br />
C1 is a constant of correlation.<br />
The polar parameter � is tabulated for certain alcohols and carboxylic acids.<br />
The previous equations can be used for mixtures when applying these mixing<br />
rules:
Where:<br />
Vcij<br />
=<br />
�ij = 0 (in almost all cases)<br />
Tcij<br />
=<br />
�ij = 0 (in almost all cases)<br />
�ij<br />
Mij<br />
�ij<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
TCCLS T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
VCCLS V ci VC x 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
MUP p i — — 0.0 5x10 -24<br />
OMGCLS � i<br />
CLSK � i<br />
CLSKV � ij<br />
CLSKT � ij<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 259<br />
OMEGA x -0.5 2.0 —<br />
0.0 x 0.0 0.5 —<br />
0.0 x -0.5 -0.5 —<br />
0.0 x -0.5 0.5 —<br />
DIPOLEMOMENT<br />
The model specific parameters also affect the Chung-Lee-Starling Viscosity<br />
and the Chung-Lee-Starling Thermal Conductivity models.<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 396, p. 413.
Chung-Lee-Starling Viscosity<br />
The Chung-Lee-Starling viscosity equation for vapor and liquid, high and low<br />
pressure is:<br />
With:<br />
f1<br />
f2<br />
FC<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
The molar density can be calculated using an equation-of-state model (for<br />
example, the Benedict-Webb-Rubin). The parameter pr is the reduced<br />
dipolemoment:<br />
C1 and C2 are constants of correlation.<br />
The polar parameter � is tabulated for certain alcohols and carboxylic acids.<br />
For low pressures, f1 is reduced to 1.0 and f2 becomes negligible. The<br />
equation reduces to the low pressure vapor viscosity model by Chung-Lee and<br />
Starling.<br />
The previous equations can be used for mixtures when applying these mixing<br />
rules:<br />
260 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Where:<br />
Vcij<br />
=<br />
�ij = 0 (in almost all cases)<br />
Tcij<br />
=<br />
�ij = 0 (in almost all cases)<br />
�ij<br />
Mij<br />
�ij<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 261<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCCLS T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
VCCLS V ci VC x 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
MUP p i — — 0.0 5x10 -24<br />
OMGCLS � i<br />
CLSK � i<br />
CLSKV � ij<br />
CLSKT � ij<br />
OMEGA x -0.5 2.0 —<br />
0.0 x 0.0 0.5 —<br />
0.0 x -0.5 -0.5 —<br />
0.0 x -0.5 0.5 —<br />
DIPOLEMOMENT<br />
The model specific parameters affect the results of the Chung-Lee-Starling<br />
Thermal Conductivity and Low Pressure Viscosity models as well.<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 427.
Dean-Stiel Pressure Correction<br />
The residual vapor viscosity or the pressure correction to low pressure vapor<br />
viscosity by Dean and Stiel is:<br />
Where � v (p = 0) is obtained from a low pressure viscosity model (for<br />
example, General Pure Component Vapor Viscosity). The dimensionlessmaking<br />
factor � is:<br />
�<br />
Tc<br />
262 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
=<br />
=<br />
M =<br />
pc<br />
Vcm<br />
Zcm<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
�rm = Vcm / Vm v<br />
The parameter Vm v is obtained from Redlich-Kwong equation-of-state.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
Units<br />
VC V ci — — 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
IAPS Viscosity for Water<br />
The IAPS viscosity models, developed by the International Association for<br />
Properties of Steam, calculate vapor and liquid viscosity for water and steam.<br />
These models are used in option sets STEAMNBS and STEAM-TA.<br />
The general form of the equation for the IAPS viscosity models is:<br />
�w=fcn(T, p)<br />
Where:<br />
fcn = Correlation developed by IAPS<br />
The models are only applicable to water. There are no parameters required<br />
for the models.
Jones-Dole Electrolyte Correction<br />
The Jones-Dole model calculates the correction to the liquid mixture viscosity<br />
of a solvent mixture, due to the presence of electrolytes:<br />
Where:<br />
�solv = Viscosity of the liquid solvent mixture, by default<br />
calculated by the Andrade model<br />
��ca l = Contribution to the viscosity correction due to<br />
apparent electrolyte ca<br />
The parameter �solv can be calculated by different models depending on<br />
option code 3 for MUL2JONS:<br />
Option Code Solvent liquid mixture viscosity<br />
Value<br />
model<br />
0<br />
Andrade liquid mixture viscosity<br />
model (default)<br />
1 Viscosity quadratic mixing rule<br />
2 <strong>Aspen</strong> liquid mixture viscosity<br />
model<br />
The parameter ��ca l can be calculated by three different equations.<br />
If these parameters are available Use this equation<br />
IONMOB and IONMUB Jones-Dole †<br />
IONMUB Breslau-Miller<br />
— Carbonell<br />
† When the concentration of apparent electrolyte exceeds 0.1 M, the Breslau-<br />
Miller equation is used instead.<br />
Jones-Dole<br />
The Jones-Dole equation is:<br />
Where:<br />
xca a<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 263<br />
(1)<br />
= Concentration of apparent electrolyte ca (2)<br />
= Mole fraction of apparent electrolyte ca (3)<br />
Aca = (4)<br />
La = (5)
Lc = (6)<br />
Bca = (7)<br />
When the electrolyte concentration exceeds 0.1 M, the Breslau-Miller equation<br />
is used instead. This behavior can be disabled by setting the second option<br />
code for MUL2JONS to 1.<br />
Breslau-Miller<br />
The Breslau-Miller equation is:<br />
Where the effective volume Vc is given by:<br />
Carbonell<br />
264 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
for salts involving univalent ions<br />
for other salts<br />
The Carbonell equation is:<br />
Where:<br />
Mk = Molecular weight of an apparent electrolyte<br />
component k<br />
(8)<br />
(9)<br />
(9a)<br />
(10)<br />
You must provide parameters for the model used for the calculation of the<br />
liquid mixture viscosity of the solvent mixture.<br />
Parameter<br />
Symbol Default Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
CHARGE z 0.0 — — —<br />
MW M — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
IONMOB/1 l 1 — — — AREA, MOLES<br />
IONMOB/2 l 2 0.0 — — AREA, MOLES,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
IONMUB/1 b 1 — — — MOLE-VOLUME<br />
IONMUB/2 b 2 0,0 — — MOLE-VOLUME,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
A. L. Horvath, Handbook of Aqueous Electrolyte Solutions, (Chichester: Ellis<br />
Horwood, 1985).
Letsou-Stiel<br />
The Letsou-Stiel model calculates liquid viscosity at high temperatures for<br />
0.76 � Tr � 0.98. This model is used in PCES.<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
The general form for the model is:<br />
� l � = (� l �) 0 + �(� l �) 1<br />
Where:<br />
(� l �) 0 =<br />
(� l �) 1 =<br />
�<br />
�<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 265<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
Units<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PC p ci — — 10 5<br />
OMEGA � i<br />
References<br />
10 8<br />
— — -0.5 2.0 —<br />
PRESSURE<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Pransnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 471.<br />
Lucas Vapor Viscosity<br />
The equation for the Lucas vapor viscosity model is:<br />
Where the dimensionless low pressure viscosity is given by:<br />
The dimensionless-making group is:<br />
The pressure correction factor Y is:
The polar and quantum correction factors at high and low pressure are:<br />
FP<br />
FQ<br />
266 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
=<br />
=<br />
FPi (p = 0) =<br />
FQi (p = 0) = fcn(Tri), but is only nonunity for the quantum<br />
gates i = H2, D2, and He.<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
The Lucas mixing rules are:<br />
Tc<br />
pc<br />
=<br />
=<br />
M =<br />
FP (p = 0) =<br />
FQ (p = 0) =<br />
Where A differs from unity only for certain mixtures.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCLUC T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCLUC p ci PC x 10 5<br />
ZCLUC Z ci ZC x 0.1 0.5 —<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
10 8<br />
MUP p i — — 0.0 5x10 -24<br />
References<br />
PRESSURE<br />
DIPOLEMOMENT<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 421, 431.<br />
TRAPP Viscosity Model<br />
The general form for the TRAPP viscosity model is:
Where:<br />
The parameter is the mole fraction vector; fcn is a corresponding states<br />
correlation based on the model for vapor and liquid viscosity TRAPP, by the<br />
National Bureau of Standards (NBS, currently NIST) . The model can be used<br />
for both pure components and mixtures. The model should be used for<br />
nonpolar components only.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 267<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
Units<br />
TCTRAP T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCTRAP p ci PC x 10 5<br />
10 8<br />
PRESSURE<br />
VCTRAP V ci VC x 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
ZCTRAP Z ci ZC x 0.1 1.0 —<br />
OMGRAP � i<br />
References<br />
OMEGA x -0.5 3.0 —<br />
J.F. Ely and H.J.M. Hanley, "Prediction of Transport Properties. 1. Viscosities<br />
of Fluids and Mixtures," Ind. Eng. Chem. Fundam., Vol. 20, (1981), pp. 323–<br />
332.<br />
Twu Liquid Viscosity<br />
The Twu liquid viscosity model is based upon the work of C.H. Twu (1985).<br />
The correlation uses n-alkanes as a reference fluid and is capable of<br />
predicting liquid viscosity for petroleum fractions with normal boiling points up<br />
to 1340 F and API gravity up to -30.<br />
Given the normal boiling point Tb and the specific gravity SG of the system to<br />
be modeled, the Twu model estimates the viscosity of the n-alkane reference<br />
fluid of the same normal boiling point at 100 F and 210 F, and its specific<br />
gravity. These are used to estimates the viscosity of the system to be<br />
modeled at 100 F and at 210 F, and these viscosities are used to estimate the<br />
viscosity at the temperature of interest.
Where:<br />
SG = Specific gravity of petroleum fraction<br />
Tb = Normal boiling point of petroleum fraction, Rankine<br />
SG° = Specific gravity of reference fluid with normal<br />
boiling point Tb<br />
T = Temperature of petroleum fraction, Rankine<br />
� = Kinematic viscosity of petroleum fraction at T, cSt<br />
�i = Kinematic viscosity of petroleum fraction at 100 F<br />
(i=1) and 210 F (i=2), cSt<br />
�1°, �2° = Kinematic viscosity of reference fluid at 100 F and<br />
210 F, cSt<br />
Tc° = Critical temperature of reference fluid, Rankine<br />
268 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Reference<br />
C.H. Twu, "Internally Consistent Correlation for Predicting Liquid Viscosities of<br />
Petroleum Fractions," Ind. Eng. Chem. Process Des. Dev., Vol. 24 (1985), pp.<br />
1287-1293<br />
Viscosity Quadratic Mixing Rule<br />
With i and j being components, the viscosity quadratic mixing rule is:<br />
The pure component viscosity is calculated by the General Pure Component<br />
Liquid Viscosity model.<br />
Option Codes<br />
Option Code Value Descriptions<br />
1 0 Use mole basis composition (default)<br />
Parameter<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
1 Use mass basis composition<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 269<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MLQKIJ K ij - x - - —<br />
Thermal Conductivity <strong>Models</strong><br />
Units<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has eight built-in thermal conductivity<br />
models. This section describes the thermal conductivity models available.<br />
Model Type<br />
Chung-Lee-Starling Vapor or liquid<br />
IAPS Water or steam<br />
Li Mixing Rule Liquid mixture<br />
Riedel Electrolyte Correction Electrolyte<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Thermal<br />
Conductivity<br />
Liquid<br />
Solid Thermal Conductivity Polynomial Solid<br />
General Pure Component Vapor Thermal<br />
Conductivity<br />
Stiel-Thodos Pressure Correction Vapor<br />
Low pressure vapor<br />
TRAPP Thermal Conductivity Vapor or liquid<br />
Vredeveld Mixing Rule Liquid mixture<br />
Wassiljewa-Mason-Saxena Mixing Rule Low pressure vapor
Chung-Lee-Starling Thermal Conductivity<br />
The main equation for the Chung-Lee-Starling thermal conductivity model is:<br />
Where:<br />
f1<br />
f2<br />
�<br />
270 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
�(p = 0) can be calculated by the low pressure Chung-Lee-Starling model.<br />
The molar density can be calculated using an equation-of-state model (for<br />
example, the Benedict-Webb-Rubin equation-of-state). The parameter pr is<br />
the reduced dipolemoment:<br />
The polar parameter � is tabulated for certain alcohols and carboxylic acids.<br />
For low pressures, f1 is reduced to 1.0 and f2 is reduced to zero. This gives<br />
the Chung-Lee-Starling expression for thermal conductivity of low pressure<br />
gases.<br />
The same expressions are used for mixtures. The mixture expression for � (p<br />
= 0) must be used. (See Chung-Lee-Starling Low-Pressure Vapor Viscosity.)<br />
Where:
Vcij<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 271<br />
=<br />
�ij = 0 (in almost all cases)<br />
Tcij<br />
=<br />
�ij = 0 (in almost all cases)<br />
�ij<br />
Mij<br />
�ij<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TCCLS T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
VCCLS V ci VC x 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
MUP p i — — 0.0 5x10 -24<br />
OMGCLS � i<br />
CLSK � i<br />
CLSKV � ij<br />
CLSKT � ij<br />
OMEGA x -0.5 2.0 —<br />
0.0 x 0.0 0.5 —<br />
0.0 x -0.5 -0.5 —<br />
0.0 x -0.5 0.5 —<br />
DIPOLEMOMENT<br />
The model-specific parameters also affect the results of the Chung-Lee-<br />
Starling Viscosity models.<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 505, 523.<br />
IAPS Thermal Conductivity for Water<br />
The IAPS thermal conductivity models were developed by the International<br />
Association for Properties of Steam. These models can calculate vapor and<br />
liquid thermal conductivity for water and steam. They are used in option sets<br />
STEAMNBS and STEAM-TA.<br />
The general form of the equation for the IAPS thermal conductivity models is:<br />
�w=fcn(T, p)<br />
Where:
fcn = Correlation developed by IAPS<br />
The models are only applicable to water. No parameters are required.<br />
Li Mixing Rule<br />
Liquid mixture thermal conductivity is calculated using Li equation (Reid<br />
et.al., 1987):<br />
Where:<br />
The pure component liquid molar volume Vi *,l is calculated from the Rackett<br />
model.<br />
The pure component liquid thermal conductivity �i *,l is calculated by the<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Thermal Conductivity model.<br />
Reference: R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases<br />
and Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 550.<br />
Riedel Electrolyte Correction<br />
The Riedel model can calculate the correction to the liquid mixture thermal<br />
conductivity of a solvent mixture, due to the presence of electrolytes:<br />
Where:<br />
� l solv = Thermal conductivity of the liquid solvent mixture,<br />
calculated by the General Pure Component Liquid<br />
Thermal Conductivity model using the Vredeveld<br />
mixing rule<br />
xca a<br />
272 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
= Mole fraction of the apparent electrolyte ca<br />
ac, aa = Riedel ionic coefficient<br />
Vm l<br />
= Apparent molar volume computed by the Clarke<br />
density model<br />
Apparent electrolyte mole fractions are computed from the true ion molefractions<br />
and ionic charge number. They can also be computed if you use the<br />
apparent component approach. A more detailed discussion of this method is<br />
found in Electrolyte Calculation.
You must provide parameters for the Sato-Riedel model. This model is used<br />
for the calculation of the thermal conductivity of solvent mixtures.<br />
Parameter<br />
Symbol Default Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
CHARGE z 0.0 — — —<br />
IONRDL a 0.0 — — †<br />
† THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY, MOLE-VOLUME<br />
The behavior of this model can be changed using option codes (these codes<br />
apply to the Vredeveld mixing rule).<br />
Option Option Description<br />
Code Value<br />
1 0 Do not check ratio of KL max / KL min<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 273<br />
1 Check ratio. If KL max / KL min > 2, set exponent to 1,<br />
overriding option code 2.<br />
2 0 Exponent is -2<br />
1 Exponent is 0.4<br />
2 Exponent is 1. This uses a weighted average of liquid thermal<br />
conductivities.<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Thermal<br />
Conductivity<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has several submodels for calculating<br />
pure component liquid thermal conductivity. It uses parameter TRNSWT/3 to<br />
determine which submodel is used. See Pure Component Temperature-<br />
Dependent Properties for details.<br />
If TRNSWT/3 is This equation is used And this parameter is used<br />
0 Sato-Riedel —<br />
100 DIPPR KLDIP<br />
301 PPDS KLPDS<br />
401 IK-CAPE KLPO<br />
503 NIST ThermoML<br />
polynomial<br />
KLTMLPO<br />
510 NIST PPDS8 equation KLPPDS8<br />
Sato-Riedel<br />
The Sato-Riedel equation is (Reid et al., 1987):<br />
Where:<br />
Tbri = Tbi / Tci<br />
Tri = T / Tci
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
TB T bi — — 4.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PPDS<br />
The equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of � *,l versus T occurs outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
274 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
KLPDS/1 C 1i — — — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY<br />
KLPDS/2 C 2i 0 — — — —<br />
KLPDS/3 C 3i 0 — — — —<br />
KLPDS/4 C 4i 0 — — — —<br />
KLPDS/5 C 5i 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
KLPDS/6 C 6i 1000 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST PPDS8 Equation<br />
The equation is<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
KLPPDS8/1 C 1i — — — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY<br />
KLPPDS8/2, ..., 7 C 2i , ..., C 7i 0 — — — —<br />
KLPPDS8/8 T Ci — — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
KLPPDS8/9 nTerms 7 — — — —<br />
KLPPDS8/10 T lower 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
KLPPDS8/11 T upper 1000 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
DIPPR Liquid Thermal Conductivity<br />
The DIPPR equation is:
Linear extrapolation of � *,l versus T occurs outside of bounds.<br />
(Other DIPPR equations may sometimes be used. See Pure Component<br />
Temperature-Dependent Properties for details.)<br />
The DIPPR equation is used by PCES when estimating liquid thermal<br />
conductivity.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 275<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
KLDIP/1 C 1i — x — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
KLDIP/2, ... , 5 C 2i , ..., C 5i 0 x — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
KLDIP/6 C 6i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
KLDIP/7 C 7i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST ThermoML Polynomial<br />
The equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of � *,l versus T occurs outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
KLTMLPO/1 C 1i — x — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
KLTMLPO/2, ... ,<br />
4<br />
C 2i , ..., C 4i 0 x — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
KLTMLPO/5 nTerms 4 x — — —<br />
KLTMLPO/6 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
KLTMLPO/7 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
IK-CAPE<br />
The IK-CAPE equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of � *,l versus T occurs outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
KLPO/1 C 1i — x — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
276 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
KLPO/2, ... , 10 C 2i , ..., C 10i 0 x — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
KLPO/11 C 11i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
KLPO/12 C 12i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and T.K. Sherwood, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1977), p. 533.<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 550.<br />
Solid Thermal Conductivity Polynomial<br />
Thermal conductivity for solid pure components is calculated using the solid<br />
thermal conductivity polynomial. For mixtures, the mole-fraction weighted<br />
average is used.<br />
For pure solids, thermal conductivity is calculated by:<br />
For mixtures:<br />
Linear extrapolation of �i *,s versus T occurs outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
KSPOLY/1 a — — — — THERMAL<br />
CONDUCTIVITY<br />
KSPOLY/2, 3, 4, 5 b, c, d, e 0 — — — THERMAL<br />
CONDUCTIVITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
KSPOLY/6 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
KSPOLY/7 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
General Pure Component Vapor Thermal<br />
Conductivity<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has several submodels for calculating<br />
pure component low pressure vapor thermal conductivity. It uses parameter<br />
TRNSWT/4 to determine which submodel is used. See Pure Component<br />
Temperature-Dependent Properties for details.
If TRNSWT/4 is This equation is used And this parameter is<br />
used<br />
0 Stiel-Thodos —<br />
102 DIPPR KVDIP<br />
301 PPDS KVPDS<br />
401 IK-CAPE KVPO<br />
503 NIST ThermoML<br />
polynomial<br />
Stiel-Thodos<br />
The Stiel-Thodos equation is:<br />
Where:<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 277<br />
KVTMLPO<br />
�i *,v (p = 0) can be obtained from the General Pure Component Vapor<br />
Viscosity model.<br />
Cpi *,ig is obtained from the General Pure Component Ideal Gas Heat Capacity<br />
model.<br />
R is the universal gas constant.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
DIPPR Vapor Thermal Conductivity<br />
The DIPPR equation for vapor thermal conductivity is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of �i *,v versus T occurs outside of bounds.<br />
Units<br />
(Other DIPPR equations may sometimes be used. See Pure Component<br />
Temperature-Dependent Properties for details.)<br />
The DIPPR equation is used in PCES when estimating vapor thermal<br />
conductivity.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
KVDIP/1 C 1i — x — — THERMAL<br />
CONDUCTIVITY<br />
KVDIP/2 C 2i 0 x — — —<br />
KVDIP/3, 4 C 3i, C 4i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE †<br />
KVDIP/5 — 0 x — — —<br />
KVDIP/6 C 6i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
KVDIP/7 C 7i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
† If any of C2i through C4i are non-zero, absolute temperature units are<br />
assumed for C1i through C4i. Otherwise, all coefficients are interpreted in user
input temperature units. The temperature limits are always interpreted in<br />
user input units.<br />
PPDS<br />
The equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of �i *,v versus T occurs outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
278 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
KVPDS/1 C 1i — — — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY<br />
KVPDS/2 C 2i 0 — — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY<br />
KVPDS/3 C 3i 0 — — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY<br />
KVPDS/4 C 4i 0 — — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY<br />
KVPDS/5 C 5i 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
KVPDS/6 C 6i 1000 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
IK-CAPE Polynomial<br />
Linear extrapolation of �i *,v versus T occurs outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
KVPO/1 C 1i — x — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY<br />
KVPO/2, ... , 10 C 2i, ..., C 10i 0 x — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
KVPO/11 C 11i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
KVPO/12 C 12i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST ThermoML Polynomial<br />
Linear extrapolation of �i *,v versus T occurs outside of bounds.
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 279<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
KVTMLPO/1 C 1i — x — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
KVTMLPO/2, ... ,<br />
4<br />
C 2i, ..., C 4i 0 x — — THERMAL-<br />
CONDUCTIVITY,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
KVTMLPO/5 nTerms 4 x — — —<br />
KVTMLPO/6 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
KVTMLPO/7 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Praunitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and Liquid,<br />
4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 494.<br />
Stiel-Thodos Pressure Correction Model<br />
The pressure correction to a pure component or mixture thermal conductivity<br />
at low pressure is given by:<br />
Where:<br />
�rm<br />
=<br />
The parameter Vm v can be obtained from Redlich-Kwong.<br />
� v (p = 0) can be obtained from the low pressure General Pure Component<br />
Vapor Thermal Conductivity.<br />
This model should not be used for polar substances, hydrogen, or helium.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PC — — — 10 5<br />
10 8<br />
PRESSURE<br />
VC V ci — — 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
ZC Z ci — — 0.1 0.5 —<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Praunitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and Liquids,<br />
4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 521.<br />
Vredeveld Mixing Rule<br />
Liquid mixture thermal conductivity is calculated using the Vredeveld equation<br />
(Reid et al., 1977):
Where:<br />
wi = Liquid phase weight fraction of component i<br />
�i *,l = Pure component liquid thermal conductivity of component i<br />
Where n is determined from two option codes on model KL2VR:<br />
If option code 1 is Then n is determined by<br />
0 (default) Option code 2, always<br />
1<br />
If option code 2 is Then n is<br />
0 (default) -2<br />
1 0.4<br />
280 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Option code 2, unless . In this case n is<br />
set to 1.<br />
2 1 (This uses a weighted average of liquid thermal<br />
conductivities.)<br />
For most systems, the ratio of maximum to minimum pure component liquid<br />
thermal conductivity is between 1 and 2, where the exponent -2 is<br />
recommended, and is the default value used.<br />
Pure component liquid thermal conductivity �i *,l is calculated by the General<br />
Pure Component Liquid Thermal Conductivity model.<br />
Reference: R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and T.K. Sherwood, The Properties of<br />
Gases and Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1977), p. 533.<br />
TRAPP Thermal Conductivity Model<br />
The general form for the TRAPP thermal conductivity model is:<br />
Where:<br />
Cpi *,ig<br />
= Mole fraction vector<br />
= Ideal gas heat capacity calculated using the<br />
General pure component ideal gas heat capacity<br />
model<br />
fcn = Corresponding states correlation based on the<br />
model for vapor and liquid thermal conductivity<br />
made by the National Bureau of standards (NBS,<br />
currently NIST)<br />
The model can be used for both pure components and mixtures. The model<br />
should be used for nonpolar components only.
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 281<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
Units<br />
TCTRAP T ci TC x 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PCTRAP p ci PC x 10 5<br />
10 8<br />
PRESSURE<br />
VCTRAP V ci VC x 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
ZCTRAP Z ci ZC x 0.1 1.0 —<br />
OMGRAP � i<br />
References<br />
OMEGA x -0.5 3.0 —<br />
J.F. Ely and H.J. M. Hanley, "Prediction of Transport Properties. 2. Thermal<br />
Conductivity of Pure Fluids and Mixtures," Ind. Eng. Chem. Fundam., Vol. 22,<br />
(1983), pp. 90–97.<br />
Wassiljewa-Mason-Saxena Mixing Rule<br />
The vapor mixture thermal conductivity at low pressures is calculated from<br />
the pure component values, using the Wassiljewa-Mason-Saxena equation:<br />
Where:<br />
�i *,v = Calculated by the General Pure Component Vapor<br />
Thermal Conductivity model<br />
�i *,v (p = 0) = Obtained from the General Pure Component Vapor<br />
Viscosity model<br />
You must supply parameters for �i *,v (p = 0) and �i *,v .<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
References<br />
Units<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), pp. 530–531.<br />
Diffusivity <strong>Models</strong><br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has seven built-in diffusivity models. This<br />
section describes the diffusivity models available.
Model Type<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Wilke-Lee (Binary) Low pressure vapor<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Wilke-Lee (Mixture) Low pressure vapor<br />
Dawson-Khoury-Kobayashi (Binary) Vapor<br />
Dawson-Khoury-Kobayashi (Mixture) Vapor<br />
Nernst-Hartley Electrolyte<br />
Wilke-Chang (Binary) Liquid<br />
Wilke-Chang (Mixture) Liquid<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Wilke-Lee (Binary)<br />
The binary diffusion coefficient at low pressures is calculated using<br />
the Chapman-Enskog-Wilke-Lee model:<br />
Dij v =Dji v<br />
Where:<br />
The collision integral for diffusion is:<br />
�D<br />
282 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
=<br />
The binary size and energy parameters are defined as:<br />
�ij<br />
�ij<br />
=<br />
=<br />
A parameter � is used to determine whether to use the Stockmayer or<br />
Lennard-Jones potential parameters for �/k (energy parameter ) and �<br />
(collision diameter). To calculate �, the dipole moment p, and either the<br />
Stockmayer parameters or Tb and Vb are needed.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MW M i — — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
Units<br />
MUP p i — — 0.0 5x10 -24 DIPOLEMOMENT<br />
TB T bi — — 4.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
VB V b — — 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
OMEGA � i<br />
— — -0.5 2.0 —<br />
STKPAR/1 (� i/k) ST fcn(T bi, V bi, p i) x — — TEMPERATURE
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 283<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
STKPAR/2 � i ST fcn(T bi, V bi, p i) x — — LENGTH<br />
LJPAR/1 (� i/k) LJ<br />
LJPAR/2 � i LJ<br />
References<br />
fcn(T ci, � i) x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
fcn(T ci, p ci, � i) x — — LENGTH<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Praunitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and Liquids,<br />
4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 587.<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Wilke-Lee (Mixture)<br />
The diffusion coefficient of a gas into a gas mixture at low pressures is<br />
calculated using an equation of Bird, Stewart, and Lightfoot by default (option<br />
code 0):<br />
If the first option code is set to 1, Blanc's law is used instead:<br />
The binary diffusion coefficient Dij v (p = 0) at low pressures is calculated using<br />
the Chapman-Enskog-Wilke-Lee model. (See Chapman-Enskog-Wilke-Lee<br />
(Binary).)<br />
You must provide parameters for this model.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
DVBLNC — 1 x — — —<br />
Units<br />
DVBLNC is set to 1 for a diffusing component and 0 for a non-diffusing<br />
component.<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 597.<br />
Dawson-Khoury-Kobayashi (Binary)<br />
The binary diffusion coefficient Dij v at high pressures is calculated from the<br />
Dawson-Khoury-Kobayashi model:
Dij v =Dji v<br />
Dij v (p = 0) is the low-pressure binary diffusion coefficient obtained from the<br />
Chapman-Enskog-Wilke-Lee model.<br />
The parameters �m v and Vm v are obtained from the Redlich-Kwong equationof-state<br />
model.<br />
You must supply parameters for these two models.<br />
Subscript i denotes a diffusing component. j denotes a solvent.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
VC V ci — x 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and T.K. Sherwood. The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 3rd ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1977), pp. 560-565.<br />
Dawson-Khoury-Kobayashi (Mixture)<br />
The diffusion coefficient of a gas into a gas mixture at high pressure is<br />
calculated using an equation of Bird, Stewart, and Lightfoot by default (option<br />
code 0):<br />
If the first option code is set to 1, Blanc's law is used instead:<br />
The binary diffusion coefficient Dij v at high pressures is calculated from the<br />
Dawson-Khoury-Kobayashi model. (See Dawson-Khoury-Kobayashi (Binary).)<br />
At low pressures (up to 1 atm) the binary diffusion coefficient is instead<br />
calculated by the Chapman-Enskog-Wilke-Lee (Binary) model.<br />
You must provide parameters for this model.<br />
284 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 285<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
DVBLNC — 1 — — — —<br />
Units<br />
DVBLNC is set to 1 for a diffusing component and 0 for a nondiffusing<br />
component.<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 597.<br />
Nernst-Hartley<br />
The effective diffusivity of an ion i in a liquid mixture with electrolytes can be<br />
calculated using the Nernst-Hartley model:<br />
Where:<br />
F = 9.65x10 7 C/kmole (Faraday's number)<br />
xk = Mole fraction of any molecular species k<br />
zi = Charge number of species i<br />
The binary diffusion coefficient of the ion with respect to a molecular species<br />
is set equal to the effective diffusivity of the ion in the liquid mixture:<br />
The binary diffusion coefficient of an ion i with respect to an ion j is set to the<br />
mean of the effective diffusivities of the two ions:<br />
The diffusivity for molecular species is calculated by the Wilke-Chang<br />
(Mixture) model.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
CHARGE z 0.0 — — —<br />
(1)<br />
(2)<br />
Units<br />
IONMOB/1 l 1 — † — — AREA, MOLES<br />
IONMOB/2 l 2 0.0 — — AREA, MOLES,<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
†When IONMOB/1 is missing, the Nernst-Hartley model uses a nominal value<br />
of 5.0 and issues a warning. This parameter should be specified for ions, and<br />
not allowed to default to this value.
References<br />
A. L. Horvath, Handbook of Aqueous Electrolyte Solutions, (Chichester: Ellis<br />
Horwood, Ltd, 1985).<br />
Wilke-Chang (Binary)<br />
The Wilke-Chang model calculates the liquid diffusion coefficient of<br />
component i in a mixture at finite concentrations:<br />
Dij l = Dji l<br />
The equation for the Wilke-Chang model at infinite dilution is:<br />
Where i is the diffusing solute and j the solvent, and:<br />
�j = Association factor of solvent. 2.26 for water, 1.90<br />
for methanol, 1.50 for ethanol, 1.20 for propyl<br />
alchohols and n-butanol, and 1.00 for all other<br />
solvents.<br />
Vbi = Liquid molar volume at Tb of solvent i<br />
�j l = Liquid viscosity of the solvent. This can be obtained<br />
from the General Pure Component Liquid Viscosity<br />
model. You must provide parameters for one of<br />
these models.<br />
� l = Liquid viscosity of the complete mixture of n<br />
components<br />
xi, xj = Apparent binary mole fractions. If the actual mole<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
fractions are then<br />
286 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
MW M j — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
VB V bi *,l<br />
Units<br />
— 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 598–600.<br />
Wilke-Chang (Mixture)<br />
The Wilke-Chang model calculates the infinite-dilution liquid diffusion<br />
coefficient of component i in a mixture.<br />
The equation for the Wilke-Chang model is:<br />
With:<br />
Where:<br />
�j = Association factor of solvent. 2.26 for water, 1.90 for<br />
methanol, 1.50 for ethanol, 1.20 for propyl alchohols<br />
and n-butanol, and 1.00 for all other solvents.<br />
n l<br />
= Mixture liquid viscosity of all nondiffusing<br />
components. This can be obtained from the General<br />
Pure Component Liquid Viscosity model. You must<br />
provide parameters for one its submodels.<br />
The parameter DLWC specifies which components diffuse. It is set to 1 for a<br />
diffusing component and 0 for a non-diffusing component.<br />
Parameter<br />
Symbol Default Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
MW M j — 1.0 5000.0 —<br />
VB V bi *,l<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 287<br />
— 0.001 3.5 MOLE-VOLUME<br />
DLWC — 1 — — —<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Praunsnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 618.<br />
Surface Tension <strong>Models</strong><br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has the following built-in surface tension<br />
models.This section describes the surface tension models available.<br />
Model Type<br />
Liquid Mixture Surface Tension Liquid-vapor
Model Type<br />
API Liquid-vapor<br />
IAPS Water-stream<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Surface<br />
Tension<br />
288 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Liquid-vapor<br />
Onsager-Samaras Electrolyte Correction Electrolyte liquid-vapor<br />
Modified MacLeod-Sugden Liquid-vapor<br />
Liquid Mixture Surface Tension<br />
The liquid mixture surface tension is calculated using a general weighted<br />
average expression (R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties<br />
of Gases and Liquids, 4th. ed., New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987, p. 643):<br />
Where:<br />
x = Mole fraction<br />
r = Exponent (specified by the option code)<br />
Hadden (S. T. Hadden, Hydrocarbon Process Petrol Refiner, 45(10), 1966, p.<br />
161) suggested that the exponent value r =1 should be used for most<br />
hydrocarbon mixtures. However, Reid recommended the value of r in the<br />
range of -1 to -3. The exponent value r can be specified using the model’s<br />
Option Code (option code = 1, -1, -2, ..., -9 corresponding to the value of r).<br />
The default value of r for this model is 1.<br />
The pure component liquid surface tension �i *,l is calculated by the General<br />
Pure Component Liquid Surface Tension model.<br />
API Surface Tension<br />
The liquid mixture surface tension for hydrocarbons is calculated using the<br />
API model. This model is recommended for petroleum and petrochemical<br />
applications. It is used in the CHAO-SEA, GRAYSON, LK-PLOCK, PENG-ROB,<br />
and RK-SOAVE property models. The general form of the model is:<br />
Where:<br />
fcn = A correlation based on API Procedure 10A32 (API Technical Data<br />
Book, Petroleum Refining, 4th edition)<br />
The original form of this model is only designed for petroleum, and treats all<br />
components as pseudocomponents (estimating surface tension from boiling<br />
point, critical temperature, and specific gravity). If option code 1 is set to 0<br />
(the default), it behaves this way. Set option code 1 to 1 for the model to use<br />
the General Pure Component Liquid Surface Tension model to calculate the<br />
surface tension of real components and the API model for pseudocomponents.
The mixture surface tension is then calculated as a mole-fraction-weighted<br />
average of these surface tensions.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
TB T bi — — 4.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
SG SG — — 0.1 2.0 —<br />
TC T ci — — 5.0 2000 TEMPERATURE<br />
IAPS Surface Tension for Water<br />
The IAPS surface tension model was developed by the International<br />
Association for Properties of Steam. It calculates liquid surface tension for<br />
water and steam. This model is used in option sets STEAMNBS and STEAM-<br />
TA.<br />
The general form of the equation for the IAPS surface tension model is:<br />
�w=fcn(T, p)<br />
Where:<br />
fcn = Correlation developed by IAPS<br />
The model is only applicable to water. No parameters are required.<br />
General Pure Component Liquid Surface<br />
Tension<br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has several submodels for calculating<br />
liquid surface tension. It uses parameter TRNSWT/5 to determine which<br />
submodel is used. See Pure Component Temperature-Dependent Properties<br />
for details.<br />
If TRNSWT/5 is This equation is used And this parameter is<br />
used<br />
0 Hakim-Steinberg-Stiel —<br />
106 DIPPR SIGDIP<br />
301 PPDS SIGPDS<br />
401 IK-CAPE polynomial<br />
equation<br />
505 NIST TDE Watson<br />
equation<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 289<br />
SIGPO<br />
SIGTDEW<br />
511 NIST TDE expansion SIGISTE<br />
512 NIST PPDS14 Equation SIGPDS14<br />
Hakim-Steinberg-Stiel<br />
The Hakim-Steinberg-Stiel equation is:<br />
Where:
Qpi =<br />
mi<br />
=<br />
The parameter �i is the Stiel polar factor.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
290 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
TC T ci — 5.0 2000.0 TEMPERATURE<br />
PC p ci — PRESSURE<br />
OMEGA � i<br />
CHI � i<br />
DIPPR Liquid Surface Tension<br />
— -0.5 2.0 —<br />
0 — — —<br />
The DIPPR equation for liquid surface tension is:<br />
Where:<br />
Tri = T / Tci<br />
Linear extrapolation of �i *,l versus T occurs outside of bounds.<br />
(Other DIPPR equations may sometimes be used. See Pure Component<br />
Temperature-Dependent Properties for details.)<br />
The DIPPR model is used by PCES when estimating liquid surface tension.<br />
Note: Reduced temperature Tr is always calculated using absolute<br />
temperature units.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
SIGDIP/1 C 1i — — — SURFACE-<br />
TENSION<br />
SIGDIP/2, ..., 5 C 2i, ..., C 5i 0 — — —<br />
SIGDIP/6 C 6i 0 — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SIGDIP/7 C 7i 1000 — — TEMPERATURE<br />
PPDS<br />
The equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of �i *,l versus T occurs outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
SIGPDS/1 C 1i — — — — SURFACE-<br />
TENSION
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 291<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
SIGPDS/2 C 2i 0 — — — —<br />
SIGPDS/3 C 3i 0 — — — —<br />
Units<br />
SIGPDS/4 C 4i 0 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SIGPDS/5 C 5i 1000 — — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST PPDS14 Equation<br />
This equation is the same as the PPDS equation above, but it uses its own<br />
parameter set which includes critical temperature.<br />
Parameter Symbol Default MDS Lower Upper Units<br />
Name/Element<br />
Limit Limit<br />
SIGPDS14/1 C 1i — x — — N/m<br />
SIGPDS14/2 C 2i 0 x — — —<br />
SIGPDS14/3 C 3i 0 x — — —<br />
SIGPDS14/4 T ci — x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SIGPDS14/5 C 4i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SIGPDS14/6 C 5i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
IK-CAPE Polynomial<br />
The IK-CAPE equation is:<br />
Linear extrapolation of �i *,l versus T occurs outside of bounds.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
SIGPO/1 C 1i — x — — SURFACE-<br />
TENSION<br />
SIGPO/2, ..., 10 C 2i, ..., C 10i 0 x — — SURFACE-<br />
TENSION<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
SIGPO/11 C 11i 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SIGPO/12 C 12i 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST TDE Watson Equation<br />
This equation can be used when parameter SIGTDEW is available.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
SIGTDEW/1 C 1i — x — — —<br />
Units
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
292 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
SIGTDEW/2, 3, 4 C 2i, C 3i, C 4i 0 x — — —<br />
Units<br />
SIGTDEW/5 T c — x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SIGTDEW/6 nTerms 4 x — — —<br />
SIGTDEW/7 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SIGTDEW/8 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
NIST TDE Expansion<br />
This equation can be used when parameter SIGISTE is available.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default MDS Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
SIGISTE/1 C 1i — x — — N/m<br />
SIGISTE/2, 3, 4 C 2i, C 3i, C 4i 0 x — — N/m<br />
SIGISTE/5 T ci — x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SIGISTE/6 nTerms 4 x — — —<br />
SIGISTE/7 T lower 0 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
SIGISTE/8 T upper 1000 x — — TEMPERATURE<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 4th. ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1987), p. 638.<br />
Onsager-Samaras<br />
The Onsager-Samaras model calculates the correction to the liquid mixture<br />
surface tension of a solvent mixture, due to the presence of electrolytes:<br />
Where:<br />
for salt concentration < 0.03<br />
M<br />
�solv = Surface tension of the solvent mixture calculated<br />
by the General Pure Component Liquid Surface<br />
Tension model<br />
xca a<br />
= Mole fraction of the apparent electrolyte ca<br />
��ca = Contribution to the surface tension correction due<br />
to apparent electrolyte ca<br />
For each apparent electrolyte ca, the contribution to the surface tension<br />
correction is calculated as:<br />
(1)
Where:<br />
�solv = Dielectric constant of the solvent mixture<br />
cca a<br />
Vm l<br />
3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 293<br />
=<br />
= Liquid molar volume calculated by the Clarke<br />
model<br />
Apparent electrolyte mole fractions are computed from the true ion molefractions<br />
and ionic charge number. They are also computed if you use the<br />
apparent component approach. See Apparent Component and True<br />
Component Approaches in the Electrolyte Calculation chapter for a more<br />
detailed discussion of this method.<br />
Above salt concentration 0.03 M, the slope of surface tension vs. mole<br />
fraction is taken to be constant at the value from 0.03 M.<br />
You must provide parameters for the General Pure Component Liquid Surface<br />
Tension model, used for the calculation of the surface tension of the solvent<br />
mixture.<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
Symbol Default Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
CHARGE z 0.0 — — —<br />
References<br />
(2)<br />
Units<br />
A. L. Horvath, Handbook of Aqueous Electrolyte Solutions, (Chichester: Ellis,<br />
Ltd. 1985).<br />
Modified MacLeod-Sugden<br />
The modified MacLeod-Sugden equation for mixture liquid surface tension can<br />
be derived from the standard MacLeod-Sugden equation by assuming that the<br />
density of the vapor phase is zero. The modified MacLeod-Sugden equation is:<br />
Where:<br />
�i *,l = Surface tension for pure component i, calculated using<br />
the General Pure Component Liquid Surface Tension<br />
model.<br />
Vi *,l = Liquid molar volume for pure component i, calculated<br />
using the General Pure Component Liquid Molar Volume<br />
model.
V l = Mixture liquid molar volume, calculated using the<br />
Rackett model.<br />
References<br />
R.C. Reid, J.M. Prausnitz, and B.E. Poling, The Properties of Gases and<br />
Liquids, 3rd. ed., (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1977).<br />
294 3 Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
4 Nonconventional Solid<br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
This section describes the nonconventional solid density and enthalpy models<br />
available in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong>. The following table lists the<br />
available models and their model names. Nonconventional components are<br />
solid components that cannot be characterized by a molecular formula. These<br />
components are treated as pure components, though they are complex<br />
mixtures.<br />
Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
General Enthalpy and<br />
Density <strong>Models</strong><br />
4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 295<br />
Model name Phase(s)<br />
General density polynomial DNSTYGEN S<br />
General heat capacity<br />
polynomial<br />
Enthalpy and Density<br />
<strong>Models</strong> for Coal and Char<br />
ENTHGEN S<br />
Model name Phase(s)<br />
General coal enthalpy model HCOALGEN S<br />
IGT coal density model DCOALIGT S<br />
IGT char density model DCHARIGT S<br />
General Enthalpy and Density<br />
<strong>Models</strong><br />
The <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> has two built-in general enthalpy and<br />
density models. This section describes the general enthalpy and density<br />
models available:<br />
General Density Polynomial<br />
DNSTYGEN is a general model that gives the density of any nonconventional<br />
solid component. It uses a simple mass fraction weighted average for the<br />
reciprocal temperature-dependent specific densities of its individual
constituents. There may be up to twenty constituents with mass percentages.<br />
You must define these constituents, using the general component attribute<br />
GENANAL. The equations are:<br />
Where:<br />
wij = Mass fraction of the jth constituent in component i<br />
�ij s = Density of the jth consituent in component i<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
296 4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Symbol MDS Default Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
DENGEN/1, 5, 9, …, 77 a i,j1 x — — — MASS-ENTHALPY<br />
and TEMPERATURE<br />
DENGEN/2, 6, 10, …,<br />
78<br />
DENGEN/3, 7, 11, …,<br />
79<br />
DENGEN/4, 8, 12, …,<br />
80<br />
a i,j2 x 0 — — MASS-ENTHALPY<br />
and TEMPERATURE<br />
a i,j3 x 0 — — MASS-ENTHALPY<br />
and TEMPERATURE<br />
a i,j4 x 0 — — MASS-ENTHALPY<br />
and TEMPERATURE<br />
Use the elements of GENANAL to input the mass percentages of the<br />
constituents. The structure of DENGEN is: Elements 1 to 4 are the four<br />
coefficients for the first constituent, elements 5 to 8 are the coefficients for<br />
the second constitutent, and so on, for up to 20 constituents.<br />
General Heat Capacity Polynomial<br />
ENTHGEN is a general model that gives the specific enthalpy of any<br />
nonconventional component as a simple mass-fraction-weighted-average for<br />
the enthalpies of its individual constituents. You may define up to twenty<br />
constituents with mass percentages, using the general component attribute<br />
GENANAL. The specific enthalpy of each constituent at any temperature is<br />
calculated by combining specific enthalpy of formation of the solid with a<br />
sensible heat change. (See Nonconventional Component Enthalpy Calculation<br />
in <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> Methods.)<br />
The equations are:<br />
Where:
wij = Mass fraction of the jth constituent in<br />
component i<br />
hi s<br />
4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 297<br />
= Specific enthalpy of solid component i<br />
�fhj s = Specific enthalpy of formation of constituent j<br />
Cp s<br />
Parameter<br />
Name/Element<br />
= Heat capacity of the jth constituent in<br />
component i<br />
Symbol MDS Default Lower<br />
Limit<br />
Upper<br />
Limit<br />
Units<br />
DHFGEN/J � fh j s x 0 — — MASS-ENTHALPY<br />
HCGEN/1, 5, 9, …, 77 a i,j1 x — — — MASS-ENTHALPY<br />
and<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
HCGEN/2, 6, 10, …, 78 a i,j2 x 0 — — MASS-ENTHALPY<br />
and<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
HCGEN/3, 7, 11, …, 79 a i,j3 x 0 — — MASS-ENTHALPY<br />
and<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
HCGEN/4, 8, 12, …, 80 a i,j4 x 0 — — MASS-ENTHALPY<br />
and<br />
TEMPERATURE<br />
The elements of GENANAL are used to input the mass percentages of the<br />
constituents. The structure for HCGEN is: Elements 1 to 4 are the four<br />
coefficients for the first constituent, elements 5 to 8 are the coefficients for<br />
the second constitutent, and so on, for up to 20 constituents.<br />
Enthalpy and Density <strong>Models</strong><br />
for Coal and Char<br />
Coal is modeled in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> as a nonconventional<br />
solid. Coal models are empirical correlations, which require solid material<br />
characterization information. Component attributes are derived from<br />
constituent analyses. Definitions of coal component attributes are given in the<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> Plus User Guide, Chapter 6.<br />
Enthalpy and density are the only properties calculated for nonconventional<br />
solids. This section describes the special models available in the <strong>Aspen</strong><br />
<strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong> <strong>System</strong> for the enthalpy and density of coal and char. The<br />
component attributes required by each model are included. The coal models<br />
are:<br />
� General coal enthalpy<br />
� IGT Coal Density<br />
� IGT Char Density
� User models for density and enthalpy. See User <strong>Models</strong> for<br />
Nonconventional Properties in Chapter 6 of <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus User <strong>Models</strong>, for<br />
details on writing the subroutines for these user models.<br />
Notation<br />
Most correlations for the calculation of coal properties require proximate,<br />
ultimate, and other analyses. These are converted to a dry, mineral-matterfree<br />
basis. Only the organic portion of the coal is considered.<br />
Moisture corrections are made for all analyses except hydrogen, according to<br />
the formula:<br />
Where:<br />
w = The value determined for weight fraction<br />
w d<br />
= The value on a dry basis<br />
= The moisture weight fraction<br />
For hydrogen, the formula includes a correction for free-moisture hydrogen:<br />
The mineral matter content is calculated using the modified Parr formula:<br />
The ash term corrects for water lost by decomposition of clays in the ash<br />
determination. The average water constitution of clays is assumed to be 11.2<br />
percent. The sulfur term allows for loss in weight of pyritic sulfur when pyrite<br />
is burned to ferric oxide. The original Parr formula assumed that all sulfur is<br />
pyritic sulfur. This formula included sulfatic and organic sulfur in the mineralmatter<br />
calculation. When information regarding the forms of sulfur is<br />
available, use the modified Parr formula to give a better approximation of the<br />
percent of inorganic material present. Because chlorine is usually small for<br />
United States coals, you can omit chlorine from the calculation.<br />
Correct analyses from a dry basis to a dry, mineral-matter-free basis, using<br />
the formula:<br />
Where:<br />
�w d = Correction factor for other losses, such as the loss<br />
of carbon in carbonates and the loss of hydrogen<br />
present in the water constitution of clays<br />
298 4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
The oxygen and organic sulfur contents are usually calculated by difference<br />
as:<br />
Where:<br />
Cp = Heat capacity / (J/kgK)<br />
cp = Heat capacity / (cal/gC)<br />
h = Specific enthalpy<br />
�ch = Specific heat of combustion<br />
�fh = Specific heat of formation<br />
Ro = Mean-maximum relectance in oil<br />
T = Temperature/K<br />
t = Temperature/C<br />
w = Weight fraction<br />
� = Specific density<br />
Subscripts:<br />
A = Ash<br />
C = Carbon<br />
Cl = Chlorine<br />
FC = Fixed carbon<br />
H = Hydrogen<br />
H2O = Moisture<br />
MM = Mineral matter<br />
N = Nitrogen<br />
O = Oxygen<br />
So = Organic sulfur<br />
Sp = Pyritic sulfur<br />
St = Total sulfur<br />
S = Other sulfur<br />
VM = Volatile matter<br />
Superscripts:<br />
d = Dry basis<br />
4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 299
m = Mineral-matter-free basis<br />
General Coal Enthalpy Model<br />
The general coal model for computing enthalpy in the <strong>Aspen</strong> <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Property</strong><br />
<strong>System</strong> is HCOALGEN. This model includes a number of different correlations<br />
for the following:<br />
� Heat of combustion<br />
� Heat of formation<br />
� Heat capacity<br />
You can select one of these correlations using an option code in the Properties<br />
Advanced NC-Props form. (See the <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus User Guide, Chapter 6). Use<br />
option codes to specify a calculation method for properties. Each element in<br />
the option code vector is used in the calculation of a different property.<br />
The table labeled HCOALGEN Option Codes (below) lists model option codes<br />
for HCOALGEN. The table is followed by a detailed description of the<br />
calculations used for each correlation.<br />
The correlations are described in the following section. The component<br />
attributes are defined in <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus User Guide, Chapter 6.<br />
Heat of Combustion Correlations<br />
The heat of combustion of coal in the HCOALGEN model is a gross calorific<br />
value. It is expressed in Btu/lb of coal on a dry mineral-matter-free basis.<br />
ASTM Standard D5865-07a defines standard conditions for measuring gross<br />
calorific value. (Earlier ASTM Standard D-2015 used the same conditions.)<br />
Initial oxygen pressure is 20 to 40 atmospheres. Products are in the form of<br />
ash; liquid water; and gaseous CO2, SO2, and NO2.<br />
You can calculate net calorific value from gross calorific value by making a<br />
deduction for the latent heat of vaporization of water.<br />
Heat of combustion values are converted back to a dry, mineral-mattercontaining<br />
basis with a correction for the heat of combustion of pyrite. The<br />
formula is:<br />
The heat of combustion correlations were evaluated by the Institute of Gas<br />
Technology (IGT). They used data for 121 samples of coal from the Penn<br />
State Data Base (IGT, 1976) and 457 samples from a USGS report (Swanson,<br />
et al., 1976). These samples included a wide range of United States coal<br />
fields. The constant terms in the HCOALGEN correlations are bias corrections<br />
obtained from the IGT study.<br />
Boie Correlation:<br />
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
BOIEC/1 a 1i 151.2<br />
BOIEC/2 a 2i 499.77<br />
300 4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
BOIEC/3 a 3i 45.0<br />
BOIEC/4 a 4i -47.7<br />
BOIEC/5 a 5i 27.0<br />
BOIEC/6 a 6i -189.0<br />
Dulong Correlation:<br />
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
DLNGC/1 a 1i 145.44<br />
DLNGC/2 a 2i 620.28<br />
DLNGC/3 a 3i 40.5<br />
DLNGC/4 a 4i -77.54<br />
DLNGC/5 a 5i -16.0<br />
Grummel and Davis Correlation:<br />
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
GMLDC/1 a 1i 0.3333<br />
GMLDC/2 a 2i 654.3<br />
GMLDC/3 a 3i 0.125<br />
GMLDC/4 a 4i 0.125<br />
GMLDC/5 a 5i 424.62<br />
GMLDC/6 a 6i -2.0<br />
Mott and Spooner Correlation:<br />
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
MTSPC/1 a 1i 144.54<br />
MTSPC/2 a 2i 610.2<br />
MTSPC/3 a 3i 40.3<br />
MTSPC/4 a 4i 62.45<br />
MTSPC/5 a 5i 30.96<br />
MTSPC/6 a 6i 65.88<br />
MTSPC/7 a 7i -47.0<br />
IGT Correlation:<br />
4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 301
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
CIGTC/1 a 1i 178.11<br />
CIGTC/2 a 2i 620.31<br />
CIGTC/3 a 3i 80.93<br />
CIGTC/4 a 4i 44.95<br />
CIGTC/5 a 5i -5153.0<br />
Revised IGT Correlation (Perry's, 7th ed., equation 27-7):<br />
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
CIGT2/1 a 1i 146.58<br />
CIGT2/2 a 2i 568.78<br />
CIGT2/3 a 3i 29.4<br />
CIGT2/4 a 4i -6.58<br />
CIGT2/5 a 5i -51.53<br />
User Input Value of Heat Combustion<br />
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
HCOMB � ch i d 0<br />
Standard Heat of Formation Correlations<br />
There are two standard heat of formation correlations for the HCOALGEN<br />
model:<br />
� Heat of combustion-based<br />
� Direct<br />
Heat of Combustion-Based Correlation: This is based on the assumption that<br />
combustion results in complete oxidation of all elements except sulfatic sulfur<br />
and ash, which are considered inert. The numerical coefficients are<br />
combinations of stoichiometric coefficients and heat of formation for CO2,<br />
H2O, HCl, and NO2 at 298.15K:<br />
For example, the complete oxidation of hydrogen is based on the reaction<br />
, since the stable phase of water at 298.15 K is<br />
liquid, the heat of vaporization at 298.15 K is needed in the conversion. The<br />
numerical coefficient of is calculated by:<br />
302 4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
The complete oxidation of carbon is based on the reaction<br />
4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 303<br />
, and the numerical coefficient of is calculated by:<br />
The complete oxidation of sulfur (pyritic and organic sulfur) is based on the<br />
reaction , and the numerical coefficient of is<br />
calculated by:<br />
The complete oxidation of nitrogen is based on the reaction<br />
, and the numerical coefficient of is calculated by:<br />
The complete oxidation of chlorine is based on the reaction<br />
is calculated by:<br />
, and the numerical coefficient of<br />
Direct Correlation: Normally small, relative to its heat of combustion. An error<br />
of 1% in the heat of a combustion-based correlation produces about a 50%<br />
error when it is used to calculate the heat of formation. For this reason, the<br />
following direct correlation was developed, using data from the Penn State<br />
Data Base. It has a standard deviation of 112.5 Btu/lb, which is close to the<br />
limit, due to measurement in the heat of combustion:<br />
Where:<br />
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
HFC/1 a 1i 1810.123<br />
HFC/2 a 2i -502.222<br />
HFC/3 a 3i 329.1087<br />
HFC/4 a 4i 121.766<br />
HFC/5 a 5i -542.393<br />
HFC/6 a 6i 1601.573
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
HFC/7 a 7i 424.25<br />
HFC/8 a 8i -525.199<br />
HFC/9 a 9i -11.4805<br />
HFC/10 a 10i 31.585<br />
HFC/11 a 11i 13.5256<br />
HFC/12 a 12i 11.5<br />
HFC/13 a 13i -685.846<br />
HFC/14 a 14i -22.494<br />
HFC/15 a 15i -64836.19<br />
Heat Capacity Kirov Correlations<br />
The Kirov correlation (1965) considered coal to be a mixture of moisture, ash,<br />
fixed carbon, and primary and secondary volatile matter. Secondary volatile<br />
matter is any volatile matter up to 10% on a dry, ash-free basis; the<br />
remaining volatile matter is primary. The correlation developed by Kirov<br />
treats the heat capacity as a weighted sum of the heat capacities of the<br />
constituents:<br />
Where:<br />
i = Component index<br />
j = Constituent index j = 1, 2 , ... , ncn<br />
304 4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Where the values of j represent:<br />
1 Moisture<br />
2 Fixed carbon<br />
3 Primary volatile matter<br />
4 Secondary volatile matter<br />
5 Ash<br />
wj = Mass fraction of jth constituent on dry basis<br />
This correlation calculates heat capacity in cal/gram-C using temperature in<br />
C. The parameters must be specified in appropriate units for this conversion.<br />
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
CP1C/1 a i,11 1.0<br />
CP1C/2 a i,12 0<br />
CP1C/3 a i,13 0<br />
CP1C/4 a i,14 0<br />
CP1C/5 a i,21 0.165<br />
CP1C/6 a i,22
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
CP1C/7 a i,23<br />
CP1C/8 a i,24 0<br />
CP1C/9 a i,31 0.395<br />
CP1C/10 a i,32<br />
CP1C/11 a i,33 0<br />
CP1C/12 a i,34 0<br />
CP1C/13 a i,41 0.71<br />
CP1C/14 a i,42<br />
CP1C/15 a i,43 0<br />
CP1C/16 a i,44 0<br />
CP1C/17 a i,51 0.18<br />
CP1C/18 a i,52<br />
CP1C/19 a i,53 0<br />
CP1C/20 a i,54 0<br />
Cubic Temperature Equation<br />
The cubic temperature equation is:<br />
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
CP2C/1 a 1i 0.438<br />
CP2C/2 a 2i<br />
CP2C/3 a 3i<br />
CP2C/4 a 4i<br />
The default values of the parameters were developed by Gomez, Gayle, and<br />
Taylor (1965). They used selected data from three lignites and a<br />
subbituminous B coal, over a temperature range from 32.7 to 176.8�C.<br />
HCOALGEN Option Codes<br />
Option Code Option Code<br />
Number Value †<br />
1 Heat of Combustion<br />
4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 305<br />
Calculation<br />
Method<br />
Parameter<br />
Names<br />
Component<br />
Attributes<br />
1 Boie correlation BOIEC ULTANAL<br />
SULFANAL<br />
PROXANAL<br />
2 Dulong<br />
correlation<br />
3 Grummel and<br />
Davis correlation<br />
DLNGC ULTANAL<br />
SULFANAL<br />
PROXANAL<br />
GMLDC ULTANAL<br />
SULFANAL<br />
PROXANAL<br />
4 Mott and Spooner<br />
correlation<br />
MTSPC ULTANAL<br />
SULFANAL<br />
PROXANAL
Option Code Option Code<br />
Number Value †<br />
1 Heat of Combustion<br />
306 4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Calculation<br />
Method<br />
Parameter<br />
Names<br />
Component<br />
Attributes<br />
5 IGT correlation CIGTC ULTANAL<br />
PROXANAL<br />
6 User input value HCOMB ULTANAL<br />
PROXANAL<br />
7 Revised IGT<br />
correlation<br />
2 Standard Heat of Formation<br />
CIGT2 ULTANAL<br />
PROXANAL<br />
1 Heat-of- — ULTANAL<br />
combustionbased<br />
correlation<br />
SULFANAL<br />
2 Direct correlation HFC ULTANAL<br />
SULFANAL<br />
PROXANAL<br />
3 Heat Capacity<br />
1 Kirov correlation CP1C PROXANAL<br />
2 Cubic<br />
temperature<br />
equation<br />
4 Enthalpy Basis<br />
1 Elements in their —<br />
standard states<br />
at 298.15K and 1<br />
atm<br />
—<br />
2 Component at<br />
298.15 K<br />
† Default = 1 for each option code<br />
References<br />
CP2C —<br />
—<br />
—<br />
— —<br />
Gomez, M., J.B. Gayle, and A.R. Taylor, Jr., Heat Content and Specific Heat of<br />
Coals and Related Products, U.S. Bureau of Mines, R.I. 6607, 1965.<br />
IGT (Institute of Gas Technology), Coal Conversion <strong>System</strong>s Technical Data<br />
Book, Section PMa. 44.1, 1976.<br />
Kirov, N.Y., "Specific Heats and Total Heat Contents of Coals and Related<br />
Materials are Elevated Temperatures," BCURA Monthly Bulletin, (1965),<br />
pp. 29, 33.<br />
Swanson, V.E. et al., Collection, Chemical Analysis and Evaluation of Coal<br />
Samples in 1975, U.S. Geological Survey, Open-File Report (1976), pp. 76–<br />
468.<br />
R. H. Perry and D. W. Green, eds., Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook, 7th<br />
ed., McGraw-Hill (1997), p. 27-5.<br />
IGT Coal Density Model<br />
The DCOALIGT model gives the true (skeletal or solid-phase) density of coal<br />
on a dry basis. It uses ultimate and sulfur analyses. The model is based on<br />
equations from IGT (1976):
The equation for �i dm is good for a wide range of hydrogen contents, including<br />
anthracities and high temperature cokes. The standard deviation of this<br />
correlation for a set of 190 points collected by IGT from the literature was<br />
12x10 -6 m 3 /kg. The points are essentially uniform over the whole range. This<br />
is equivalent to a standard deviation of about 1.6% for a coal having a<br />
hydrogen content of 5%. It increases to about 2.2% for a coke or anthracite<br />
having a hydrogen content of 1%.<br />
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
DENIGT/1 a 1i 0.4397<br />
DENIGT/2 a 2i 0.1223<br />
DENIGT/3 a 3i -0.01715<br />
DENIGT/4 a 4i 0.001077<br />
Reference<br />
IGT (Institute of Gas Technology), Coal Conversion <strong>System</strong>s Technical Data<br />
Book, Section PMa. 44.1, 1976.<br />
IGT Char Density Model<br />
The DGHARIGT model gives the true (skeletal or solid-phase) density of char<br />
or coke on a dry basis. It uses ultimate and sulfur analyses. This model is<br />
based on equations from IGT (1976):<br />
Parameter Name/Element Symbol Default<br />
DENIGT/1 a 1i 0.4397<br />
DENIGT/2 a 2i 0.1223<br />
DENIGT/3 a 3i -0.01715<br />
DENIGT/4 a 4i 0.001077<br />
4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong> 307
The densities of graphitic high-temperature carbons (including cokes) range<br />
from 2.2x10 3 to 2.26x10 3 kg/m 3 . Densities of nongraphitic high-temperature<br />
carbons (derived from chars) range from 2.0x10 3 to 2.2x10 3 kg/m 3 . Most of<br />
the data used in developing this correlation were for carbonized coking coals.<br />
Although data on a few chars (carbonized non-coking coals) were included,<br />
none has a hydrogen content less than 2%. The correlation is probably not<br />
accurate for high temperature chars.<br />
References<br />
I.M. Chang, B.S. Thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1979.<br />
M. Gomez, J.B. Gayle, and A.R. Taylor, Jr., Heat Content and Specific Heat of<br />
Coals and Related Products, U.S. Bureau of Mines, R.I. 6607, 1965.<br />
IGT (Institute of Gas Technology), Coal Conversion <strong>System</strong>s Technical Data<br />
Book, Section PMa. 44.1, 1976.<br />
N.Y. Kirov, "Specific Heats and Total Heat Contents of Coals and Related<br />
Materials are Elevated Temperatures," BCURA Monthly Bulletin, (1965),<br />
pp. 29, 33.<br />
V.E. Swanson et al., Collection, Chemical Analysis and Evaluation of Coal<br />
Samples in 1975, U.S. Geological Survey, Open-File Report (1976), pp. 76–<br />
468.<br />
308 4 Nonconventional Solid <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong>
5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option<br />
Codes<br />
The following tables list the model option codes available:<br />
� Option Codes for Transport <strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
� Option Codes for Activity Coefficient <strong>Models</strong><br />
� Option Codes for Equation of State <strong>Models</strong><br />
� Option Codes for K-value <strong>Models</strong><br />
� Option Codes for Enthalpy <strong>Models</strong><br />
� Option Codes for Gibbs Energy <strong>Models</strong><br />
� Option Codes for Molar Volume <strong>Models</strong><br />
Option Codes for Transport<br />
<strong>Property</strong> <strong>Models</strong><br />
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option Codes 309<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
SIG2HSS 1 1 Exponent in mixing rule (default)<br />
-1,-2,<br />
..., -9<br />
Exponent in mixing rule<br />
SIG2ONSG 1 1 Exponent in mixing rule (default)<br />
-1,-2,<br />
..., -9<br />
Exponent in mixing rule<br />
SIG2API 1 0 Use original API model for all components<br />
MUL2API,<br />
MULAPI92<br />
1 Use API model for pseudocomponents, General<br />
Pure Component Liquid Surface Tension for real<br />
components, and take a mole-fraction-weighted<br />
average of the results.<br />
1 0 Release 9 method. First, the API, SG of the<br />
mixture is calculated, then the API correlation is<br />
used (default)
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
MUL2ANDR,<br />
DL0WCA, DL1WCA,<br />
DL0NST, DL1NST<br />
310 5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option Codes<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
1 Pre-release 9 method. Liquid viscosity is<br />
calculated for each pseudocomponent using the<br />
API method. Then mixture viscosity is<br />
calculated by mixing rules.<br />
1 0 Mixture viscosity weighted by mole fraction<br />
(default)<br />
1 Mixture viscosity weighted by mass fraction<br />
MUL2JONS 1 0 Mixture viscosity weighted by mole fraction<br />
(default)<br />
MUL2CLS,<br />
MUL2CLS2<br />
1 Mixture viscosity weighted by mass fraction<br />
2 0 Use Breslau and Miller equation instead of Jones<br />
and Dole equation when electrolyte<br />
concentration exceeds 0.1 M.<br />
1 Always use Jones and Dole equation when the<br />
parameters are available.<br />
3 0 Solvent liquid mixture viscosity from Andrade<br />
liquid mixture viscosity model (default)<br />
1 Solvent liquid mixture viscosity from quadratic<br />
mixing rule<br />
2 Solvent liquid mixture viscosity from <strong>Aspen</strong><br />
liquid mixture viscosity model<br />
1 0 Original correlation<br />
1 Modified UOP correlation<br />
MUL2QUAD 1 0 Use mole basis composition (default)<br />
1 Use mass basis composition<br />
KL2VR, KL2RDL 1 0 Do not check ratio of KL max / KL min<br />
1 Check ratio. If KL max / KL min > 2, set<br />
exponent to 1, overriding option code 2.<br />
2 0 Exponent is -2<br />
1 Exponent is 0.4<br />
2 Exponent is 1. This uses a weighted average of<br />
liquid thermal conductivities.<br />
Option Codes for Activity<br />
Coefficient <strong>Models</strong><br />
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
GMXSH 1 0 No volume term (default)<br />
1 Includes volume term<br />
WHENRY 1 1 Equal weighting
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option Codes 311<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
2 Size - VC 1/3<br />
3 Area - VC 2/3 (default)<br />
4 Volume - VC<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Activity Coefficient Model (GMELC and GMENRHG)<br />
GMPT1, GMPT3 (Pitzer)<br />
1 Defaults for pair parameters<br />
1 Pair parameters default to zero<br />
2 Solvent/solute pair parameters default to water<br />
parameters. Water/solute pair parameters default<br />
to zero (default for GMELC)<br />
3 Default water parameters to 8, -4. Default<br />
solvent/solute parameters to 10, -2 (default for<br />
GMENRHG)<br />
2 Not used<br />
3 Solvent/solvent binary parameter values obtained<br />
from<br />
0 Scalar GMELCA, GMELCB and GMELCM (default<br />
for GMELC)<br />
1 Vector NRTL(8) (default for GMENRHG)<br />
1 Defaults for pair mixing rule<br />
-1 No unsymmetric mixing<br />
0 Unsymmetric mixing polynomial (default)<br />
1 Unsymmetric mixing integral<br />
Symmetric and Unsymmetric Electrolyte NRTL Activity Coefficient Model (GMENRTLS and<br />
GMENRTLQ)<br />
COSMOSAC<br />
Hansen<br />
1 PDH long-range term<br />
0 Long-range term calculated (default)<br />
1 Long-range term ignored<br />
1 Model choice<br />
1 COSMO-SAC model by Lin and Sandler (2002)<br />
(Default)<br />
2 COSMO-RS model by Klamt and Eckert (2000)<br />
3 Lin and Sandler model with modified exchange<br />
energy (Lin et al., 2002)<br />
1 0 Hansen volume input by user (default)<br />
1 Hansen volume calculated by <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus<br />
NRTLSAC (patent pending) for Segments/Oligomers, ENRTLSAC (patent pending)<br />
NRTL-SAC (GMNRTLS)<br />
1 0 Flory-Huggins term included (default)<br />
1 Flory-Huggins term removed<br />
1 0 Reference state for ions is unsymmetric: infinite<br />
dilution in aqueous solution (default)
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
312 5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option Codes<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
2 Reference state for ions is symmetric: pure fused<br />
salts<br />
2 0 Flory-Huggins term included (default)<br />
1 Flory-Huggins term removed<br />
3 0 Long-range interaction term included (default)<br />
1 Long-range interaction term removed<br />
Option Codes for Equation of<br />
State <strong>Models</strong><br />
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
ESBWRS, ESBWRS0 1 0 Do not use steam tables<br />
ESHOC, ESHOC0,<br />
PHV0HOC<br />
ESPR, ESPR0,<br />
ESPRSTD,<br />
ESPRSTD0<br />
1 Calculate properties (H, S, G, V) of water from<br />
steam table (default; see Note)<br />
2 0 Original RT-Opt root search method (default)<br />
1 VPROOT/LQROOT <strong>Aspen</strong> Plus root search<br />
method. Use this if the equation-oriented <strong>Aspen</strong><br />
Plus solution fails to converge and some<br />
streams with missing phases show the same<br />
properties for the missing phase as for another<br />
phase.<br />
1 0 Hayden-O'Connell model. Use chemical theory<br />
only if one component has HOCETA=4.5<br />
(default)<br />
1 Always use the chemical theory regardless of<br />
HOCETA values<br />
2 Never use the chemical theory regardless of<br />
HOCETA values<br />
2 0 Check high-pressure limit. If exceeded,<br />
calculate volume at cut-off pressure.<br />
1 Ignore high-pressure limit. Calculate volume<br />
model T and P.<br />
1 0 ASPEN Boston/Mathias alpha function when T r<br />
>1, original literature alpha function otherwise.<br />
(default for ESPR)<br />
1 Original literature alpha function (default for<br />
ESPRSTD)<br />
2 Extended Gibbons-Laughton alpha function<br />
3 Twu Generalized alpha function<br />
4 Twu alpha function<br />
2 0 Standard Peng-Robinson mixing rules (default)<br />
1 Asymmetric Kij mixing rule from Dow<br />
3 0 Do not use steam tables (default)
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option Codes 313<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
1 Calculate water properties (H, S, G, V) from<br />
steam table (see Note)<br />
4 0 Do not use Peneloux liquid volume correction<br />
(default)<br />
1 Apply Peneloux liquid volume correction (See<br />
SRK)<br />
5 0 Use analytical method for root finding (default)<br />
1 Use RTO numerical method for root finding<br />
2 Use VPROOT/LQROOT numerical method for<br />
root finding<br />
ESPRWS,<br />
ESPRWS0, ESPRV1,<br />
ESPRV10, ESPRV2,<br />
ESPRV20,<br />
1 0 ASPEN Boston/Mathias alpha function<br />
ESPSAFT,<br />
ESPSAFT0<br />
ESRKS, ESRKS0,<br />
ESRKSTD,<br />
ESRKSTD0, ESSRK,<br />
ESSRK0, ESRKSML,<br />
ESRKSML0<br />
1 0 Random copolymer (default)<br />
1 Alternative copolymer<br />
2 Block copolymer<br />
2 0 Do not use Sadowski's copolymer model<br />
1 Use Sadowski's copolymer model in which a<br />
copolymer must be built only by two different<br />
types of segments<br />
3 0 Use association term (default)<br />
1 Do not use association term<br />
See Soave-Redlich-Kwong Option Codes<br />
ESRKSW, ESRKSW0 1 0 ASPEN Boston/Mathias alpha function (default)<br />
1 Original literature alpha function<br />
2 Grabowski and Daubert alpha function for H2<br />
above TC (� = 1.202 exp(-0.30228xT ri))<br />
ESRKU, ESRKU0 1 Initial temperature for binary parameter<br />
estimation<br />
0 At TREF=25 C (default)<br />
1 The lower of TB(i) or TB(j)<br />
2 (TB(i) + TB(j))/2<br />
100-<br />
999<br />
Value entered used as temperature in K<br />
2 VLE or LLE UNIFAC<br />
0 VLE (default)<br />
1 LLE<br />
3 <strong>Property</strong> diagnostic level flag (-1 to 8)
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
314 5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option Codes<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
4 Vapor phase EOS used in generation of TPxy<br />
data with UNIFAC<br />
0 Hayden-O'Connell (default)<br />
1 Redlich-Kwong<br />
5 Do/do not estimate binary parameters<br />
0 Estimate (default)<br />
1 Set to zero<br />
ESHF, ESHF0 1 0 Equation form for Log(k) expression:<br />
ESRKSWS,<br />
ESRKSWS0,<br />
ESRKSV1,<br />
ESRKSV10,<br />
ESRKSV2,<br />
ESRKSV20,<br />
ESSTEAM,<br />
ESSTEAM0<br />
log(K) = A + B/T + C ln(T) + DT (default)<br />
1 log(K) = A + B/T + CT + DT 2 + E log(P)<br />
1 Original literature alpha function<br />
2 Mathias-Copeman alpha function<br />
3 Schwartzentruber-Renon alpha function<br />
(default)<br />
1 Equation form for alpha function<br />
1 Original literature alpha function<br />
2 Mathias-Copeman alpha function<br />
3 Schwartzentruber-Renon alpha function<br />
(default)<br />
1 0 ASME 1967 correlations<br />
1 NBS 1984 equation of state (default)<br />
2 NBS 1984 equation of state with alternate root<br />
search method (STMNBS2)<br />
2 0 Original fugacity and enthalpy calculations<br />
when used with STMNBS2<br />
1 Rigorous fugacity calculation from Gibbs energy<br />
and corrected enthalpy departure (default)<br />
ESH2O, ESH2O0 1 0 ASME 1967 correlations (default)<br />
1 NBS 1984 equation of state<br />
2 NBS 1984 equation of state with alternate root<br />
search method (STMNBS2)<br />
Note: The enthalpy, entropy, Gibbs energy, and molar volume of water are<br />
calculated from the steam tables when the relevant option is enabled. The<br />
total properties are mole-fraction averages of these values with the properties<br />
calculated by the equation of state for other components. Fugacity coefficient<br />
is not affected.
Soave-Redlich-Kwong Option<br />
Codes<br />
There are five related models all based on the Soave-Redlich-Kwong equation<br />
of state which are very flexible and have many options. These models are:<br />
� Standard Redlich-Kwong-Soave (ESRKSTD0, ESRKSTD)<br />
� Redlich-Kwong-Soave-Boston-Mathias (ESRKS0, ESRKS)<br />
� Soave-Redlich-Kwong (ESSRK, ESSRK0)<br />
� SRK-Kabadi-Danner (ESSRK, ESSRK0)<br />
� SRK-ML (ESRKSML, ESRKSML0)<br />
The options for these models can be selected using the option codes<br />
described in the following table:<br />
Option<br />
Code<br />
Value Description<br />
1 0 Standard SRK alpha function for T r < 1, Boston-Mathias alpha<br />
function for T r > 1<br />
5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option Codes 315<br />
1 Standard SRK alpha function for all<br />
2 Grabovsky – Daubert alpha function for H2 and standard SRK<br />
alpha function for others (default)<br />
3 Extended Gibbons-Laughton alpha function for all components<br />
(see notes 1, 2, 3)<br />
4 Mathias alpha function<br />
5 Twu generalized alpha function<br />
2 0 Standard SRK mixing rules (default except for SRK-Kabadi-<br />
Danner)<br />
1 Kabadi – Danner mixing rules (default for SRK-Kabadi-Danner)<br />
(see notes 3, 4, 5)<br />
3 0 Do not calculate water properties from steam table (default for<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave models)<br />
1 Calculate properties (H, S, G, V) of water from steam table<br />
(default for SRK models; see note 6)<br />
4 0 Do not apply the Peneloux liquid volume correction (default for<br />
SRK-ML)<br />
1 Apply the liquid volume correction (default for other models)<br />
5 0 Use analytical method for root finding (default)<br />
1 Use RTO numerical method for root finding<br />
2 Use VPROOT/LQROOT numerical method for root finding<br />
6 0 Use true logarithm in calculating properties (default for<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave models)<br />
Notes<br />
1 Use smoothed logarithm in calculating properties (default for<br />
SRK models)<br />
1. The standard alpha function is always used for Helium.
2. If extended Gibbons-Laughton alpha function parameters are missing, the<br />
Boston-Mathias extrapolation will be used if T > Tc, and the standard<br />
alpha function will be used if T < Tc.<br />
3. The extended Gibbons-Laughton alpha function should not be used with<br />
the Kabadi-Danner mixing rules.<br />
4. The Kabadi-Danner mixing rules should not be used if Lij parameters are<br />
provided for water with any other components.<br />
5. It is recommended that you use the SRK-KD property method rather than<br />
change this option code.<br />
6. The enthalpy, entropy, Gibbs energy, and molar volume of water are<br />
calculated from the steam tables when this option is enabled. The total<br />
properties are mole-fraction averages of these values with the properties<br />
calculated by the equation of state for other components. Fugacity<br />
coefficient is not affected.<br />
Option Codes for K-Value<br />
<strong>Models</strong><br />
Model<br />
Name<br />
Option<br />
Code<br />
316 5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option Codes<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
BK10 1 0 Treat pseudocomponents as paraffins (default)<br />
1 Treat pseudocomponents as aromatics<br />
Option Codes for Enthalpy<br />
<strong>Models</strong><br />
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
DHL0HREF 1 1 Use Liquid reference state for all components (Default)<br />
2 Use liquid and gaseous reference states based on the<br />
state of each component<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Enthalpy (HAQELC, HMXELC, and HMXENRHG)<br />
1 Defaults for pair parameters<br />
1 Pair parameters default to zero<br />
2 Solvent/solute pair parameters default to water<br />
parameters. Water/solute pair parameters default to<br />
zero (default for ELC models)<br />
3 Default water parameters to 8, -4. Default<br />
solvent/solute parameters to 10, -2 (default for<br />
HMXENRHG)<br />
2 Vapor phase equation-of-state for liquid enthalpy of HF<br />
0 Ideal gas EOS (default)<br />
1 HF EOS for hydrogen fluoride<br />
3 Solvent/solvent binary parameter values obtained<br />
from:
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
HLRELNRT and HLRELELC<br />
5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option Codes 317<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
0 Scalar GMELCA, GMELCB and GMELCM (default for ELC<br />
models)<br />
1 Vector NRTL(8) (default for HMXENRHG)<br />
4 Enthalpy calculation method<br />
0 Electrolyte NRTL Enthalpy (default for ELC models and<br />
ELECNRTL property method)<br />
1 Helgeson method (default for HMXENRHG)<br />
5 Vapor phase enthalpy departure contribution to liquid<br />
enthalpy. H liq = H ig + DHV - �H vap; this option indicates<br />
how DHV is calculated.<br />
0 Do not calculate (DHV=0) (default)<br />
1 Calculate using Redlich-Kwong equation of state<br />
2 Calculate using Hayden-O'Connell equation of state<br />
6 Method for calculating corresponding states (for<br />
handling solvents that exist in both subcritical and<br />
supercritical conditions)<br />
0 Original method (default)<br />
1 Corresponding state method. Calculates a pseudocritical<br />
temperature of the solvents and uses it<br />
together with the actual critical temperatures of the<br />
pure solvents to adjust the liquid enthalpy departure.<br />
This results in a smoother transition of the liquid<br />
enthalpy contribution when the component transforms<br />
from subcritical to supercritical.<br />
7 Method for handling Henry components and multiple<br />
solvents<br />
0 Pure liquid enthalpy calculated by aqueous infinite<br />
dilution heat capacity; only water as solvent<br />
1 Pure liquid enthalpy for Henry components calculated<br />
using Henry's law; use this option when there are<br />
multiple solvents.<br />
1 Defaults for pair parameters<br />
1 Pair parameters default to zero<br />
2 Solvent/solute pair parameters default to water<br />
parameters. Water/solute pair parameters default to<br />
zero (default for HLRELELC)<br />
3 Default water parameters to 8, -4. Default<br />
solvent/solute parameters to 10, -2 (default for<br />
HLRENRTL)<br />
2 Solvent/solvent binary parameter values obtained<br />
from:<br />
0 Scalar GMELCA, GMELCB and GMELCM (default)<br />
1 Vector NRTL(8)<br />
3 Mixture density model<br />
0 Rackett equation with Campbell-Thodos modification<br />
1 Quadratic mixing rule for molecular components (mole<br />
basis)
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
HIG2ELC, HIG2HG<br />
DHLELC<br />
HAQPT1, HAQPT3 (Pitzer)<br />
318 5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option Codes<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
1 Enthalpy calculation method<br />
0 Electrolyte NRTL Enthalpy (default for HIG2ELC)<br />
1 Helgeson method (default for HIG2HG)<br />
1 Steam table for liquid enthalpy of water<br />
0 Use steam table for liquid enthalpy of water (default)<br />
1 Use specified EOS model<br />
2 Vapor phase equation-of-state for liquid enthalpy of HF<br />
0 Use specified EOS model (default)<br />
1 HF EOS for hydrogen fluoride<br />
1 Defaults for pair mixing rule<br />
-1 No unsymmetric mixing<br />
0 Unsymmetric mixing polynomial (default)<br />
1 Unsymmetric mixing integral<br />
2 Standard enthalpy calculation<br />
0 Standard electrolytes method (Pre-release 10)<br />
1 Helgeson method (Default)<br />
3 Estimation of K-stoic temperature dependency<br />
0 Use value at 298.15 K<br />
1 Helgeson Method (default)<br />
HS0POL1, GS0POL1, SS0POL1 (Solid pure component polynomials)<br />
PHILELC<br />
1 Reference temperature usage<br />
0 Use standard reference temperature (default)<br />
1 Use liquid reference temperature<br />
1 Steam table for liquid enthalpy of water<br />
0 Use steam table for liquid enthalpy of water (default)<br />
1 Use specified EOS model<br />
2 Vapor phase equation-of-state for liquid enthalpy of HF<br />
0 Use specified EOS model (default)<br />
1 HF EOS for hydrogen fluoride<br />
Option Codes for Gibbs Free<br />
Energy <strong>Models</strong><br />
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
Electrolyte NRTL Gibbs Energy (GAQELC, GMXELC, and GMXENRHG)<br />
1 Defaults for pair parameters
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
GLRELNRT, GLRELELC<br />
5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option Codes 319<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
1 Pair parameters default to zero<br />
2 Solvent/solute pair parameters default to water<br />
parameters. Water/solute pair parameters default<br />
to zero (default for ELC models)<br />
3 Default water parameters to 8, -4. Default<br />
solvent/solute parameters to 10, -2 (default for<br />
GMXENRHG)<br />
2 Vapor phase equation-of-state for liquid Gibbs<br />
free energy of HF<br />
0 Ideal gas EOS (default)<br />
1 HF EOS for hydrogen fluoride<br />
3 Solvent/solvent binary parameter values obtained<br />
from<br />
0 Scalar GMELCA, GMELCB and GMELCM (default<br />
for ELC models)<br />
1 Vector NRTL(8) (default for GMXENRHG)<br />
4 Gibbs free energy calculation method<br />
0 Electrolyte NRTL Gibbs free energy (default for<br />
ELC models)<br />
1 Helgeson method (default for GMXENRHG)<br />
5 Vapor phase fugacity coefficient (PHIV)<br />
calculation method.<br />
0 Do not calculate (PHIV=1) (default)<br />
1 Calculate using Redlich-Kwong equation of state<br />
2 Calculate using Hayden-O'Connell equation of<br />
state<br />
6 Method for handling Henry components and<br />
multiple solvents<br />
0 Pure liquid Gibbs free energy calculated by<br />
aqueous infinite dilution heat capacity; only water<br />
as solvent<br />
1 Pure liquid Gibbs free energy for Henry<br />
components calculated using Henry's law; use<br />
this option when there are multiple solvents.<br />
1 Defaults for pair parameters<br />
1 Pair parameters default to zero<br />
2 Solvent/solute pair parameters default to water<br />
parameters. Water/solute pair parameters default<br />
to zero (default for GLRELELC)<br />
3 Default water parameters to 8, -4. Default<br />
solvent/solute parameters to 10, -2 (default for<br />
GLRENRTL)<br />
2 Solvent/solvent binary parameter values obtained<br />
from:<br />
0 Scalar GMELCA, GMELCB and GMELCM (default)<br />
1 Vector NRTL(8)
Model Name Option<br />
Code<br />
GIG2ELC, GIG2HG<br />
GAQPT1, GAQPT3 (Pitzer)<br />
320 5 <strong>Property</strong> Model Option Codes<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
3 Mixture density model<br />
0 Rackett equation with Campbell-Thodos<br />
modification<br />
1 Quadratic mixing rule for molecular components<br />
(mole basis)<br />
1 Gibbs free energy calculation method<br />
0 Electrolyte NRTL Gibbs free energy (default for<br />
GIG2ELC)<br />
1 Helgeson method (default for GIG2HG)<br />
1 Defaults for pair mixing rule<br />
-1 No unsymmetric mixing<br />
0 Unsymmetric mixing polynomial (default)<br />
1 Unsymmetric mixing integral<br />
2 Standard Gibbs free energy calculation<br />
0 Standard electrolytes method (Pre-release 10)<br />
1 Helgeson method (Default)<br />
3 Estimation of K-stoic temperature dependency<br />
0 Use value at 298.15 K<br />
1 Helgeson Method (default)<br />
Option Codes for Liquid Volume<br />
<strong>Models</strong><br />
Model<br />
Name<br />
Option<br />
Code<br />
Value Descriptions<br />
VL2QUAD 1 0 Use normal pure component liquid volume model for<br />
all components (default)<br />
1 Use steam tables for water<br />
2 0 Use mole basis composition (default)<br />
1 Use mass basis composition<br />
VAQCLK 1 0 Use Clarke model<br />
1 Use liquid volume quadratic mixing rule
Index<br />
A<br />
activity coefficient models 86<br />
list of property models 86<br />
alpha functions 69, 73<br />
Peng-Robinson 69<br />
Soave 73<br />
Andrade liquid mixture viscosity<br />
model 247<br />
Andrade/DIPPR viscosity model<br />
248<br />
Antoine/Wagner vapor pressure<br />
model 182<br />
API model 194, 251, 288<br />
liquid molar volume 194<br />
liquid viscosity 251<br />
surface tension 288<br />
API Sour model 187<br />
applications 91<br />
metallurgical 91<br />
aqueous infinite dilution heat<br />
capacity model 213<br />
ASME steam tables 16<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> liquid mixture viscosity<br />
model 252<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> polynomial equation 211<br />
ASTM 252<br />
liquid viscosity 252<br />
B<br />
Barin equations thermodynamic<br />
property model 228<br />
Benedict-Webb-Rubin-Starling<br />
property model 17<br />
Braun K-10 model 187<br />
Brelvi-O'Connell model 196<br />
Bromley-Pitzer activity coefficient<br />
model 87, 88, 89<br />
Index 321<br />
about 87<br />
parameter conversion 89<br />
working equations 88<br />
BWR-Lee-Starling property model<br />
16<br />
C<br />
Cavett thermodynamic property<br />
model 228<br />
Chao-Seader fugacity model 188<br />
Chapman-Enskog 253, 256, 282,<br />
283<br />
Brokaw/DIPPR viscosity model<br />
253<br />
Brokaw-Wilke mixing rule<br />
viscosity model 256<br />
Wilke-Lee (binary) diffusion<br />
model 282<br />
Wilke-Lee (mixture) diffusion<br />
model 283<br />
Chien-Null activity coefficient<br />
model 89<br />
Chung-Lee-Starling model 258,<br />
260, 270<br />
low pressure vapor viscosity 258<br />
thermal conductivity 270<br />
viscosity 260<br />
Clarke electrolyte liquid volume<br />
model 197<br />
Clausius-Clapeyron equation 194<br />
heat of vaporization 194<br />
coal 297<br />
property models 297<br />
constant activity coefficient model<br />
91<br />
copolymer PC-SAFT EOS property<br />
model 35, 37, 41, 42, 44, 45,<br />
46
about 35<br />
association term 42<br />
chain connectivity 37<br />
dispersion term 41<br />
fundamental equations 35<br />
parameters 45, 46<br />
polar term 44<br />
COSMO-SAC solvation model 91<br />
COSTALD liquid volume model 199<br />
Criss-Cobble aqueous infinite<br />
dilution ionic heat capacity<br />
model 214<br />
D<br />
Dawson-Khoury-Kobayashi<br />
diffusion model 283, 284<br />
binary 283<br />
mixture 284<br />
DCOALIGT coal density model 306<br />
Dean-Stiel pressure correction<br />
viscosity model 262<br />
Debye-Hückel volume model 201<br />
DGHARIGT char density model 307<br />
diffusivity models 281<br />
list 281<br />
DIPPR equation 7, 216<br />
DIPPR model 191, 202, 214, 219,<br />
248, 253, 273, 276, 289<br />
heat of vaporization 191<br />
ideal gas heat capacity 219<br />
liquid heat capacity 214<br />
liquid volume 202<br />
surface tension 289<br />
thermal conductivity 273, 276<br />
viscosity 248, 253<br />
DNSTYGEN nonconventional<br />
component density model 295<br />
E<br />
electrolyte models 197, 231, 233,<br />
263, 272, 285, 292<br />
Clarke liquid volume 197<br />
electrolyte NRTL enthalpy 231<br />
Gibbs energy 233<br />
Jones-Dole viscosity 263<br />
Nernst-Hartley diffusion 285<br />
Onsager-Samaras surface<br />
tension 292<br />
Riedel thermal conductivity 272<br />
electrolyte NRTL 94, 97, 231, 233<br />
activity coefficient model 94, 97<br />
322 Index<br />
enthalpy thermodynamic<br />
property model 231<br />
Gibbs energy thermodynamic<br />
property model 233<br />
eNRTL-SAC activity coefficient<br />
model 108<br />
ENTHGEN nonconventional<br />
component heat capacity<br />
model 296<br />
equation-of-state method 15<br />
property models 15<br />
extrapolation 10<br />
temperature limits 10<br />
G<br />
Grayson-Streed fugacity model 188<br />
group contribution activity<br />
coefficient models 172, 174,<br />
175<br />
Dortmund-modified UNIFAC 174<br />
Lyngby-modified UNIFAC 175<br />
UNIFAC 172<br />
H<br />
Hakim-Steinberg-Stiel/DIPPR<br />
surface tension 289<br />
Hansen solubility parameter model<br />
112<br />
Hayden-O'Connell 22<br />
property model 22<br />
HCOALGEN 300<br />
general coal model for enthalpy<br />
300<br />
heat of vaporization 191<br />
models 191<br />
Helgeson thermodynamic property<br />
model 240<br />
HF equation of state 25<br />
property model 25<br />
Huron-Vidal mixing rules 79<br />
I<br />
IAPS models for water 262, 271,<br />
289<br />
surface tension 289<br />
thermal conductivity 271<br />
viscosity 262<br />
ideal gas heat capacity 219<br />
ideal gas law 29<br />
property model 29
ideal gas/DIPPR heat capacity<br />
model 219<br />
ideal liquid activity coefficient<br />
model 114<br />
IGT density model for 306, 307<br />
char 307<br />
coal 306<br />
IK-CAPE equation 193, 217<br />
heat of vaporization 193<br />
liquid heat capacity 217<br />
J<br />
Jones-Dole electrolyte correction<br />
viscosity model 263<br />
K<br />
Kent-Eisenberg fugacity model 189<br />
L<br />
Lee-Kesler Plöcker property model<br />
31<br />
Lee-Kesler property model 29<br />
Letsou-Stiel viscosity model 265<br />
Li mixing rule thermal conductivity<br />
model 272<br />
liquid constant molar volume<br />
model 202<br />
liquid enthalpy 235<br />
thermodynamic property model<br />
235<br />
liquid heat capacity 216<br />
DIPPR equation 216<br />
liquid mixture 247, 272, 288<br />
surface tension 288<br />
thermal conductivity 272<br />
viscosity 247<br />
liquid thermal conductivity 273<br />
general pure components 273<br />
liquid viscosity 247, 248, 251, 252,<br />
267<br />
Andrade equation 247<br />
API 251<br />
API 1997 251<br />
<strong>Aspen</strong> 252<br />
ASTM 252<br />
pure components 248<br />
Twu 267<br />
liquid volume quadratic mixing rule<br />
213<br />
Lucas vapor viscosity model 265<br />
Index 323<br />
M<br />
Mathias alpha function 73<br />
Mathias-Copeman alpha function<br />
69, 73<br />
Maxwell-Bonnell vapor pressure<br />
model 190<br />
MHV2 mixing rules 81<br />
mixing rules 79, 81, 82, 84, 213,<br />
243, 256, 269, 272, 279, 281<br />
Brokaw-Wilke viscosity model<br />
256<br />
Huron-Vidal 79<br />
Li 272<br />
liquid volume quadratic 213<br />
MHV2 81<br />
predictive Soave-Redlich-Kwong-<br />
Gmehling 82<br />
quadratic 243<br />
viscosity quadratic 269<br />
Vredeveld 279<br />
Wassiljewa-Mason-Saxena 281<br />
Wong-Sandler 84<br />
modified MacLeod-Sugden surface<br />
tension model 293<br />
N<br />
Nernst-Hartley electrolyte diffusion<br />
model 285<br />
NIST 218<br />
liquid heat capacity 218<br />
NIST TDE Watson equation 193<br />
heat of vaporization 193<br />
nonconventional components 295,<br />
296, 300<br />
coal model for enthalpy 300<br />
density polynomial model 295<br />
enthalpy and density models list<br />
295<br />
heat capacity polynomial model<br />
296<br />
nonconventional solid property<br />
models 295<br />
density 295<br />
enthalpy 295<br />
list of 295<br />
Nothnagel 33<br />
property model 33<br />
NRTL 94, 114<br />
electrolyte NRTL property model<br />
94<br />
property model 114<br />
NRTL-SAC 115, 119, 130
O<br />
for Segments/Oligomers 130<br />
model derivation 119<br />
property model 115<br />
Using 135<br />
Onsager-Samaras electrolyte<br />
surface tension model 292<br />
option codes 309, 310, 312, 315,<br />
316, 318, 320<br />
activity coefficient models 310<br />
enthalpy models 316<br />
equation of state models 312<br />
Gibbs energy models 318<br />
K-value models 316<br />
liquid volume models 320<br />
list 309<br />
Soave-Redlich-Kwong models<br />
315<br />
transport property models 309<br />
P<br />
PC-SAFT property method 35<br />
property model 35<br />
Peng-Robinson 47, 49, 50, 51, 69<br />
alpha functions 69<br />
MHV2 property model 50<br />
property model 47<br />
standard 49<br />
Wong-Sandler property model 51<br />
physical properties 11, 15<br />
models 11, 15<br />
Pitzer activity coefficient model<br />
135, 137, 138, 140, 144<br />
about 135<br />
activity coefficients 140<br />
aqueous strong electrolytes 138<br />
model development 137<br />
parameters 144<br />
polynomial activity coefficient<br />
model 147<br />
PPDS equation 192, 216<br />
heat of vaporization 192<br />
liquid heat capacity 216<br />
predictive Soave-Redlich-Kwong-<br />
Gmehling mixing rules 82<br />
predictive SRK property model<br />
(PSRK) 51<br />
property models 5, 11, 15, 182,<br />
194, 213, 309<br />
equation-of-state list 15<br />
324 Index<br />
fugacity models list 182<br />
heat capacity models list 213<br />
list of 5<br />
molar volume and density<br />
models list 194<br />
option codes 309<br />
thermodynamic list 11<br />
vapor pressure model list 182<br />
property parameters 6<br />
temperature-dependent<br />
properties 6<br />
PSRK 51<br />
property model 51<br />
pure component properties 7<br />
temperature-dependent 7<br />
Q<br />
quadratic mixing rules 243<br />
R<br />
Rackett 207, 208, 209<br />
extrapolation method 209<br />
mixture liquid volume model 207<br />
modified model for molar volume<br />
208<br />
Rackett pure component liquid<br />
volume model 202<br />
Raoult's law 114<br />
Redlich-Kister activity coefficient<br />
model 148<br />
Redlich-Kwong 51, 73<br />
alpha function 73<br />
property model 51<br />
Redlich-Kwong-<strong>Aspen</strong> property<br />
model 52<br />
Redlich-Kwong-Soave 53, 55, 56,<br />
57, 59, 73<br />
alpha function list 73<br />
Boston-Mathias property model<br />
55<br />
MHV2 property model 57<br />
property model 53<br />
Soave-Redlich-Kwong property<br />
model 59<br />
Wong-Sandler property model 56<br />
Riedel electrolyte correction<br />
thermal conductivity model<br />
272
S<br />
Sato-Riedel/DIPPR thermal<br />
conductivity model 273<br />
Scatchard-Hildebrand activity<br />
coefficient model 149<br />
Schwartzentruber-Renon property<br />
model 57<br />
Soave-Redlich-Kwong 59<br />
property model 59<br />
Soave-Redlich-Kwong models 315<br />
options codes 315<br />
solid Antoine vapor pressure<br />
models 190<br />
solid thermal conductivity<br />
polynomial 276<br />
solids polynomial heat capacity<br />
model 223<br />
solubility correlation models 225,<br />
226, 227<br />
Henry's constant 225<br />
hydrocarbon 227<br />
list 225<br />
water solubility model 226<br />
SRK-Kabadi-Danner property<br />
model 61<br />
SRK-ML property model 63<br />
standard Peng-Robinson property<br />
model 49<br />
standard Redlich-Kwong-Soave<br />
property model 53<br />
steam tables 16, 32<br />
NBS/NRC 32<br />
property models 16<br />
STEAMNBS property method 32<br />
Stiel-Thodos pressure correction<br />
thermal conductivity model<br />
279<br />
Stiel-Thodos thermal conductivity<br />
model 276<br />
surface tension 287, 288, 293<br />
general pure components 289<br />
liquid mixtures 288<br />
models list 287<br />
modified MacLeod-Sugden 293<br />
Symmetric and Unsymmetric<br />
Electrolyte NRTL activity<br />
coefficient model 151, 154<br />
about 151<br />
working equations 154<br />
T<br />
temperature 10<br />
Index 325<br />
extrapolating limits 10<br />
temperature-dependent properties<br />
6, 7<br />
pure component 7<br />
units 6<br />
thermal conductivity 269, 276<br />
models list 269<br />
solids 276<br />
thermo switch 7<br />
thermodynamic property 11, 228<br />
list of additional models 228<br />
models list 11<br />
three-suffix Margules activity<br />
coefficient model 150<br />
THRSWT 7<br />
transport property 244<br />
models list 244<br />
transport switch 7<br />
TRAPP 266, 280<br />
thermal conductivity model 280<br />
viscosity model 266<br />
TRNSWT 7<br />
Twu liquid viscosity model 267<br />
U<br />
UNIFAC 172, 174, 175<br />
activity coefficient model 172<br />
Dortmund modified activity<br />
coefficient model 174<br />
Lyngby modified activity<br />
coefficient model 175<br />
UNIQUAC 176<br />
activity coefficient model 176<br />
V<br />
Van Laar activity coefficient model<br />
178<br />
vapor thermal conductivity 276<br />
general pure components 276<br />
vapor viscosity 253, 256, 258, 265<br />
Brokaw-Wilke mixing rule<br />
viscosity model 256<br />
Chung-Lee-Starling 258<br />
Lucas 265<br />
pure components 253<br />
viscosity 246<br />
models 246<br />
viscosity quadratic mixing rule 269<br />
VPA/IK-CAPE equation of state 64<br />
Vredeveld mixing rule 279
W<br />
Wagner Interaction Parameter<br />
activity coefficient model 179<br />
Wagner vapor pressure model 182<br />
Wassiljewa-Mason-Saxena mixing<br />
rule 281<br />
Watson equation 191<br />
heat of vaporization 191<br />
Wilke-Chang diffusion model 286,<br />
287<br />
binary 286<br />
mixture 287<br />
WILS-GLR property method 236<br />
WILS-LR property method 236<br />
Wilson (liquid molar volume)<br />
activity coefficient model 181<br />
Wilson activity coefficient model<br />
179<br />
Wong-Sandler mixing rules 84<br />
326 Index